&EPA
           United States
           Environmental Protection
           Agency
                    Industrial Environmental
                    Research Laboratory
                    Research Triangle Park,
                    NC 27711
EPA-600/8-80-009
January 1980
           Research and Development
           Environmental Assessment
           Data Systems

           User Guide

           Solid
           Discharge
           Data System
EADS SDDS

-------
                  RESEARCH REPORTING SERIES


Research reports of the Office of Research and Development, U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency, have been grouped into nine series.  These nine broad cate-
gories were established  to facilitate further  development and application  of en-
vironmental  technology.    Elimination  of  traditional  grouping was  consciously
planned to foster technology transfer and a maximum interface in related fields.
The nine series are:

    1. Environmental Health Effects Research

    2. Environmental Protection Technology

    3. Ecological Research

    4. Environmental Monitoring

    5. Socioeconomic Environmental Studies

    6. Scientific and Technical Assessment Reports (STAR)

    7. Interagency Energy-Environment Research and Development

    8. "Special" Reports

    9. Miscellaneous Reports

This report has been assigned  to the  INTERAGENCY ENERGY-ENVIRONMENT
RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT series.  Reports in this series result from the
effort funded under  the  17-agency Federal Energy/Environment  Research  and
Development Program.  These studies relate to EPA's mission to protect the public
health and welfare from  adverse effects of pollutants  associated with energy sys-
tems.  The goal of the Program  is  to assure the rapid development  of domestic
energy supplies  in an environmentally compatible manner by  providing the nec-
essary  environmental data and  control technology.  Investigations  include  analy-
ses of  the transport of energy-related  pollutants and their health and ecological
effects;  assessments  of,  and development of,  control technologies for  energy
systems; and integrated  assessments of a wide range of energy-related environ-
mental issues.
                         EPA REVIEW NOTICE
This report has been reviewed by the participating Federal Agencies, and approved
for publication.   Approval does not signify that the contents necessarily reflect
the views and policies of the  Government, nor does mention of trade names or
commercial products constitute endorsement or recommendation for use.

This document is available to the public through the National Technical Informa-
tion Service, Springfield, Virginia 22161.

-------
                                               EPA-600/8-80-009
                                                  January 1980
Environmental Assessment  Data Systems
                    User Guide:
         Solid  Discharge Data System
                      R. J. Larkin, Editor

                      Acurex Corporation
                 Energy & Environmental Division
                      485 Clyde Avenue
                 Mountain View, California 94042
                         Prepared for
              EPA Project Officer — Gary L. Johnson

               U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
               Office of Research and Development
             Industrial Environmental Research Laboratory
                Research Triangle Park, NC 27711

                    Contract No. 68-02-2699

-------
                                 DISCLAIMER
       This report has been reviewed by the Industrial Environmental
Research Laboratory, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, and approved
for publication.  Mention of trade names or commercial products does not
constitute endorsement or recommendation for use.

-------
This page contains the publication  and revision  record  of  the  SDDS  User
Guide.  The current revision  status  is indicated  by  the Schedule  of
Document Control.  As the guide  is  revised,  the  affected pages are  dated.
Changes and additions to the  guide  are shown by  vertical lines in the
margins.  A bar near the page number  indicates new pagination  rather  than
change of content.  New pages are indicated  by a  dot near  the  page  number.
                        SCHEDULE OF DOCUMENT  CONTROL
  Revision
                    Description
  May 1980
Original issue.

-------
                                   PREFACE

        In the  course  of  fulfilling its  charter,  EPA  performs  multimedia
 environmental  assessments  of  stationary sources  of pollution  and  conducts
 R&D programs to  develop  and demonstrate feasible control  technology.   Such
 programs generate  voluminous  data,  often according to  different reporting
 protocols and  sampling and analysis  practices.   The  Environmental
 Assessment  Data  Systems  (EADS)  have  been developed to  consolidate the
 results of  these programs  and others  into one comprehensive information
 system.  The EADS  is  also  designed to provide uniformity  in reporting
 protocols and  to supply  current  information  and  methods for analyzing  data.
        The  EADS  is  composed of  four  waste stream data  bases and a number
 of reference and support data bases.  The waste  stream data bases include
 the Fine Particle  Emissions Information System (FPEIS), the Gaseous
 Emissions Data System (GEDS), the  Liquid Effluents Data System (LEDS),  and
 the Solid Discharge Data System  (SDDS).  The FPEIS was the original  data
 base  in EADS,  having  become operational  in 1977,  and is now a mature
 system containing  data from hundreds  of stationary sources and serving  the
 needs of a  diverse  user  community.  The GEDS, LEDS,  and SDDS  were
 initiated in 1978  and are  now operational.  The  original  FPEIS has
 concurrently been redesigned to  conform to the requirements of expanded
multimedia  testing, although existing data in FPEIS will  continue to be
 available to the user.

-------
       A complete set of EADS documentation includes six publications —
one User Guide for each of the four waste stream data bases, a Terminology
Reference Manual, and a Systems Overview Manual.  This document, the SDDS
User Guide, gives instructions for the encoding of SDDS data sets and
defines procedures for submitting and retrieving data.  It also describes
available software packages for analysis of SDDS data.
                                     IV

-------
                             TABLE OF CONTENTS


Section                                                               Page

   1      INTRODUCTION	.	     1.0-1

   2      DATA BASE DESCRIPTION	     2.0-1

          2.0  SDDS Structure	     2.0-1
          2.1  SDDS Organization and Contents	     2.1-1

          2.1.1  Source  and Test Series Related  Information  .  .  .     2.1-1
          2.1.2  Control Device  and Stream Design Conditions   .  .     2.1-6
          2.1.3  Test Operating  Conditions	     2.1-6
          2.1.4  Sampling Activity Information   	     2.1-7

   3      DATA ACQUISTION AND ORGANIZATION   	     3.0-1

          3.0  Introduction	     3.0-1
          3.1  How to Build a Test Series	     3.1-1
          3.2  Data Input Form Structure	     3.2-1
          3.3  Structure Application Example   	     3.3-1
          3.4  Special Encoding  Considerations   	     3.4-1

          3.4.1  Multimedia Test Series	     3.4-1
          3.4.2  Multiple Control Devices 	     3.4-2
          3.4.3  Parallel or Series Control Devices  	     3.4-2
          3.4.4  Fuels and Feedstocks	     3.4-2
          3.4.5  Data Accuracy and Quality	     3.4-4
          3.4.6  Effluent Characteristics 	     3.4-4
          3.4.7  Reporting of Chemical Analysis  Results  	     3.4-5
          3.4.8  Reporting of Radionuclide Data	     3.4-6
          3.4.9  Bioassay Results 	     3.4-7

   4      ENCODING INSTRUCTIONS  FOR SDDS DATA  INPUT  FORMS  ....     4.0-1

          4.0  General Rules	     4.0-1
          4.1  Labor Saving Features  	     4.1-1

          4.1.1  Repetitive Data Feature	     4.1-1
          4.1.2  Control Device  and Design Parameters  	     4.1-4
          4.1.3  Operating Parameter Serial Number   	     4.1-4

          4.2  Encoding  Instructions  	     4.2-1

   5      DATA SUBMITTAL	     5.0-1

          5.0  Introduction	     5.0-1
          5.1  Data Input Form Processing	     5.1-1
          5.2  Submittal Procedures 	     5.2-1
          5.3  Review and Corrective Action Procedures   	     5.3-1
          5.4  EDIT/LOAD Programs 	     5.4-1

-------
                       TABLE OF CONTENTS  (Continued)

Section

          5.4.1  EDIT Program	     5.4-1
          5.4.2  LOAD Program	     5.4-3

   6      DATA RETRIEVAL	     6.0-1

          6.0  Introduction	     6.0-1
          6.1  Data Retrieval  Using the Program Library 	     6.1-1
          6.2  Special  Data  Retrieval  Requests  	     6.2-1
          6.3  Key/Non-key Data Elements	     6.3-1
          6.4  On-Line  Request Procedures 	     6.4-1
          6.5  NCC User Qualifications and Services
               Registration  	     6.5-1

          6.5.1  Registration Procedures  	     6.5-1
          6.5.2  User  ID and Password	     6.5-5

          6.6  Interactive Terminal Operation 	     6.6-1

          6.6.1  Initiating a Demand Processing Session 	     6.6-4
          6.6.2  Terminating a Demand Processing Session  ....     6.6-8
          6.6.3  Accessing the EADS	     6.6-9

          6.7  Remote  Batch Terminal Operation  	     6.7-1

          6.7.1  Initiating  a Remote Batch Processing Session .  .     6.7-3
          6.7.2  Terminating a Remote Batch  Processing
                 Session	     6.7-3

          6.8  EADS  User Support	     6.8-1

    7      PROGRAM  LIBRARY 	     7i0-l

          7.0  Introduction	                       701
          7.1  SERIES  Report	!!.'!!!!     7.'l-l

          7.1.1  Applicability	                         711
          7.1.2  Abstract	    	     -,"•f"t
          7.1.3  User  Data Required	!!!!!.'*"""     11-2
          7.1.4  Data  Qualification Required   .'..'...''''     l'\-7
          7.1.5  Limitations/Restrictions ....  	     7*1~?
          7.1.6  Functional  Description  ...'...	     71?
          7.1.7  User  Instructions  —  Demand   .  '.	     71?
          7.1.8  User  Instructions  ~  Batch  .    	     714
          7.1.9  Sample Demand Runs .  .      	     7  i  c
          7.1.10 Sample SERIES Report  ...'."!.'.'.'	     -,'\~l
                                                 ****•••••     / • J.~0
          7.2  Chemical  Search Program (CHEM-SEARCH)   	     7  2_i
                                     VI

-------
                       TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued)


Section                                                              Page

          7.2.1  Applicability	    7.2-1
          7.2.2  Abstract	    7.2-1
          7.2.3  User Data Required	    7.2-2
          7.2.4  Data Qualification Required  	    7.2-2
          7.2.5  Limitations/Restrictions 	    7.2-2
          7.2.6  Functional Description 	    7.2-2
          7.2.7  User Instructions — Demand	    7.2-2
          7.2.8  User Instructions — Batch	    7.2-5
          7.2.9  Sample Demand Runs	    7.2-7
          7.2.10 Sample Batch Runs  	    7.2-13

          7.3  Series Summary Information Program (SNAP-SHOT) .  .    7.3-1

          7.3.1  Applicability	    7.3-1
          7.3.2  Abstract	    7.3-1
          7.3.3  User Data Required	    7.3-2
          7.3.4  Data Qualification Required  	    7.3-3
          7.3.5  Limitations/Restrictions 	    7.3-3
          7.3.6  Functional Description 	    7.3-3
          7.3.7  User Instructions ~ Demand	    7.3-3
          7.3.8  User Instructions — Batch	    7.3-6
          7.3.9  Sample Demand Runs	    7.3-8
          7.3.10 Sample Batch Runs  	    7.3-9
          7.3.11 Sample Output  	    7.3-9

          7.4  Biological Search Program (BIO-SEARCH) 	    7.4-1

          7.4.1  Applicability	    7.4-1
          7.4.2  Abstract	    7.4-1
          7.4.3  User Data Required	    7.4-1
          7.4.4  Data Qualification Required  	    7.4-2
          7.4.5  Limitations/Restrictions 	    7.4-2
          7.4.6  Functional Description 	    7.4-2
          7.4.7  User Instructions -- Demand	    7.4-2
          7.4.8  User Instructions ~ Batch	    7.4-4
          7.4.9  Sample Demand Runs	    7.4-6
          7.4.10 Sample Batch Runs  	    7.4-9

          7.5  Radiological Search Program (RAD-SEARCH) 	    7.5-1

          7.5.1  Applicability	    7.5-1
          7.5.2  Abstract	    7.5-1
          7.5.3  User Data Required	    7.5-1
          7.5.4  Data Qualification Required  	    7.5-1
          7.5.5  Limitations/Restrictions 	    7.5-2
          7.5.6  Functional Description 	    7.5-2
          7.5.7  User Instructions — Demand	    7.5-2
          7.5.8  User Instructions ~ Batch	    7.5-4
                                    vn

-------
                       TABLE OF CONTENTS (Concluded)

Section

          7.5.9  Sample Demand Runs	    7.5-6
          7.5.10 Sample Batch Runs	    /'t)"a

          7.6  Control Technology Search Program
               (CONTROL-SEARCH) 	    7.6-1

          7.6.1  Applicability	    7.6-1
          7.6.2  Abstract	    7.6-1
          7.6.3  User Data Required	    7.6-1
          7.6.4  Data Qualification Required   	    7.6-1
          7.6.5  Limitations/Restrictions  	    7.6-2
          7.6.6  Functional Description  	    7.6-2
          7.6.7  User Instructions — Demand	    7.6-2
          7.6.8  User Instructions — Batch	    7.6-5
          7.6.9  Sample Demand Runs	    7.6-6
          7.6.10 Sample Batch Runs  	    7.6-10

          APPENDIX
                                     vm

-------
                           LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS

Figure                                                               Page
  2-1     EADS Structure	    2.0-5
  2-2     Waste Stream Data Base Structure	    2.1-4
  2-3     Organic Extract Summary Table  	    2.1-9
  3-1     Waste Stream Data Base Structure and Contents 	    3.1-2
  3-2     Forms Ordering	    3.2-3
  3-3     Data Structure ~ PFBC Process	    3.3-3
  4-1     Repetitive Data Feature Structure 	    4.1-2
  5-1     Sample Data Submittal Letter   	    5.2-2
  5-2     Sample Data Submittal Acknowledgement Letter  	    5.2-3
  5-3     QA Procedure	    5.3-2
  5-4     Sample EDIT Output	    5.4-4
  6-1     NCC Application	    6.5-2
  6-2     Request for Batch Terminal Support Form  	    6.7-2
                                      IX

-------
                              LIST OF TABLES
Table
 2-1     SDDS Data Elements and Their Levels	     2.1-2
 3-1     Source Sampling Log — PFBC Process	     3.3-2
 3-2     Response Ranges for Ranking of Various Biotests  ....     3.4-9
 4-1     Engineering Units  	     4.2-33
 4-2     Conversion Factors to Metric Units  	     4.2-35
 6-1     List of Key Data Elements	     6.3-2
 6-2     Remote Interface Control Statements 	     6.6-5
 6-3     NCC Demand Access  Telephone Numbers 	     6.6-7
 6-4     NCC Remote Batch Access Telephone  Numbers  	     6.7-4

-------
                                  CONTACTS
EADS Program Manager
EADS Technical Staff

  Gaseous Emissions Data
  System, Liquid Effluents
  Data System,
Gary L. Johnson (MD-63)
Industrial Environmental Research Laboratory
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
Research Triangle Park, North Carolina 27711
919-541-2745
Barbara S. Ballard
Acurex Corporation
485 Clyde Avenue
Mountain View, California  94042
415-964-3200, Extension 3019
   Fine  Particle Emissions
   Information  System,
   Solid Discharge Data
   System
   Software
                              or
Robert J. Larkin
Acurex Corporation
485 Clyde Avenue
Mountain View, California 94042
415-964-3200, Extension 3019

J. Patrick Reider
Midwest Research Institute
425 Volker Boulevard
Kansas City, Missouri  64110
816-753-7600

Nick  Young
Acurex Corporation
Route 1, Box 423
Morrisville, North Carolina 27560
919-781-9704
                                      XI

-------
                                 SECTION 1
                                INTRODUCTION

       The Environmental Assessment Data Systems (EADS) are a group of
independent computerized data bases which are interlinked to provide
common accessibility to data produced by a variety of EPA projects.
EPA-IERL/RTP1s Environmental Assessment (EA) programs are expected to be
heavy contributors and users.  Accordingly, the EADS has been structured
in a manner such that EA data can easily be transferred to the input
forms.  However, the structure is flexible and comprehensive enough so
that data from virtually any pollutant sampling and analysis protocol
could be included.  The EADS is intended to accept data from either energy
systems or industrial processes.  Often times these data are multimedia in
nature.  Emissions could be fine particles, gases, liquids, solids, or any
combination all coming from the same industrial source.  Because pollution
controls are developed on a media-by-media and pollutant-by-pollutant basis,
EADS is composed of media-specific data base systems.  They are the Fine
Particle Emissions Information System (FPEIS), the Gaseous Emissions Data
System (6EDS), the Liquid Effluents Data System (LEDS), and the Solid
Discharge Data System (SDDS).  This User Guide will instruct in the use of the
SDDS.  There are companion User Guides for the other data bases (FPEIS User
Guide, EPA 600/8-80-007, January 1980; LEDS User Guide, EPA 600/8-80-008,
January 1980; GEDS User Guide, EPA-600/8-80-006, January 1980).

                                   1.0-1

-------
       While independent, the four data bases are very similar in structure
and are interlinked.  Interlinking is necessary to enable a control strategy
analyst or an R&D program planner to select the most environmentally
acceptable control methods on a systems basis.  When one considers the
objectives and scope of today's investigative and iterative environmental
studies, it is easy to see why interlinking is necessary.  Environmental
Assessments, for example, are intended to determine comprehensive multimedia
environmental loadings and compare them to existing emissions and ambient
standards.  Resulting health, ecological and environmental effects, and
cross-media impacts and trade-offs are also assessed.  It is necessary and
useful to examine and compare emissions across all media from a specific
source.
       For example, to evaluate the total environmental impact of a flue gas
scrubber installation on a coal-fired boiler, you would need to sample and
analyze a variety of effluent streams from different media.  Among these might
be the boiler bottom ash, the flue gas into and out of the scrubber, and the
liquid slurry produced from the scrubber treatment of the flue gas;  These
would be solid, gaseous and liquid effluents, respectively, all from one
source.  The EADS (FPEIS, GEDS, LEDS, and SODS) is designed to characterize
these emissions by providing data on the factors affecting their generation,
modification, sampling, measurement, and analysis.  The data base system is
designed so that one can encode and retrieve information regarding a specific
test, a specific source, a specific control device or treatment process, and a
specific pollutant, as well as a large array of other data elements that may
be. :of interest to the user.
       The EADS can accommodate partial-data.  The number of parameters
measured in a test depends upon the objectives of the testing program.  It  is

                                    1.0-2

-------
possible that certain source tests will not have all the  data  which  the
EADS is designed to contain, nor is the EADS  intended to  suggest  or
dictate the details of a test program.  For example, in a given testing
program, all the tests may be made at only the inlet or outlet, and  the
chemical analysis or bioassay results may or may not be conducted.   It is
also likely that some of the control technology design and operating
parameters may not be reported.  Even if there are missing data,  the
available data will be of use and should be reported.
       Reading this manual may suggest that EADS is bound, even
constricted, by numerous operational rules.   In any computerized  system
there must  be rules; once understood, they facilitate the job  of  data
encoding.   It must be stressed, nevertheless, that flexibility has been
built into  EADS.  This will be shown in succeeding sections of this User
Guide.
       Data from sources or sites for which the company name,  location,
etc., are or should remain confidential can also be accommodated.  The
encoding of data from confidential sources is discussed in Section 4 of
this User Guide and the EADS Systems Overview Manual (EPA-600/8-80-005,
January 1980).
       The  SDDS system contains industrial or energy process source
emissions test data and related source and control system design  and
operating data.  It attempts to comprehensively describe  the solid
discharges  at the point from which the solid  sample is collected  from the
discharge stream.  General groups or categories of information include
source characteristics, discharge stream characteristics, control device
or treatment process information, process conditions, test information,
analyses of the fuels and feedstocks, sampling activity information,

                                   1.0-3

-------
inorganic and organic chemical analyses, radionuclide analyses, and
bioassay results.  Each group of information includes a number of related
data elements, each of which  is a unique variable essential for the
description of the source tested.
       A uniform protocol for units  and terminology  has been  developed
along with standard data  input forms,  output  report  formats  and  analytical
software.  Each  data  element  in the  system has been  defined  in detail for
clarity.  These  standards and definitions  will allow all  data in  the
system to be  stored or  retrieved  on  a common  basis.
       The SDDS  has been  implemented at the Environmental Protection
Agency  (EPA)  National Computer  Center (NCC) at Research  Triangle  Park,  on
                                            (IT)              (IT)
the UNI VAC 1100  computer,  using  SYSTEM 2000^.  SYSTEM  2000^  is  a
data  base management  system developed by the Commercial  Systems  Division
of  INTEL,  Inc.   It will  provide  users with a virtually unlimited potential
for data analysis. Features of SYSTEM 2000^ include sorting,
 comparing,  and retrieving information from the SDDS data base in a variety
 of  arrangements.
        There are two  companion  documents to the SDDS User Guide: the  EADS
 Systems Overview Manual (EPA-600/8-80-005, January 1980) and the EADS
 Terminology Reference Manual (EPA-600/8-80-011, February 1980).   A
 complete set of EADS documentation would include User Guides for the
 liquid, fine particle and gaseous data bases (LEDS, FPEIS and GEDS,
 respectively) as well.  The EADS Systems Overview Manual contains a
 broad-based description of the  purposes and scope of the EADS, a
 discussion of its organization,  and descriptions of the  EADS reference
 data bases and user  software.  The EADS Terminology Reference Manual  is a
 general reference manual on the terminology used to enter and retrieve
                                     1.0-4

-------
information from the EADS waste stream data bases.  These manuals  are
designed with discrete segments for major sections and subsections.  As
changes, additions, and expansions of the system and the informational
capabilities are made, the manuals will be updated as appropriate.
       Section 2 describes the structure, organization and contents of the
SDDS.  Section 3 demonstrates an application of a sampling activity to the
SDDS structure and how data should be organized for an encoding effort.
Encoding instructions are given in Section 4.  Section 5 describes
procedures  required after data has been encoded and is being submitted for
inclusion in the SDDS.  Section 6 describes the steps for on- and  off-line
data retrievals.  User output analysis packages are enumerated in
Section 7 ~ Program Library.  Users should become thoroughly familiar
with the contents of this document before attempting to encode data.
                                    1.0-5

-------
                                 SECTION  2
                           DATA BASE DESCRIPTION

2.0    SDDS STRUCTURE
       The discussion  in this  section  is  intended  to  introduce  the  new
EADS user to the data  base.  The main  objective  is  to familiarize the user
with the fundamental structural components of the  data base and  how they
are assembled to form  a structural hierarchy.  While  this User Guide is
for SDDS only, the user should realize that each of the four data bases
that comprise EADS (6EDS, FPEIS, LEDS  and SDDS)  are structured  in an
identical manner.  Naturally,  though,  certain data  elements will be
specific to one media  only.  Consequently there will  be detail differences
between data bases, but not  structural differences.
       The structure of the  SDDS data  base presents and organizes a
comprehensive set of data which describes the conduct, techniques,
conditions and results of stationary source emission  sampling and analysis
activities.  Each variable or  bit of data or information concerning the
source test is defined as a  data element.  The completeness of  information
for any given source test within the data base is  limited only by the
completeness of the test report or original test data from which the SDDS
input was derived.
       Before continuing on  in this section, the user should become
familiar with certain terms  used throughout the  EADS  documents.  These

                                   2.0-1

-------
terms form the structure upon which all of the EADS waste stream data
bases are based.  Many of the terms will probably be familiar, but  others
such as "test" may, in the context of  EADS, have definitions that are
slightly different from the typical definition.  In order to maintain  the
integrity of the EADS data, it  is  imperative  that these  definitions are
understood and properly used.
       media —-    Used in reference  to  an  effluent  stream  from  a
                   stationary  source.   May  be either  fine particle,
                   gaseous, liquid, or solid.
       source  ~   A  source may be either  an  industrial  or  energy
                   conversion  facility.   It is the  origin of  one or more
                   multimedia  effluent streams.  An  oil  refinery and a
                   coal-fired  powerplant would each  be examples  of  a
                   source.
       stream  —   Any multimedia effluent  discharging to the  environment
                   from  a  stationary  source.
       control  device/treatment process  —  A  device  or process designed  to
                   remove  or  treat a  specific pollutant or  pollutants from
                   an effluent stream.
        control  system ~ Frequently a discharge stream is controlled by  a
                   number  of  control  devices  which  may be  in  either a
                    series  or  parallel  arrangement.   The total  group of
                   control  devices on  that  stream  is  referred  to as the
                    control  system.
                                    2.0-2

-------
       level —    A data base  structural  term  used  to  differentiate
                   groupings of  data within  the data base.   The  EADS
                   contains four  structural  levels:   the  test  series
                   level, the stream design  level, the  test  operating
                   level, and the  sample  level.
       test series -- Taken in  its broadest  context,  a  test  series
                   designates the  sampling activities performed  at  a
                   single source  over  a specified period  of  time  (usually
                   continuous)  with a  specific  control  system  employed.
       test —-     A set of various types  of samples  taken to  characterize
                   a source waste  stream(s)  under one set of source  and
                   control device/treatment  process  operating  conditions.
       sample —   The measurement or  group  of  measurements  taken with a
                   single measurement  method or instrument to  describe the
                   composition  of  a stream at a given point  in time  and at
                   a specific location.
       component — Frequently  a measurement instrument can  be separated
                   into two or  more components,  each of which  contains a
                   sample which may be analyzed  separately or  combined.   For
                   example, a solid sample could be  sieved into two  or more
                   samples of different sized material.   If  each was analyzed
                   separately,  then each must be considered  a  component.
       Several data elements or  information  items are required to adequately
describe the groups of information which  are contained  within  the SDDS.
These groups are discussed in the  EADS Systems  Overview Manual and  in greater
detail in this section.  Also,  the reader  may wish to refer  to the  Data Base
Definition (a computer listing  of  all  data elements)  and  the Data Base Tree
(a graphical presentation of the major groups of information contained  in
                                   2.0-3

-------
the data base) in Appendix A.2.   From  an  organizational  standpoint, the
various data elements  are grouped in one  of four levels:   the test series
level, the stream design  level,  the  test  operating level,  and the sample
level.  These  levels  and  their  relationship are shown in  Figure 2-1.
       The term  "test  series  level"  is used to designate  the uppermost
level  in the data base structure. This is  where source  description data
are contained.   A single  "test  series" is composed of all  data in the four
structural  levels,  the first  of which  has been designated  the "test series
level".  A  test  series designates the  sampling activities  performed at a
single site  over a  specified  period  of time (usually continuous) with a
specific  control system employed. Each test series is assigned a unique
Test  Series  Number  (TSN)  which  can always be used to identify that data.
 It is possible that certain  tests may  involve changes to  the process  which
may make  the use of multiple  test series  more appropriate.   This is
 entirely  at  the  discretion of the encoder.   The encoder should do whatever
seems most  convenient and logical.  The following examples  will illustrate
this  point.
        Suppose a process  is  tested under  two sets of aerobic digestion
treatment techniques  which are  very  similar with regard  to  design
parameters.  One test is  performed using  each treatment process
individually.  The  encoder would probably find it most convenient to
assign a unique  Test  ID Number  to each test within one test series, rather
than  assigning each test  to a separate test series.  Because these two
treatment processes do not have appreciable design differences, there is
no  reason to call them different treatment  processes, and  thus assign them
to  different test series.  Now  suppose a  process is equipped with two
totally different treatment processes  each  of which is tested while the
other is not  in  operation.  Because  design  conditions of  the treatment
                                   2.0-4

-------
                                             Source
Test
Series
Level
"Each test could be at a different process (source) operating condition.
                                                                                                   Stream

Stream 1




Stream 2



Design
Level

                                                                                                   Test
o
en

Testl



Sample 1






Sample 2

I
Sample 3
Test 2





Sample 1



Test3



Sample 1






Sample 2


Testl



Sample 1






Sample 2
Operating
Level*




Samble
Sample 1 L6Vel
                                         Figure 2-1.   EADS structure.

-------
processes are different, it would be more appropriate to assign those
treatment processes to two different test series rather than two  tests
within one test series.
       The level following the  test  series  level  is  the stream design
level.  Here, each waste stream that has been sampled during  the  test
series is fully described with  regard  to design parameters.   These include
control device(s)/treatment  process  design  parameters as  well  as  stream
parameters (i.e., flowrate,  moisture content, etc.).  Being  design data,
the  information  at  this  level  will  not change within a test  series,
barring,  of  course,  any  physical changes to the process,  ductwork, or
control  device.   This is a  highly unlikely situation.  It is  important  to
keep in mind the  meaning of  a control  device/treatment process.  Fine
particle, gaseous,  and liquid waste streams have control  devices  to reduce
emissions.   Examples include ESP's,  S02 scrubbers, and waste water
clarifiers.   Solid discharge streams do not, however, have control devices
 per se.   They are "controlled" rather by treatment, storage or recovery
 processes which in some manner decrease the pollutant burden on the
 environment.  Hence, the terminology, Control Device/Treatment/Storage/
 Recovery Process.
        Following the stream design level is the test operating level.  As
 the name implies, operating data for each test is defined here.   Source
 operating data, such as operating mode  and feed material  rate, and control
 device/treatment process operating data are included.  Here also, the
 fuels and feedstocks to the process are completely characterized.  A test
 is  broadly  defined as a set of  various  types of samples (e.g., integrated
 composite,  grab-core, continuous, grab-surface, etc.) taken to
 characterize a source waste stream(s) under one set of source  and control
                                    2.0-6

-------
device/treatment process operating conditions.  Occasionally  engineering
judgement needs to be used when, for example, source operating  conditions
may change during a test.  A decision needs  to  be made regarding  the
effect of the change on the emissions being  tested.  If  it  is deemed  an
insignificant change then the encoder may designate the  test  as one test.
However, if the source operating change could appreciably alter the
quality or quantity of emissions, then the encoder should create multiple
tests, one for each source condition and each containing samples taken
during that particular operating condition.
       The fourth level in the EADS structure is the sample level.  All
details for each discrete sample taken during a test are contained here.
This  includes measurement equipment particulars, measured stream
conditions at the sampling location, and complete physical, chemical,
radionuclide and bioassay analysis data.
       This level contains a "component" feature which enables  one to
report data with respect to a measurement instrument component.  For
example, often a liquid effluent sample is filtered prior to  analysis and
the residue and filtrate are analyzed separately.  EADS  treats  these  two
samples as two components.  However, since the  residue sample is  a solid
and the filtrate is a liquid, the resulting  analysis data for each must be
encoded in separate data bases.  The solid sample data must be  encoded
into  SDDS and the liquid sample data into LEDS.  While this procedure may
seem  confusing while encoding data, it will  facilitate data output
requests.
       Looking again at Figure 2-1, it is easy  to see the flexibility of
the data base structure.  Each test series includes information and data
from  one stationary source in a given time period with one  particular

                                   2.0-7

-------
source/control system.  Each  source,  however, can contain  any number  of
effluent  streams  in  any media.  The  data  system  is  capable of accommodating
as many solid discharge streams as are tested.   In  the  same manner, each
stream  is  likely  to  be tested a number of times  under a variety of  source
and control  device/treatment  process  operating conditions.  Again,  the
data system  will  accommodate  information  from any number of tests
performed  on each  discharge stream.   Frequently  a discharge stream  is
sampled with a variety of measurement methods under each set of
source/control operating conditions.  The data system will accommodate
information  from  any number of samples obtained  during  each test on each
stream.  The EADS  will contain many  test  series  each structured  in  a
similar manner.
       When making a decision whether or  not to  submit  data to EADS,  the
user should  not let  the amount of  data enter into his or her decision.
EADS will  accept  a test series of  any size,  regardless  of  the number  of
effluent  streams,  tests, or samples.  The primary decision criteria should
be the perceived  value or usefulness  of the  data to the user community.
This decision should be a mutual one  between the contractor and his
project officer.   Guidance may also  be sought from  the  EADS technical
staff.
                                   2.0-8

-------
2.1    SDDS ORGANIZATION AND CONTENTS
       As one can see from the previous discussion, the SDDS data base
structure contains four levels.  These levels are simply an organizational
tool -- enabling the data to be arranged in a manner which is logical from
the user's viewpoint.  Each level contains specific types or groups of
data.  Table 2-1 shows the relationship between these general groups of
information and the contents in each group, while the data base structure
is shown in Figure 2-2.  The data are grouped into the following general
categories:  (a) general source description and related information; (b)
design conditions and parameters of the effluent stream and of the control
device or treatment/storage/recovery process; (c) test operating
information including analyses of any fuels and feedstocks; (d)  sampling
activity information including chemical, physical, radionuclide, and
bioassay analysis results.
2.1.1  Source and Test Series Related Information
       This group of data elements identifies the stationary source that
was tested, the source location, and the origin of the data which comprise
the test series.  To enable a general grouping of sources to be made and
to facilitate computer searches of particular source types, each source is
to be described using appropriate terms from the EADS Source
Classification System.  The NEDS Source Classification Codes (SCC) were
formerly used with the FPEIS, but to enhance flexibility, they have been
replaced by the EADS system.  The NEDS SCC system had proved to be too
cumbersome and archaic and had contained terminology unfamiliar to users
of environmental data.  The EADS system contains more familiar source
terminology and, in addition, contains a reference to the SIC code
(Standard Industrial Classification Manual, Executive Office of the

                                   2.1-1

-------
                                                 TABLE 2-1.   SDDS  DATA  ELEMENTS AND  THEIR  LEVELS
          Test Series Level
         Stream Design Level
       Test Operating Level
           Sample Level
r\i
    A.   Source Description

        Source category
        Source type
        Product/device type
        SIC code
        Process type
        Design process rate and  units
        Feed material category
        Source name
        Site name and address
        FPEIS, GEDS, and LEDS TSN's
        Series start and finish  dates
        Sponsor organization
        Contract number
        TO/TD number
        Name of sampling group/contractor
        Reference title, author,  number,
          publication date, and  NTIS
          number

    B.   Test Series Comments
C.  Stream Characteristics (Design)

    Flowrate and units
    Velocity
    Moisture content
    Stream name
    Comnents

D.  Control Device or Treatment
    Storage/Recovery Process

    Generic device/process type
    Design type
    Specific process/device type
    Device/process class
    Commercial name
    Manufacturer
    Device/process keywords
    Design parameters analysis
E.  Test Identification

    Date
    Start and end times
    Operating mode
    Percent design capacity
    Device operating parameters
    Comments

F.  Fuels and Feedstocks

    Source feed material,
      feed rate and units
    Sample mass and units
    Laboratory name and approval
    Feed sample volume and units
    Proximate analysis
    Ultimate analysis
    Physical characteristics
    Inorganic and organic
      analysis
    Comments
H.  Sampling Activity Description

    Measurement instrument/method
    Start time and duration
    Measured stream:
       Flowrate
       Velocity
       Moisture content
       Density
    Density determination
    Sample volume
    Flowrate measurement method
    Sample mass and units
    Sampling location description
    Comments

K.  Component of Sampling Measurement
    Method

    Component name
    Stage/filter cut size
    Mass
    Chemical analysis laboratory name
    Chemical lab approval
    Radionuclide lab approval
    Component aliquot mass/volume and
      units
    Effluent characteristics
      Parameter
      Value and units
      Analysis method
      Detection limits
    Comments

L.  Inorganic Analysis/Non-Level 1 or  2
    Organic Analysis

    Species
    Analysis method
    Detection limits
    Total milligrams recovered
    Concentration
    Comments

-------
                                              TABLE  2-1.   Concluded
Test Series Level
Stream Design  Level
Test Operating Level
Sample Level
                                                                                                M.  Level  1  or  2 Organic Analysis

                                                                                                   Fraction ID
                                                                                                   TCO
                                                                                                   Grav
                                                                                                   Species
                                                                                                   Analysis method
                                                                                                   Detection limits
                                                                                                   Intensity
                                                                                                   Concentration
                                                                                                   Comments

                                                                                                R.  Radionuclide Data

                                                                                                   Radionuclide ID
                                                                                                   Analytical  method
                                                                                                   Detection limits
                                                                                                   Concentration
                                                                                                   Comments

                                                                                                T.  Bioassay Data

                                                                                                   Test type
                                                                                                   Test name
                                                                                                   Duration
                                                                                                   Laboratory  sample ID
                                                                                                   Laboratory  name and approval
                                                                                                   Test start  and end dates
                                                                                                   Sample quantity and units
                                                                                                   Test organ ism/strains
                                                                                                   Type of  value, value, and units
                                                                                                   Confidence  limits
                                                                                                   Maximum  applicable dose and units
                                                                                                   Level of toxicity
                                                                                                   Bacteria mutagenicity response
                                                                                                   Minimum  effective concentration
                                                                                                     and units
                                                                                                   Approximate concentration factor
                                                                                                   Comments

-------
                                                                    Source description
                                Stream  design characteristics
ro
                                Test  identification,
                                source/process/control  device
                                operating parameters
                 Sampling  activity
                 description
Sampling
measurement/
method
component
description
                                                                                                                Test series level
                                                        Control  device  or  treatment/
                                                        storage/recovery process
                                                        design  characteristics
                                                                                                      	   	Stream design level  	
                                                           Fuels and feedstocks
                                                           characteristics
                                                                                                               Test operating  level
Inorganic
 analysis
Organic
analysis
Radionuclide
analysis
'Bioassay
•analysis
                                                                                                               Sample level
                                               Figure  2-2.   Waste stream data base  structure.

-------
President — Office of Management  and Budget, prepared  by  the  Statistical
Policy Division, GPO Stock No. 4101-0066,  1972) for  cross-reference  to
other data systems.  The  allowable entries for the EADS Source
Classification System are listed in the EADS Terminology Reference Manual
and use four increasingly specific descriptors to characterize a  source.
       The name of the testing organization and the  reference  (report,
journal article, etc.) from which  the data have been extracted are
included.  Additionally,  comments  or data  may be included  which may  be
pertinent to the test series, but  for which a specific  data element  is not
available.
       An important feature of the SDDS is that it can  protect
confidential or proprietary source data, if the source  owners  so  choose.
The SDDS will  accept the  entry "CONFIDENTIAL" for any source who  wishes
their identity (i.e., site name  and address) to be anonymous.  This
enables the SDDS to store important gaseous data from sources  which  would
otherwise be unavailable.  EPA will have no knowledge whatsoever  of  the
identity of the source.   This feature has  already been  frequently used
with the original FPEIS  and has  been a great aid in  obtaining  data.
       Each of the EADS  data bases also contains cross  references to other
data bases within EADS.   For example, suppose a source  with multimedia
discharge streams is tested and  the solid  discharge  data are to be
reported in the SDDS.  The SDDS  test series would then  contain cross
references (i.e., Test Series Number -- TSN) to test series in the other
media, either  fine particle, liquid, gaseous or whichever  combination was
appropriate, for the same source.   In the  same manner,  test series in the
other media would contain a cross  reference (TSN) to the SDDS  data base.
                                    2.1-5

-------
2-1.2  Control Device and Stream Design Conditions
       A description of the design conditions of the solid discharge
stream at the sampling location is contained within this group.  This
information may  include data elements such as flowrate, moisture content
and velocity.  Because this is design information, the values will not
change from test  to test, unless of course the control device or stream
itself is altered  in some manner.
       This grouping of data elements contains design  information and
descriptions of  the control system tested (if any) for the test series.
Standard nomenclature (see the Terminology Reference Manual)  is used to
characterize the  device or treatment process by  generic device type,
design type, specific process type,  and  the device class.  If this
standard nomenclature is found to be insufficient  in describing the
control device,  the encoder may  include  keywords to further  describe it.
Commercial name  and manufacturer may also be entered.
       Control device/treatment process  design parameters are indicated by
type and value,  where known.  A tabulation of suggested minimum
specification types is provided as standard nomenclature in  the
Terminology Reference Manual.  The units to be used are also given.  The
EADS uses SI units throughout, except where noted.  A  listing of units and
useful conversion factors is located at  the end  of Section 4.
2.1.3  Test Operating Conditions
       Data elements in this group describe actual operating conditions,
as opposed to design conditions, for the test, source, and control devices.
Included here is  such information as test dates  and times and operating
conditions of the source.  Control device operating parameters are
indicated by type and value,  and are described by standard nomenclature
                                   2.1-6

-------
with  appropriate units also given.  As with the design parameters,
suggested  operating parameters are given for many of the typical gaseous
control  devices  or treatment processes in use today for a variety of
sources.   The  user may define and include additional parameters as
required,  but  should,  however, receive approval from the EADS Project
Manager  beforehand.
       This  group also contains data describing all  fuels and feedstocks
that  are inputs  to the process being sampled.   Up to nine separate fuels
or  feedstock materials may be described for each process waste  stream
sampled  in the test series.  The description of the  fuel or  feedstock
includes proximate and ultimate analysis results,  physical characteristics,
inorganic  and  organic  composition, as well  as  the rate of consumption of
the fuel or  feedstock.
2.1.4 Sampling  Activity Information
       This  group of data elements consists of information that  describes
individual  sampling activities,  including actual  measured solid  stream
conditions at  the sampling location,  such as velocity,  flowrate,  and
moisture content.   In  addition the sampling location itself  would  be
described  in such  a manner that its  location with  respect to  a  control
device or  treatment process would be clear.
       Frequently,  a sample contains  two or  more  components,  each  of  which
is  analyzed  separately.   For example,  a solid  sample may be  sieved  and the
resulting  samples  or components  may  be analyzed separately.   This  group  of
SDDS  data  describes  not  only the sample collection instrument itself  but
also  each  component  separately and reports  the results  obtained  from  the
analysis performed  on  each  the sample  or component.   Chemical,  physical,
radionuclide,  and  bioassay  results may be reported.   Results  are typically
                                    2.1-7

-------
presented as the identification of the species analyzed and the actual
source concentration as contributed by that component.
       An important feature of this group is the quality control/quality
assurance information on the analytical results.  Data elements that
provide some measure of quality control and assurance include detection
limits of the analytical method, total amount of sample analyzed, sample
aliquot, identification of the analytical laboratory  and reference to any
laboratory quality assurance (QA)  audit information.  Analytical laboratory
audits are routinely performed by  government organizations such as the
Environmental Protection Agency.   The results of such audits can be
valuable in assessing the  reliability  and accuracy  of analytical results.
The audit information is contained in  a separate reference data base which
is accessed through a QA/QC code  reported in SODS.  More  information on
the audit data base can be found  in  the EADS Systems  Overview Manual and
in Section 3 of this User  Guide.
       Special provisions  have been  included to  accommodate the organic
species reporting protocol of a Level  1 or  2 environmental assessment
sampling and analysis program.  This analysis protocol  includes a group of
qualitative and semi-quantitative  analytical methods  whose results are
suggested to be reported in a manner shown  in the example  in Figure 2-3
(taken from the "IERL/RTP  Procedures Manual:  Level 1 Environmental
Assessment (Second Edition)," EPA-600/7-78-201, October 1978).  The SDDS
is designed to accommodate this information and, in addition, can report
analytical methods and detection  limits as well.
       The SDDS is, however, not restricted to accepting Level 1 data
only.  It is flexible so that any  reporting protocol can be included.
                                    2.1-8

-------
                                                 ORGANIC EXTRACT SUMMARY TABLE
                                          Sample  Sorbent Extract-ll-3	

Total Organic:, mg
TCO. mg
GRAV, mg
LC1
18.2
5,2
13.
LC2
22.3
19.
3.3
LC3
253
73.
180.
LC4
29.7
6.7
23.
LC5
11.0
3.7
7.3
LC6
46.3
5.3
41.
LC7
15.1
0.1
15.
2
390
110
280
     Category
Assigned intensity-ing/	(tn3, L, or kg)*
Sulfur
Aliphatic HC's
Aromatics— Benzenes
Fused Arom 216
Fused Arom 216
Heterocyclic S
Heterocyclic N

Carboxylic Acids
Phenols
Esters


100-0.6
10-0.06













10-0.06
100-0.6
10-0.06
10-0.06










100-4
100-4
10-0.4







•Concentration for gas samples = mg/m3, for liquid samples = mg/L, for solid samples = m
actual m3, L, or kg value.
t Estimated assuming same relative intensities as LCG, since IR spectra of LC5 and LCG are



100-0.5
IOO-rO.5
10-0.05
10-0,05






3/kg. Fill in

very similar.






-o.it
-0.1*
-0.1*
-0.01f
-0.01 f











100-0.7
10-0.07
100-0.7
10-0.07
10-0.07











10-0.02
100-0.2
10-0.02
10-0.02






0.6
0.06
0.06
5.
.5.
0.5
1.
0.3
1.0
0.1
0.08





INS
                                         Figure 2-3.   Organic extract summary table.

-------
       The sampling 'activity information group can also handle
radionuclide data results and bioassay results.  The bioassays may be
either health effects or ecological effects tests.
                                    2.1-10

-------
                                 SECTION  3
                     DATA ACQUISITION AND ORGANIZATION

3.0    INTRODUCTION
       The purpose of this  section  is to  demonstrate  how  the encoder would
use the structural concepts discussed in  Section  2  to prepare  a  set of
source testing data for encoding into the SDDS.   This will be  demonstrated
with a hypothetical example.  This  section will also  discuss some  special
problems that may occur while encoding  source test  data.  For  example, how
do you encode data obtained from the analysis of  a  liquid sample that
contains solid particles?   Here we  are  dealing with two media.   Also, how
are slurry stream samples encoded?  This  section  will attempt  to answer
these questions.  We cannot forsee  all  the peculiar situations and special
problems that may occur during the  encoding process,  but  the general
guidelines and techniques given here should greatly facilitate this task.
Feel free to call the EADS  Data Base Program Manager  or the EADS technical
staff listed on page xi if  any questions  arise during the encoding process,
                                    3.0-1

-------
3.1    HOW TO BUILD A  TEST SERIES
       This section describes  the techniques and the thought processes
that the user should employ when  encoding  source testing data onto the
SDDS data input forms.   Using  the techniques described  here  will  be of
particular benefit  to  the  user who is  not  familiar  with the  EADS  system
and underlying concepts.   To those who already have some experience with
EADS, possibly through the use of the  original  Fine Particle Emissions
Information System  (FPEIS),  these methods  may already be familiar  to  some
degree.
       In most cases,  the  user will  have either a test  report or perhaps
simply summary tables  of results  obtained  from a source testing effort.
The problem that  confronts the user  is how to efficiently and accurately
transfer that morass of data onto the  SDDS data input forms.   Experience
has shown that the most efficient thing to do is  to  first organize the
data and information before you ~ on  paper.   The key to this organization
of data is the pyramid structure  of  the SDDS.   All  of the EADS (i.e.,
6EDS, FPEIS, LEDS,  and SDDS) are  structured in  a similar manner and the
encoding forms and SERIES  reports are  designed  to reflect this structure.
Indeed, source testing reports can be  thought of  as  being arranged  in  such
a manner.  Looking at  Figure 3-1,  the  pyramid structure becomes evident.
Data is arranged  so that general  information,  such  as the source
description and reference  information,  is  situated  at the apex of  the
pyramid.  The next level down  contains design  information on  the sources'
effluent streams  and control devices.   The pyramid  further expands  into
the tests performed on  each  effluent stream and the  operating conditions
of the source and control  device(s)  during those  tests.   The  final  level
in the pyramid contains  data on each of the samples  taken during each

                                   3.1-1

-------
                                                    Source description
               Stream design  characteristics
               Test identification,
               source/process/control device
               operating parameters
Sampling activity
description
Sampling
measurement/
method
component
description
                                                                                              Test series level
                                                       Control device or treatment
                                                       storage/recovery process
                                                       design characteristics
                                                                   	   ____   _____   	   	Stream design level  	
                                                          Fuels and feedstocks
                                                          characteristics
                                                                                              Test operating level
Inorganic
 analysis
Organic
analysis
Radionuclide
analysis
Bioassay
analysis
                                                                                             Sample level
                         Figure  3-1.   Waste  stream data  base  structure and  contents.

-------
test.  This is the most specific  information  contained in the data base.
It includes chemical, physical, radionuclide,  and bioassay analytical
results.  Think of the pyramid  structure  as descending from the general to
the specific.  The source  description  being general  and analytical  results
being the most specific.
       How then does the user arrange  his  source  testing  data into  the
pyramid structure?  Very simply,  the user  should  lay out  a structure  on
paper similar to that shown  in  Figure  3-1.  There will  be one box  at  the
test series level to represent  the  source.  The stream design level will
contain as many boxes as there  are  effluent streams.   In  a like manner,
the test operating level will contain  one  box for each  test  performed on
each stream.  And finally, at the sample  level, each  test  will  contain  as
many boxes as there are samples.  The  user should then  assign  appropriate
labels, according to his data,  to the  source, streams,  tests  and samples,
and enter those labels in  the corresponding boxes of  the  pyramid.  This
approach has two major benefits.  One,  it  forces  the  user  to  understand
and organize his data, and two, it  structures the data  in  a manner that
aids tremendously in encoding and proper ordering of  the  forms.  You  will
recall that the data forms are  organized in a manner  similar  to the data
base itself.  They proceed from the general to the specific.
       Section 4 contains  detailed  encoding instructions which, when  used
in conjunction with the above organization methods, make the  encoding  task
straightforward.
                                    3.1-3

-------
3.2    DATA INPUT FORM STRUCTURE
       The SDDS data elements  (see Table 2-1)  are  entered  on  eleven  data
input forms.  The layout of the eleven forms  is  such  that  the data elements
in any one test series that are least likely  to  change,  are located  on
Form 1, and the most likely to change are  on  Forms 7  through  11.  It becomes
apparent that the input forms  are  arranged  according  to  the hierarchical
structure  (i.e., a pyramid) of the data base  as  shown in Figure 3-1.
       Forms 1 and 2 (see Section A.4 in the  Appendix) include source
description data, stream design characteristics  and control device/
treatment/storage/recovery process information.  Because this is  design
data,  it will not change for  a given test  series on a given source/control
device/process combination.   The  information  on  Form  1 is  contained  in the
test series level while the Form  2 stream/control  device/process  information
is at  the  stream design level.
       The test operating level is the third  level down  on the hierarchical
structure  and it, as the name implies, contains  operating  information --
operating  in the sense that these  are the  conditions  of  the source,  control
device/process and fuels and  feedstocks during the actual  test.   This
information is entered on Forms 3  through  5.
       The bottom level in the EADS  structure is the  sample level.   This
information is entered on Forms 6  through  11.  These  forms are expected  to
be the most frequently used in that  often  a number of measurement
instruments, some with two or more components, are used  in a  given test.
Also a variety of analyses are frequently  performed on a collected sample.
       Once all data input forms  have been  encoded, the  forms must be put
in a specific order.  There are two  important reasons for  this.   One,
because the repetitive data feature  (described in  detail in Section  4)  is

                                   3.2-1

-------
predicated on correctly  ordered  input;  and two,  the computer processing
performs order checks.   The  rules  for ordering input are very
straightforward  and  can  be explained in two different ways.
       Look  at Figure  3-2, a typical test series.   The input forms are
ordered by starting  at the top  and moving down and left, checking off the
boxes as you encounter them.  When you  can't go down and left any more,
back  up to the first place where you can go down and left again to an
unchecked box.   The  input forms  are ordered in the same way as the boxes
are .numbered in  Figure 3-2.   Remember that each box represents one or more
input forms.
        Each  input form has multiple lines on it.   Each line is identified
by a  letter  and  a number called  a  card  number.  Each major grouping of
lines has  the same letter and is identified on the input forms, e.g.,
F-fuels and  feedstocks.   Each line of input also has one or more of these
fields  (or  data  elements) -- test  series number,  stream ID, test ID,
sample  number,  component number.  Suppose that you are encoding a single
test  series.  The test series number will be the same on all forms
submitted.   The  first form will  be Form 1, containing the source
description  and  test series  comments.  All forms for the first stream
follow.  The stream  characteristics and control  devices on one or more
Form  2's  are next.   Then comes  all of the data about the first test on the
stream  on  Forms  3, 4,  and 5.  The  first sample of this test ID follows on
Form  6.  The first component of  the sample follows on Forms 7, 8, 9,  and
10.   Then  comes  the  second component, the third and so on.  Then come
bioassay data  on the sample  on one or more Form ll's.  The second sample
of the  test  comes next followed  by its  component and bioassay data.  Then
comes the third  sample and its component and bioassay data, the fourth

                                    3.2-2

-------
         Test  Scries l.pvel
00
•
ro

oo
        Strpam
                     level
                               Stream 1 control
                               device design
                                  parameters
        Test Operating Level
                  Test 1
                                                                                         Test 3
Source/control device
operating conditions
Source/control device
operating conditions
Source/control device
operating conditions
          Sample Level
                                                                   10
                                                                                13
                                Sample
            Sample
                   Component
Component
Sample
Sample
Sample
                                                              11
                                                                          14
                                                                                     16
                                         Component
Component
Component
Component
Component
                                                                                                   Stream 2 control
                                                                                                    device  design
                                                                                                      parameters
                                                                                                                                         Test 1
                                                                                                                      19
                                                                                                                             Source/control  device
                                                                                                                             operating  conditions
                                                                Figure 3-2.    Forms ordering.

-------
sample, and so on; to complete the data  for  the  first  test.   Then there is
another set of Forms 3, 4,  and 5  describing  the  second test  and sets of
forms for each sample and component following.   After  all  tests on the
first stream have been encoded, then  a new Form  2  is used  to specify the
second stream.  The test, samples, and components  of the second stream
follow in the same way as they did for the first stream.   Continue in this
way until all streams have  been encoded.
       Although the stream  ID, test ID,  sample number  and  component number
form a defacto page numbering scheme, it  is  recommended  that the pages be
consecutively numbered in the space provided.
                                   3.2-4

-------
3.3    STRUCTURE APPLICATION  EXAMPLE
       The techniques for  organizing  solid discharge  source  sampling data
are demonstrated in the following  paragraphs  using  a  hypothetical
example.  Table 3-1 shows  a sampling  log  of source  tests  performed  at a
pressurized fluidized-bed  combustion  process  (PFBC).   The log shows that
two tests were performed at two  sampling  locations, the  collection  system
discard  and the bed reject.   The two  tests correspond to  two different
source operating conditions where  the plant was operating first  at  80
percent  of capacity and then  at  maximum rated capacity.   Core and surface
grab  samples  were  taken at each  location  under both operating conditions.
       While  the sampling  log clearly shows what occurred during the
testing  program, it does not  display  this information in  a manner such
that  the user can  easily visualize how the data should be organized for
encoding purposes. Nor does  it  provide any information  on how the  encoded
forms are to  be  ordered before they are keypunched.   At  least for the
beginning user,  and we believe it's an excellent tool even for the
experienced  user,  the data should  be  arranged in the  pyramid structure
shown in Figure  3-3.   In  our  hypothetical example,  the rearranged sampling
log  information  would look like  Figure 3-3.  The PFBC process would be
entered  as the source at  the  test  series level and  the two sampled  streams
would at the  next  level  down.  The stream design level can contain  any
number of effluent streams.   Following down to the  test  operating  level,
you  can  see  that each of  the  two tests is labeled and entered into  a box.
Each  stream  thus has  two  tests,  one at 80 percent load and one at full
load.  The sample  level  Indicates  which samples were  taken during
                                    3.3-1

-------
TABLE 3-1.  SOURCE SAMPLING LOG - PFBC PROCESS
Stream
1 — Collection system
discard


2 — Bed reject



Test
1 -- 80% load
2 -- full load

1 — 80# load

2 -- full load

Sample
1 --
2 —
1 ~
2 --
1 --
2 --
1 —
2 ~
Grab-core
Grab-surface
Grab -core
Grab-surface
Grab-core
Grab-surface
Grab-core
Grab-surface
                       3.3-2

-------
co
•
co
i
CO
                                Collection system
                                    discard
                                                                                          Stream 2
80;, load
Full
load
80% load
Full
load
                   Sample 1    Sample 2   Sample 1     Sample 2    Sample 1    Sample 2    Sample  1    Sample 2
                                                                                                               Test Series Level
                                                                                                               Stream Design Level
                                                                                                               Test Operating Level
                                                                                           Sample  Level
                                              Figure 3-3.   Data structure --  PFBC process.

-------
each test on each stream.  Each box represents one measurement  instrument
or sample.  The numbers  in circles  located  at the upper  left  corner  of
each box on Figure 3-3 indicate the order in which the encoded  data  input
forms should be arranged.  The rule for  ordering of  forms  is:   starting  at
the top, move down and left,  number the  boxes consecutively as  they  are
encountered.  When you can't  go down  and left anymore, back up  to  the
first place where you can go  down  and  left  again to  an unchecked box.
While the forms should be numbered  in  the manner indicated  on Figure 3-3,
recall that each number  may represent  one or more forms.  For example  the
box:
                              80  percent  load
                                    test  1
may include forms 3 through 5 which  describe  the  operating  conditions
during test 1.  The box:
                                 grab-core
                                  sample  1
may include forms 6, 7, 8, 9,  10, and  11.
                                    3.3-4

-------
3.4    SPECIAL  ENCODING CONSIDERATIONS
       The  SDDS has  a certain amount of flexibility built in and this
enables  it  to  accommodate data.from a variety of sampling protocols and
unusual  source  situations.   The  purpose of this section is to discuss some
of these special  situations  and  to familiarize the user with the manner in
which EADS  conforms  to them.   In addition,  this section discusses the
rationale for  some of the encoding instructions described in Section 4.
3.4.1  Multimedia Test Series
       Frequently in source  sampling activities,  multimedia effluent
samples  are collected and analyzed.  This is particularly true  in
environmental  assessment (EA) programs where the  contractor  is  trying to
assess the  overall environmental  impact of  a stationary source.   For
example, if a  coal-fired utility boiler equipped  with  NO   controls,  an
                                                         A
electrostatic precipitator,  and  a flue gas  desulfurization system was the
subject  of  an  EA testing program,  streams from all  media,  gas,  fine
particle,  liquid, and solid,  would probably be sampled and analyzed.   The
analysis data  from each specific media effluent stream would be encoded in
its respective  data  base (i.e.,  solid discharge analysis  results  would  be
encoded  into the SDDS).   You  might ask yourself how,  if data from one
source is entered into four  separate data bases in  EADS,  a user  could
benefit  from this data.   Each data base contains  a  cross  reference to the
other data  bases  containing  data taken from the same  source  at  the same
point in time.   This  cross reference is in  the form of the TSN.   Thus,  in
our example, the  SDDS file would  contain the FPEIS, LEDS,  and 6EDS Test
Series Numbers  as cross  references.   Conversely,  LEDS  would  contain  the
GEDS, FPEIS, and  SDDS TSN's  as cross references.  FPEIS and  GEDS  would
follow in the same manner.
                                     3.4-1

-------
3.4.2  Multiple Control Devices
       The EADS recognizes the fact  that  an  effluent  stream may have
multiple control devices.  For example,  a solid  discharge stream may have
a shredding process  and an incineration  process  in series.  Up to five
control devices can  be  accommodated  per  stream.   During the encoding
process, the  user  is required  to assign  a number to each control device.
The control device number  will  be unique for that device in that test
series.  The  device  number is  used to identify the set of design and
operating  parameters for  that  particular device in the event that there
are multiple  devices.
3.4.3   Parallel  or Series  Control Devices
        Frequently an effluent  stream will have two or more control devices
for  various  pollutants  either  in a series or parallel arrangement.  This
 situation  is  handled in the following way.  In a series arrangement, the
 control devices are serially assigned unique device numbers 1,  2, 3,  ...
 etc., to a maximum of five.   Each control device will then have  a Form 2
 and a Form 3 encoded.  These forms should be ordered  in the same sequence
 as they occur in the effluent stream and in addition, group all  Form  2's
 together and all Form 3's together.  If  the control devices are in
 parallel, the convention is to  label them as 11,  12,  21,  22,  etc.   Each
 device will  again have a Form 2  and a Form  3 and  again  they should  be
 ordered in the same  sequence that they occur in the effluent  stream with
 all Form  2's together and all  Form  3's together.
 3.4.4  Fuels and  Feedstocks
        Frequently a stationary  source of solid  discharges will  have one or
 more fuels and/or material feedstocks as inputs to the  process.  These
 inputs are routinely sampled as  part of  most testing  activities and are
                                     3.4-2

-------
subsequently analyzed for a variety of  parameters  and  purposes.   For
example, material balances around  a process  are  usually performed on
elements (e.g., sulfur) with the  intent of validating  the  data and to
assess the origin and fate of chemical  species.  The SDDS  has  two input
forms devoted totally to recording information about the fuels/feedstocks
and any chemical or physical analysis performed.   In addition  to  the
consumption rate and type of fuel/feedstock,  the SDDS  has  data groups
reserved for proximate  and ultimate analyses  (for  fuels only),  general
characteristics  (usually physical  parameters  such  as viscosity or pour
point), and chemical analyses.   Information  and  analyses for  up to nine
different fuels  and feedstocks  from one source may be  included in each
test  series.
       The encoder of data should note  that  general characteristics may be
entered as either number or text  values.   Normally such values would be
entered as numbers (e.g., pour  point, -10°C).  However, occasionally
either a range  of values needs  to be entered  or  possibly a word descriptor
of  some physical characteristic.   Here, the  entries would  be  written as
text.  More detailed instructions on this  point  can be found  in Section 4,
Group F.
        In recognizing the variety of units  in which fuels  and  feedstocks
chemical analyses are reported, the SDDS has  left  the  units selection for
actual concentration open to the  discretion  of the user.  This flexibility
is  not the case, however, when  reporting actual  concentrations of chemical
species in effluent streams (on Forms 8 and  9).  These units  must be in
ug/g.
                                    3.4-3

-------
3.4.5  Data Accuracy and Quality
       The SDDS contains data elements  that  assist  the user in  assessing
data quality, accuracy, and validity.   These  include  identification of the
testing group, analytical laboratories,  analysis  methods,  sampling
methods, high and low detection limits  of  the analytical methods,  total
sample quantities and aliquots, and QA/QC  codes.  The QA/QC codes  are
obtained by the user from the EADS Program Manager  at the  time  the SDDS
data  input forms are encoded.  Each analytical  laboratory  that  has
undergone a quality assurance/quality control  audit will be assigned a
unique QA/QC  code.  The code refers the user  to  a reference data base
which contains the results of the  audit.   These  QA/QC audits describe the
efficiency and effectiveness of a  particular  laboratory in recovering a
known concentration of a chemical  species  from  a spiked sample,  thereby
giving  the user of the laboratory's services  an  appraisal  of the
laboratory's  performance.  The QA/QC data  base will contain each chemical
species  reported and will identify the  analysis  method used to  detect the
chemical.  Also, the number of samples  submitted, the average percent of
recovery and  its standard deviation, and the  quality  control frequency are
reported for  each chemical species or compound  in the audit.
        In the final analysis, the  SDDS  QA/QC  data elements, however, only
ensure  the correctness of the data on an as reported  basis.  The
responsibility for data validity lies with the  people who  collect  and
input the data.
3.4.6   Effluent Characteristics
       This group of data is intended to accommodate  any qualitative
measurement of an effluent stream  parameter,  other  than inorganic  and
organic  chemical species, radionuclide,  and  bioassay  results.  This will

                                    3.4-4

-------
typically  include physical  parameters of the sample such as opacity, odor,
or color.  Values may  be  entered on the forms as either number or text.
For example, pH would  be  encoded as a number, say 3.4 percent, whereas
color would be encoded as a text value, light brown,  for example.  Space
on the encoding forms  is  also  provided for the analytical method and any
applicable detection  limits and  their units.
3.4.7  Reporting of Chemical Analysis Results
       The EADS input  forms have been developed so that a variety of
sampling and analysis  protocols  can be accommodated.   EPA/IERL-RTP's EA
programs are expected  to  be one  of the primary suppliers and users of
data.  Thus, in response  to the  special reporting protocols  of EA
programs,  EADS has put emphasis  in this area, without relegating other
reporting  protocols to a  lesser  position.
       Specifically, Form 8 has  been designed for all  inorganic analysis
results and organic analysis results that  do  not conform to  Level  1
protocols.  Form 9, however, is  reserved exclusively  for reporting organic
analysis results that  do  conform to Level  1  protocol.   Level  1 organic
analyses require special  reporting formats due to the  mix of qualitative
and semiquantitative results from analyses such as liquid chromatography
fractionation and low  resolution mass spectra.   The purpose  of this  type
of analysis is to identify  the major classes  of organic compounds  in a
process effluent stream and to estimate their concentrations.   In  Level 1
this is done by liquid chromatography which  separates  a sample into
fractions characterized by  a range of boiling points.   These are called
fraction ID's and are  labeled LCI through  LC7 —  corresponding to  groups
of chemical species with  successively higher  boiling  points.   Both the
whole sample and the LC fractions  are  analyzed  for TCO  and Grav
                                    3.4-5

-------
concentrations.  TCO analysis gives  volatile organic material and Grav
analysis yields nonvolatile organic  material.   This  data in combination
with qualitative results obtained  from  infrared analysis,  called intensity
values, and information about the  source,  enables  the analyst to identify
the chemical species in a waste  stream  sample.   Occasionally, individual
species are identified  in an extension  of  Level 1  analysis, and their
concentrations  are  determined.   The  SDDS  is  fully  capable  of accepting all
this data.  In  addition, fractions,  organic  categories,  and species are
identified  by  a MEG number.  This  is a  unique  ID for that  species and is
part of a system used  in EA methodology (Multimedia  Environmental Goals
for Environmental Assessment Volumes 1  and 2,  EPA-600/7-77-136a, b,
November 1977)  for  evaluating and  ranking  pollutants according to
environmental  impact.   The encoder must use  MEG numbers  when inputting EA
data  (i.e., Level  1 or  2).  Either MEG  or  CAS  numbers ("Chemical Abstracts
--  Chemical Substance  Index," American  Chemical  Society) may be used for
data obtained  by some  other sampling and  analysis  protocol.  When this
data  is extracted from  the data  base as output,  it will  appear with the
preferred chemical  name first, then  other  less  common names.
3.4.8   Reporting of Radionuclide Data
        One  complete form is devoted  to  recording radionuclide analysis
results of  solid samples.  Actual  source concentrations  of radionuclides
are to  be recorded  in  the units, pCi/gram.   The isotopes most likely to be
of  interest include the following:   U-238, Ra-226, Pb-210, PO-210,  U-235,
Th-232, Bi-212, Ac-228, and Bi-214.   Also, note that space is available to
include metastable  isotopes (i.e., Kr-85M).
                                    3.4-6

-------
3.4.9 * Bioassay Results
       As part of EPA's EA scheme,  biological  indicators  are  coupled  with
chemical tests to assess the  hazard potential  of  process  waste  streams.
The Level 1 screening phase uses  a  series  of  short-term bioassays  to
detect acute biological effects.  Bioassays may be either  health-related
or ecological tests.  While EA methodology has specific recommendations
for applying bioassays to samples,* it  is  frequently the case that these
recommendations cannot be followed.  This  is  especially true for gaseous
and fine particle samples.  For example, EA protocol says  that particulates
captured in a SASS train should be  divided into two components ~ those
less than 3 microns and those greater than 3  microns.  Frequently  it  is
the case that neither component separately can meet the minimum sample
quantity requirement for bioassay tests, so the components must be
combined.  Consequently Form  11,  which  records bioassay results, has  no
space for component sequence  number.  The  encoder should record in the
comments section which component  sample was tested or  if component samples
were combined.
       While most bioassay data elements on Form  11 pertain to all types
of biotests, some apply to only specific tests.  These are listed below:
        Data Element                           Bioassay Test
        Type of Value                          All except  the Ames
        Bacteria Mutagenicity Response         Ames only
*Duke, K. M., Davis, M. E., and Dennis, A. J., "IERL-RTP Procedures
 Manual:  Level 1 Environmental Assessment Biological Tests for Pilot
 Studies," EPA-600/7-77-043, April 1977.
                                    3.4-7

-------
       "Level of Toxicity" is defined as "a qualitative expression  of  the
bioassay results based upon a predefined range  in LDgg, EC,-g or  LC^g,
etc."  Table 3-2* may be used as an aid in determining the Level  of
Toxicity for specific bioassays.  Given a certain assay and response
range, the encoder can determine whether the Level of Toxicity  is high,
moderate, low, or not detectable.
 *Environmental  Protection  Agency,  "Biological Screening  of  Complex  Samples
  from Industrial/Energy  Processes,"  EPA-600/8-79-021, August  1979.
                                    3.4-8

-------
                                    TABLE 3-2.   RESPONSE  RANGES FOR RANKING  OF  VARIOUS  BIOTESTS
CA»
•
-f*

10
RESPONSE RANGES
ASSAY
Health Tests
Ames

RAM.CHO.WI-38
Rodent
Ecological Tests
Algae
Fish
Invertebrate
ACTIVITY MEASURED

Mutagenesis

Lethality (LCsrj)
Lethality (LD5Q)

Growth Inhibition (ECgrj)
Lethality (LC5Q)
Lethality (LC50)
MAD

5 mg/plate or
500 Ml/plate
1,000/jg/mLor
600 ullml
10 g/kg or
10 ml/kg

1,OOOmg/Lor
100%
1,OOOmg/Lor
100%
1,000 mg/L or
100%
HIGH

5mg or
NO at > 500
LC50>1,000/jgor
LC5Q>600fiL
LD50>10

EC50>100%or
EC5Q>1,OOOmg
LC50 > 100% or
LCso > 1,000 mg
LC50>100%or
LC5Q>1,OOOmg
         MAD = Maximum Applicable Dose (Technical Limitations)
         LD5Q = Calculated Dosage Expected to Kill 50% of Population
         LC5Q - Calculated Concentration Expected to Kill 50% of Population
         EC5Q = Calculated Concentration Expected to Produce Effect in 50% of Population
         ND   = Not Detectable

-------
                                 SECTION 4
              ENCODING INSTRUCTIONS FOR SDDS DATA INPUT FORMS

       This section presents detailed, card-by-card, encoding instructions
for each SDDS data element on the Standard Data Input Forms.  The
instructions are separated into 12 groups (identified by the letters A, B,
C, D, E, F, H, K, L, M, R, and T) corresponding to the major groupings of
SDDS data elements.  The SDDS Data Input Form number (1 through 11) is
given for each group.  While reading these instructions, it would be
beneficial to refer to the blank input forms in Appendix A.4.
4.0    GENERAL RULES
       General instructions that apply to data coding include the
following:
       •   The letter "0" is to be encoded "0" and zero is encoded "0".
       t   Zeros are treated as numbers.  Blank spaces in a field indicate
           either a lack of data, or that the pertinent data have been
           coded for the preceding test conditions or sampling activity.
           (See the discussion on the repetitive data feature in Section
           4.1.)  To blank out a data field, or to prevent data from being
           automatically repeated by the EDIT program, encode 9999... in
           all columns in the field for numeric fields, and NA in the
           first two columns of the field for alphanumeric fields.
                                    4.0-1

-------
All numeric data shall be right-justified  and  all  alphanumeric
data shall be left-justified, except where noted otherwise.
Only specified alphabetical or numerical characters  and  a few
symbols (%, &, #, /, +, -,<,>, and all punctuation marks
except the colon) are allowed to be entered  in  the columns
where allowed.  No unusual marks are to be made in the spaces.
No data field headings are to be changed and only  data
appropriate to the field are to be entered.  This  rule prevents
unnecessary keypunching errors in processing the forms.   No
colons are permitted anywhere.
Do not use Greek letters, as these cannot  be interpreted  by the
computer.  For example, microgram (yg) is  encoded  UG.  Refer  to
Table A-14 in the Terminology Reference Manual  or  the tables  at
the end of this section for the encoding of engineering units.
SI units  are used throughout the EADS, except where otherwise
noted.
Only the  allowed coding values may be entered in columns  that
require coding symbols.  When + is indicated at the top of the
column, enter either + or -, as appropriate.  Also, indicate  if
the data  being encoded are less than,  greater than, or equal  to
a value by using the signs <, >, or leaving the space blank,  as
noted on  the appropriate field heading.
The small triangle between columns on the  forms represents the
decimal point.  Enter the fractional decimal digits to the
right of  the triangle.
Leave all the shaded portions on the forms blank.
                         4.0-2

-------
       t   The following identification data elements must  be  entered  on
           the first card of every section  (data group) where  they  appear.

   Data Element       Card Columns                    Instructions
Test series number         2-6        Enter on all forms.
Stream number              7-8        Enter only on Forms 2 through 11.
Test ID number             9-11       Enter only on Forms 3 through 11.
Sample number             12-13       Enter only on Forms 6 through 11.

           Note, that if encoding instructions are not given for card columns
           1 through 15 for any card, the instructions are  the same as those
           for the previous card.
       •   In several instances, more cards than allotted on the forms may be
           added by the user if needed to encode all the data.  The detailed
           encoding instructions indicate the corresponding data elements, and
           specify a limit to the number of additional cards that may be
           included.
       •   Many data elements, identified in the detailed encoding
           instructions, require standard nomenclature.  The user must use
           data from the tables given in the Terminology Reference Manual to
           encode these data elements (Tables A-l through A-15).  All standard
           nomenclature is left-justified.
       •   Whenever the data exceed the available space on  the forms, use the
           available space completely, then finish the discussion by using the
           comments section of the appropriate level (i.e., test series, test,
           sample, or component, described  in Section 2).
       •   Whenever there are pertinent data for which no data elements exist,
           use the comments section of the  appropriate level.
                                    4.0-3

-------
•   Make the text as brief as possible through  the  use  of
    abbreviations, precise words, and elimination of  redundant words.
    The text should always start  at the  leftmost column (i.e.,
    left-justified).
t   The encoding instructions are designed  to apply to  the majority of
    cases for which data will be  reported.   But,  it is  recognized that
    unusual situations  (source/control system combinations, for
    example) may occur.  If you have  data that  do  not correspond with
    the encoding instructions, make reasonable  assumptions to reflect
    the actual test data,  or contact  the EADS Technical Staff for
    guidance.
 •   When more than one  control device  is used,  use  a separate data
    input  Form 2 for  each  control device used.   Be  sure to give each
    control device  a  unique number within the test  series.  Up to five
    control devices in  a test series  may be coded  for a given source
    emission  stream.
 •   When more than  one  source is  discharging into  an effluent stream,
     encode the  data for one  source  (usually the dominant one), and
     refer  to  the  other  source(s)  in the  test series comments.
 •   If data are  reported for different components  of a  sampling
     instrument  separately  and combined,  define  component numbers for
     all  cases (on  Form  7).   For example, for the catches from different
     sized  sieves:
         Component  number 1 = Catch  number 1
         Component number 2 = Catch  number 2
         Component  number 3 = Catches  1 and  2 combined.
                              4.0-4

-------
If the data from the sampling method  are  not  split  into  components,
encode the component sequence number  = 01, and the  component name
as TOTAL SAMPLE (on Form 7).
After all the forms are encoded  and put in order  (see Section 3 for
a discussion of the ordering of  the completed forms), paginate the
forms in the indicated spaces to keep them organized and to prevent
loss.
It is critical to include all "zero"  cards which  start a data
group.  Specifically, these cards  are AO, CO, DO, EO, FO, HO, and
KO.  These cards initialize indices which are used  to load the data
into the data base.  These indices are the Test Series Number, the
Stream Number, the Device Number,  the Test ID Number, the Feed
Material Sequence Number, the Sample  Number,  and  the Component
Sequence Number, respectively for  the above cards,  and starred
below where they first occur.

The  information that is REQUIRED on these cards is  as follows:
CARD AO  -- *Test Series Number
            Source Category
            Source Type
            Product/Device Type
CARD CO  --  Test Series Number
           *Stream Number
            Stream Name
CARD DO  —  Test Series Number
            Stream Number
           *Device Number
            Generic  Device/Process Type  (If  uncontrolled, enter
            "NONE".   If not  known, enter "NOT  SPECIFIED".)
                          4.0-5

-------
   CARD EO --  Test Series Number
               Stream Number
              *Test ID Number

   CARD FO —  Test Series Number
               Stream Number
               Test ID Number
              *Feed Material Sequence Number
               Source Feed Material (If data are not  available, enter
               "NOT SPECIFIED".)

   CARD HO —  Test Series Number
               Stream Number
               Test ID Number
              *Sample Number
               Method Type and Measurement  Instrument/Method.   (If not
               known, enter "NOT SPECIFIED".)

   CARD KO —  Test Series Number
               Stream Number
               Test ID Number
               Sample Number
              *Component Sequence Number
               Component Name (If not specified, enter  "TOTAL SAMPLE".)

   These  cards and data elements must be  included  even  if  no other

   data  are  encoded.  A "zero"  card must  be included  whenever any

   of  the indices  are reinitialized; that is whenever the  encoder

   returns to the  start of  a data group.   For  example,  when  a

    second sample  is taken,  the  encoder must include  another  CARD

    HO  with a new  Sample Number.

•   In  addition to  the above, the following data elements  are also

    required to be  entered  on the forms:


    CARD  Al — Process Type
               Feed Material Category

    CARD  H2 — Sampling Location Code
               Sampling Location Description


•   Instruct keypunchers not to  punch  a  card unless there are

    handwritten data entered  on  the  card.
                             4.0-6

-------
4.1    LABOR SAVING FEATURES
       In developing the data input forms and the data processing
programs, several labor saving features have been introduced.  These
features reduce time, labor, and cost on the part of the encoder.
However, misunderstanding of these features may result in the entering of
erroneous data.  The labor saving features are explained below.  If the
explanation is not clear, the safe rule to remember is "if  in doubt, fill
it out."
4.1.1  Repetitive Data Feature
       The "Repetitive Data Feature" is an important labor  saving device
because  it frees the encoder from having to enter repetitive data.  In
general, this means that asterisked (*) fields on the input forms need
only be  filled out when there is a change in the value of that field.
Putting  in additional values or deleting existing values can also be
accommodated by the repetitive data feature.
       However, there are limits and conditions.  These are shown in
Figure 4-1, the schematic representation of a single test series with
specific groupings.  The hierarchical (level) structures of the EADS data
base are also shown.  The boxes outlined with dashed lines  (	) show the
limits on the use of the repetitive data feature.  For example, at the
sample level, notice that repeating component data can be accommodated in
a single test across component groups, but not across different tests.
Operating conditions data at the test level can be accommodated across
tests but not across streams.  In general, the limits can be described by
the following rule.  The repetitive data feature operates at the stream,
test, and sample levels of the EADS data base.  It only operates across
component groups which have the same data group at the next higher level
                                     4.1-1

-------
      Test Series Level
 I
ro
                                                                                         Source/Process  I
                                                                                                                                       |   Source/Process     I
                                                                                                                                         Operating  Conditions
                            Control Device
Operating Conditions
Operatinq Condition
                                          Control Device    .
                                     I  Operating Parameters  I
                                     I	J
                                  I     Control Device
                                   Operating Parameters
                 Operatinq Parameters
     Sample Level
1 Component 1 Component
1 1
	 , 	 ,
Component i
_ J
1 	
1 Component
(_
•••• ^^ m^
Component

_ j 	 ,
Component 1
_ J
                                                          Figure  4-1.   Repetitive  data  feature  structure.

-------
of the data base.  For example, it operates  across  components at the
sample level until the operating conditions  (test  level)  change.
       All the data elements for which  the repetitive  data feature is
valid are identified by an asterisk  (*) on the  input forms.
       In many instances, a particular  data  element may not  be constant
for all its occurrences.  It may have one value  for its first few
occurrences, then change values or not  be known  for other occurrences.   In
these situations, the value of the data element  must be reinitialized to
the new value each time the value changes.   If  the  data are  not known, the
correct way to reinitialize the value is to  enter "NA" in the first  two
columns of the field for alphanumeric data or "9" in every card column for
numeric data.  Consider the following example.
       Suppose that there are 20 samples with the same source/process
operating conditions.  In the first  nine samples, SAMPLE  TEMPERATURE is
110°C.  In the next four it is 120°C; it is  unknown for the  next
three, and is 150°C for the remainder.  In the  first sample,  enter 110
in columns 58 through 61 of the HO card.  The value has now  been
initialized.  The same field can be  left blank  for  the next  eight samples
because they have the same value.  For  the tenth sample,  the value 120 is
entered, reinitializing temperature.  The temperature  on  the next three
samples can be left blank because they  are also  120.   In  sample 14,  where
the temperature is unknown, the value 9999 is entered  as  "null" value,
reinitializing the field.  If this were not  a numeric  field,  then "NA"
should be entered as the "null" value.  In sample 17,  the value 150  would
be entered and then the field would  be  left  blank for  samples 18, 19,
and 20.
                                     4.1-3

-------
       In this way, with the repetitive data feature, only  four  unique
values must be encoded instead of 20.  When there  are a  number of
unchanging values, this feature will save considerable time and  effort.
4.1.2  Control Device and Design Parameters
       Another example is in the case where two  different streams from the
same source each have an identical control device  installed.  Here,  one
should assign the  same Device Number (CARD DO) to  each.  The  repetitive
data feature will  permit the encoder to fill out the data on  all  D cards
(DO, Dl, D2, D3, and D4) just once, leaving those  for the second  control
device blank.  All of the data for the second device will automatically
repeat.  For example, on CARD D4, once the design  parameter data  have been
initialized, they  remain constant until changed.  Be sure to  include a
CARD  DO  with the Device Number on it, to reference the control device.
       The only exception to the encoding instructions for  an unknown or
"null" value occurs  when such a value is needed  in the first  occurrence.
In that  instance,  leave the field blank for an unknown or "null"  value.
4.1.3 Operating  Parameter  Serial Number Feature
       The Parameter Number (CARD E2, cc  16 and  17) in the  control device
operating  parameter  group  is also a  labor saving feature.   The Control
 Device/Treatment  Process Operating Parameters  as encoded for the first
Test ID  Number will  be  printed  in their entirety for  succeeding  Test ID
Numbers  within  the same Stream  Number  unless  changed.  Operating parameter
 names and  values  which  do  not change  between  tests will  be  duplicated
 automatically for subsequent tests provided  that only the  parameter number
 is reentered for  the new  test.
        If  operating  parameters  happen  to  change  between  tests,  only the
 parameter  number  and its  new  value  need  to  be encoded.   The data which  do
                                     4.1-4

-------
not change do not have to be re-encoded.  The EDIT program will
automatically reproduce the parameter name.
       Be sure to include a CARD El to identify the control
device/treatment process to which the parameters apply.
       To null out a previously entered Parameter Name and Value, enter
the parameter number and enter NA for the parameter name.  Here again,
include a CARD El.
                                     4.1-5

-------
4.2    ENCODING INSTRUCTIONS
                                    4.2-1

-------
                     GROUP A - SOURCE DESCRIPTION -- FORM  1
 Card Column
   Data Element
                                Encoding  Instructions
CARD AO

    1

    2-6
    7-8

    9-11

    12-13

    14-15

    16-35
Data Base Code

Test Series
Number
    36-55
    56-75
                     Do  not  change.   Denotes  data base.   S-SDDS.

                     Enter  as  a  right-justified  integer  number  the
                     permanent test  series  number,  assigned  by  the
                     EADS Program Manager.   If such an  assignment
                     has not been made,  enter a  nonzero  sequential
                     number  for  each test  series reported.   This
                     number  will be  used for  preliminary
                     identification  purposes  only.

                     Leave  blank.

                     Leave  blank.

                     Leave  blank.

                     Do  not  change.

                     Enter  the source category as text  from  Table
                     A-l*.   This is  the  grouping of major generic
                     industries  or  source  classes;  i.e., the
                     broadest  description  of  a source.   Examples
                     include COMBUST-ENERGY,  CHEMICAL MANUFAC,
                     METALS, and NATURAL PRODUCTS.   Note that the
                     list of standard nomenclature is not
                     complete, but  will  be  added to as  needed.

                     Enter  the source type  as text from Table
                     A-l.   This  identifies  the kind of  source
                     within  the  source category.  Examples include
                     INDUSTRIAL, INORGANIC  ACIDS, PRIMARY FERROUS,
                     and WOOD.

Product/Device Type  Enter  the product or  device type as text from
                     Table  A-l.  This identifies the general
                     processes or  the specific product.   Examples
                     include BOILER, SULFURIC ACID, STEEL, and
                     PULP AND  PAPER.
Stream Number

Test ID Number

Sample Number

Card Number

Source Category
 Source Type
 *In the Terminology Reference Manual.
                                          4.2-2

-------
                     GROUP A -- SOURCE DESCRIPTION -- FORM 1
 Card Column
   Data Element
           Encoding Instructions
CARD AO (cont.)

   76-79       SIC Code
   80

CARD Al

   16-35
Blank
Process Type
   36-41


   42-47



   48-57
Design Process Rate
Design Process Rate
Units
Feed Material
Category
   58-80
Source Name*
Enter as a four-digit integer number the U.S.
Dept. of Commerce SIC Code for the source.
Use zeroes for unknown trailing digits; e.g.,
textile mill products whose SIC is 22 would
be entered as number 2200.  (See the Standard
Industrial Classification Manual, Executive
Office of the President — Office of
Management and Budget, prepared by the
Statistical Policy Division, 1972, GPO Stock
No. 4104-0066.)

Leave blank.
Enter the process type as text from Table
A-l.  This identifies the unique process
being tested.  Examples include TANGENTIAL,
CONTACT PROCESS, BLAST FURNACE, and SULFATE
PULPING.

Enter the design capacity of the process as a
right-justified integer number.

Enter the units of the design process rate
as text from Table A-14.  The units should
reflect the type of process tested.

Enter as text from Table A-2 the general
category of the process feed material or
fuel.  A detailed description of this is
given at the test data level.  Examples
include COAL, OIL, GAS, WOOD, SOLIDWASTE, and
MTL SCRAP.

Enter the name of the source as text.
*Enter CONFIDENTIAL for confidential or proprietary data.
                                          4.2-3

-------
                     GROUP A -- SOURCE DESCRIPTION -- FORM  1
 Card Column
   Data Element
           Encoding Instructions
CARD A2

   16-40


   41-60


   61-78

   79-80
 CARD  A3

    16-20


    21-25



    26-30
    31-35

    36-40
Site Name*
Enter as text the name of the site where the
source is located.
Street/Box Number**  Enter the number and name of the source/site
                     street address as text.
City**

State**
Zip Code**


Country



FPEIS TSN
Blank

6EDS TSN
Enter the name of the city, township or area.

Enter the two-letter code for the state or
Canadian Province in which the source is
located.  Use the standard nomenclature in
Table A-3.
Enter the zip code in which the source is
located.

Enter as text an abbreviation for the country
in which the source is located.  Use standard
nomenclature provided in Table A-3.

Enter the Fine Particle Emissions Information
System Test Series Number associated with
fine particulate information which was
collected from the same source during the
same sampling program, right-justified.  If
none, leave blank.

Leave blank.

Enter the Gaseous Emissions Data System Test
Series Number associated with gaseous
emission sample and analysis results obtained
from the same source during the same sampling
program, right-justified.  If none, leave
blank.
  *Enter CONFIDENTIAL  for  confidential  or  proprietary  data.
 **Leave blank for confidential  or  proprietary  data.
                                          4.2-4

-------
                     GROUP A -- SOURCE DESCRIPTION -- FORM  1
 Card Column
   Data Element
           Encoding Instructions
CARD A3 (cont.)

   41-45       LEDS TSN
   46-54

   55-60


   61-66

    '?> • •
   67-80

CARD A4

   16-45



   46-55


   56-58



   59-80
Blank

Start Date


Finish Date


Blank
Sponsor
Organization
Contract Number


TO/TD Number
Name of Sampling
Group/Contractor
CARDS AS AND A6

   16-80
Reference Report
Title*
Enter the Liquid Effluent Data System Test
Series Number associated with liquid effluent
sample and analysis results obtained from the
same source during the same sampling program,
right-justified.  If none, leave blank.

Leave blank.

Enter the start date as MM-DD-YY.  This is
the starting date of the field sampling.

Enter the finish date as MM-DD-YY.  This is
the finishing date of the field sampling.

Leave blank.
Enter the name of the organization who
sponsors the sampling program as text (e.g.,
EPA).

Enter the number of the sponsoring
organization contract as text.

Enter the EPA task order or technical
directive number as a right-justified integer
number.

Enter the name of the sampling group or
contractor as text.  If there is more than
one sampling group, enter additional groups
in test series comments.
Enter as text the title of the report from
which the data are reported.  Use both cards
as needed.
 *Enter CONFIDENTIAL for confidential or proprietary data.
                                          4.2-5

-------
                     GROUP A -- SOURCE DESCRIPTION  --  FORM 1
 Card Column
   Data Element
           Encoding Instructions
CARD A7

   16-45




   46-65



   66-80


 CARD A8

    16-35


    36-80
Reference Report
Author**
Reference Report
Number**
Reference Report
Publication Date**
Reference Report
NTIS Number

Blank
Enter the name of the primary author of the
report as last name, first name, and initial
(e.g., Doe, John A.).

Enter as text the number, as assigned by the
sponsoring organization, of the article or
report in which the data are reported.

Enter the publication date of the report in
text form as month and year (e.g., July 1979),
Enter the NTIS number of the report as text.
Leave blank.
 **Leave blank for confidential  or  proprietary data.
                                          4.2-6

-------
                    GROUP B — TEST SERIES COMMENTS — FORM 1
 Card Column
   Data Element
           Encoding Instructions
CARD BO

   16-17
Line Number
   18-80       Test Series
               Comments
Enter a sequential integer number for each
line of test series comments.

Enter test series comments as text.
Unlimited cards may be added as needed.
                                          4.2-7

-------
                GROUP C ~ STREAM DESIGN CHARACTERISTICS  --  FORM 2
 Card Column
   Data Element
           Encoding Instructions
CARD CO

    7-8
   16-21
   22-27


   28-31
    32-38

    39-41
Stream Number
Flowrate
Flowrate Units


Velocity




Blank

Moisture Content
    42-46       Blank

    47-80       Stream Name



 CARDS Cl AND C2

    16-80       Stream Comments
Enter a sequential, right-justified integer
number for each solid stream sampled at the
source.

Enter as a decimal number the design total
mass flowrate of the solid material in the
sampled stream at normal maximum operating
conditions.  The decimal point is indicated.

Enter the flowrate units as text from Table
A-14 (e.g., g/sec).

Enter as a decimal number the design velocity
of the solid stream in m/sec at normal
maximum operating conditions.  The decimal
point is indicated.

Leave blank.

Enter as a decimal number the design moisture
content in percent by volume of the solid
stream at normal maximum operating
conditions.  The decimal point is indicated.

Leave blank.

Assign a name for each solid stream sampled
at the source (e.g., bottom ash slurry,
liquor separator sludge, etc.).
                     Enter stream comments as text.  Use both
                     cards as needed.
                                          4.2-8

-------
     GROUP D  --  CONTROL  DEVICE/TREATMENT/STORAGE/RECOVERY PROCESS -- FORM 2
 Card  Column
   Data Element
           Encoding Instructions
CARD DO

   16-17
   18-37
   38-70
   71-80

CARD D1

   16-35
   36-47


   48-77


   78-80
Device Number
Generic Device/
Process Type
Design Type
Blank
Specific Process/
Device Type
Device/Process
Class

Device/Process
Commercial Name

Blank
Enter a serially assigned, right-justified
integer number for each control device and/or
treatment, storage or recovery process.  This
number will remain unique through the entire
test series for a specific control
device/treatment process.  Up to five devices
may be included per stream.
NOTE -- Space for one control device/
        treatment process is provided on
        Form 2.  If more than one device
        is encoded, do not repeat CARDS CO,
        Cl, and C2 on subsequent Form 2's
        for the same stream.

Enter the type of generic process as text.
Use standard nomenclature provided in
Table A-4(c).  If no control or treatment is
applied, enter "NONE".  If not known, enter
"NOT SPECIFIED".

Enter the control device/treatment process
design type as text.  Use standard
nomenclature provided in Table A-4(c).  If
none, leave blank.

Leave blank.
Enter the control device/treatment process
specific type as text.  Use standard
nomenclature provided in Table A-4(c).  If
none, leave blank.

Enter the device/process class as text.  Use
only standard nomenclature given in Table A-5,

Enter the device/process commercial name and
model number (if known) as text.

Leave blank.
                                          4.2-9

-------
      GROUP D -- CONTROL DEVICE/TREATMENT/STORAGE/RECOVERY  PROCESS -  FORM 2
 Card Column
   Data Element
           Encoding Instructions
CARD D2

   16-45


   46-80

CARD D3

   16-17,
   48-49
    18-47,
    50-79
    80

 CARD D4

    16-17
    18-47
    48
Manufacturer


Blank



Sequence Number
Device/Process
Keyword
Blank
Design Parameter
Number
 Design Parameter
 Name

 Value Type
 If cc 48 contains an N:

    49-56       Number Value
    57-80
 Units
Enter the name of the device/process
manufacturer as text.

Leave blank.
Enter a sequential, right-justified integer
number for each device/process keyword to be
encoded.  Enter first two keywords on the
first card (or line), etc.  Add four more
cards as necessary.

Enter as text the word or words that best
describe the device/process in greater
detail.  The selection of these keywords is
at the discretion of the encoder.  Enter two
keywords per card.

Leave blank.
Enter a nonzero, sequential number (starting
from 1, right-justified) for the control
device design specification.  Add five more
cards as necessary.

Enter as text the design specification as
standard nomenclature from Table A-6(c).

Enter T if the parameter is a text parameter,
or N if it has a number value.
Enter the numeric value in the form
nnAnn E + nn.

Enter the units of the number value  as  text
from Table A-6(c).
                                          4.2-70

-------
GROUP D « CONTROL DEVICE/TREATMENT/STORAGE/RECOVERY  PROCESS  —  FORM 2
Card Column
                  Data Element
                                          Encoding Instructions
CARD D4 (cont.)
If cc 48 contains  a T:
   49-56       Blank
   57-80       Text Value
                               Leave  blank.
                               Enter  the text value and any associated  units.
                                     4.2-11

-------
                     GROUP E — TEST  IDENTIFICATION  —  FORM 3
 Card Column
   Data Element
           Encoding Instructions
CARD EO

    9-11
Test ID Number
   16-21
    22-25
    26-29
    30-60
    61-64
    65-80

 CARD El

    16-17
Test Date
Start Time
End Time
Operating Mode
 Percent  of Design
 Capacity
Blank
 Device/Process
 Number
    18-80
Blank
Enter a sequential, right-justified integer
number for each test.  A test is defined as a
sample or series of samples at a particular
source/control operating condition at a given
point in time.  This number may be serially
assigned by the user at the time the data are
encoded.

Enter the date the test was conducted or
begun as an integer number in the form
MM-DD-YY.

Enter the test starting time as a
right-justified integer number, on the basis
of a 24-hour day (military time).

Enter the test finish time as a
right-justified integer number, on the basis
of a 24-hour day (military time).

Enter the mode of operation of the source at
the time of the test as text.  Examples of
modes are batch, continuous, intermittent,
cyclic, etc.

Enter the percent of the design capacity at
which the source is operating during the time
of the test as a decimal number.  The decimal
point is indicated.

Leave blank.
Enter the unique identifying number for each
control device or treatment process as
defined previously on CARD DO in this test
series.
NOTE ~ Space for two control device/
        treatment processes is provided on
        Form 3.  If more than two devices are
        encoded, do not repeat CARD EO on
        subsequent Form 3's for the same
        Test ID.

Leave blank.
                                          4.2-12

-------
                     GROUP E -- TEST IDENTIFICATION -- FORM 3
 Card Column
   Data Element
           Encoding Instructions
CARD E2

   16-17
Operating Parameter  Enter  a  sequential,  right-justified  integer
Number               number for  each  of  the control  device/
                     treatment process operating  parameters.
                     Twenty-one  more  cards  can be added as needed,
                     per  device.
   18-47
   48
Operating
Parameter Name
Value Type
If cc 48 contains an N:

   49          >
   50-56       Number Value


   57-80       Units


 If cc 48 contains a T:

   49-56       Blank

   57-80       Text Value

 CARDS E7, E8, and E9

   16-80       Comments
Enter the control device/treatment process
operating parameteras text using standard
nomenclature from Table A-6(c).

Enter N if the parameter has a number value,
and T if it is a text parameter.
                      If  the  value  of  the  parameter  is  indicated  to
                      be  less than  or  greater than  a value,  enter
                      the appropriate  sign here.  Otherwise,  leave
                      blank.

                      Enter the numeric value in  the form
                      n^nn E  + nn.

                      Enter the units  of the number  value as  text
                      from Table A-6(c).
                      Leave blank.

                      Enter the text value and any associated units.
                      Enter comments pertaining to the test
                      operating conditions,  as text.
 Note:  See Section 4.2 for a discussion of the  labor  saving feature  for  operating
       parameters.
                                         4.2-13

-------
                    GROUP F « FUELS AND FEEDSTOCKS  — FORM 4
 Card Column
   Data Element
           Encoding Instructions
CARD FO

   16-45
   46-62



   63-67



   68-73


   74-79

   80


 CARD Fl

   16-55
    56-58


    59-63



    64-70


    71-79

    80
Source Feed
Material
Feed Material Rate
and Units
Feed Material
Sample Mass
Feed Material
Mass Units

Blank

Feed Material
Sequence Number
 Laboratory Name
 QA/QC Code
 Feed Material
 Sample Volume
Volume Units
 Blank

 Feed Material
 Sequence Number
Enter as text the specific name of the source
feed material (e.g., Western PA Bituminous).
If data are not available, enter "NOT
SPECIFIED".

Enter the measured operating (not design)
input rate of the source as text with the
appropriate units.

Enter the mass of the feed material sample
as a decimal number.  The decimal point is
indicated.

Enter the appropriate units of the sample
as text from Table A-14.

Leave blank.

Enter a sequential integer number to identify
each feed material or fuel type used.
Enter the name of the laboratory that
performed the fuels and/or feedstocks
analysis as text.  If more than one
laboratory was used and the names do not fit
here, include one name here and the other(s)
in the comments section on Form 5.

Enter the laboratory quality assurance/
quality control code, if known.

Enter the feed material sample volume as a
decimal number.  The decimal point is
indicated.

Enter the appropriate volume units as text
from Table A-14.

Leave blank.

Same as CARD FO.
                                         4.2-14

-------
                    GROUP F « FUELS AND FEEDSTOCKS - FORM 4
 Card Column
   Data Element
           Encoding Instructions
CARD F2

   16-31,
   43-61
   32-38,
   62-68
   39-42,
   69-73

   74-79

   80


CARD F3
Proximate Analysis
Parameter
Parameter Value
Units
Blank

Feed Material
Sequence Number
16-25, 31-40,  Ultimate Analysis
46-55, 61-70   Parameter
26-30, 41-45,   Value
56-60, 71-75
   76-79

   80


CARD F4

   16-27
   28
Blank

Feed Material
Sequence Number
Parameter
Name
Value Type
The parameter associated with a proximate
fuel analysis as per ASTM D3172-73.  This
is preprinted on the form.

Enter the value of the proximate analysis
parameter as a decimal number.  The decimal
point is indicated.

These are preprinted on the form.
Leave blank.

Same as CARD FO.
The parameter associated with an ultimate
fuel analysis as per ASTM D3176-74.  This is
preprinted on the form.

Enter the value of the ultimate analysis
parameter, as a decimal number, in units of
percent by weight.  The decimal point is
indicated.

Leave blank.

Same as CARD FO.
Enter the name of the fuels and feedstocks
parameter analyzed as text.  Do not include
inorganic trace elements or organic chemical
species and compounds.  Examples are bulk
density, viscosity, pour point, etc.

Enter N if the parameter has a number value
and T if it is a text parameter.
                                         4.2-15

-------
                   GROUP F  -- FUELS  AND  FEEDSTOCKS -- FORM 4
Card Column
                  Data Element
                                               Encoding Instructions
CARD F4 (cont.)

If cc 28 contains N:

   29          §
   30-36        Number Value


   37-54        Units


If cc 28  contains T:

   29-36        Blank

   37-54        Text Value


For both cases (T and N):

   55-56        Analytical Method
   57-64       High Detection
               Limit

   65-72       Low Detection Limit
   73-79       Detection Limit
               Units

   80          Feed Material
               Sequence Number
                                    If  the  value of the parameter is indicated to
                                    be  less than or greater than a value, enter
                                    the appropriate sign here.   Otherwise, leave
                                    blank.

                                    Enter the  value of the fuels and feedstocks
                                    parameter  analyzed, in the  form nAnn E + nn.

                                    Enter the  units of the parameter analyzed as
                                    text from  Table A-14.
                                    Leave blank.

                                    Enter the text value and any associated units
                                    as  text.
                                     Using  the  standard nomenclature in Table A-8,
                                     enter  the  two-character code for the chemical
                                     analysis method used.

                                     Enter  the  upper detection limit of the
                                     analytical  method in the form nnAnn E +_ nn.

                                     Enter  the  lower detection limit of the
                                     analytical  method in the form nnAnn E +_ nn.

                                     Enter  the  upper and lower detection limit
                                     units  as  text from Table A-14.

                                     Same as  CARD FO.
                                         4.2-16

-------
                    GROUP F -- FUELS AND FEEDSTOCKS - FORM 5
 Card  Column
   Data Element
           Encoding Instructions
CARD F5

   16
   17-26



   27-28


   29-36


   37-44


   45-52


   53-60



   61
   62-68


   69-79



   80
Chemical ID Type
Category/
Species ID
Analytical Method
High Detection
Limit

Low Detection Limit
Detection Limit
Units

Total Milligrams
Recovered
Actual
Concentration

Actual
Concentration
Units

Feed Material
Sequence Number
Enter the chemical entry code which
determines the type of chemical ID used.
Enter the letter C for CAS number and M for
MEG number.  Unlimited cards may be added as
needed.

Enter the chemical ID for the organic
category or species, or the inorganic
species, from Table A-7.

Enter the two-character code for the chemical
analysis method, from Table A-8.

Enter the upper detection limit of the
analytical method in the form nnAnn E +_ nn.

Enter the lower detection limit of the
analytical method in the form nnAnn E +. nn.

Enter the upper and lower detection limit
units as text from Table A-14.

Enter as a decimal number the total
milligrams of the category/species found in
the sample.  The decimal point is indicated.

If the actual concentration is indicated to
be less than or greater than a value, enter
the appropriate sign here.  Otherwise, leave
blank.

Enter the concentration of the category/
species in the form nAnn E + nn.

Enter units of actual concentration as text
from Table A-14.
Same as CARD FO.
                                         4.2-17

-------
                    GROUP F -- FUELS AND FEEDSTOCKS -- FORM 5
 Card Column
   Data Element
           Encoding Instructions
CARDS F7, F8, and F9

   16-79       Comments
   80
Feed Material
Sequence Number
Enter comments regarding the analysis of the
fuels and feedstocks, starting on CARD F7,  as
text.

Same as CARD FO.
                                         4.2-18

-------
                GROUP  H -- SAMPLING ACTIVITY DESCRIPTION - FORM 6
 Card  Column
   Data Element
           Encoding Instructions
CARD HO

   12-13
Sample Number
   16

   17-46
   47-50



   51-53



   54-57



   58-64

   65-67




   68-70



   71


   72-76
Blank

Measurement Instru-
ment/Method Name
Sampling Start Time
Sampling Duration
Measured Stream
Velocity


Blank

Measured Stream
Moisture Content
Density
Density
Determination

Sample Volume
Enter a sequential  integer number for each
sample unique within each test  ID.  A sample
is defined as the measurement or group of
measurements taken  with a single measurement
method to define the composition of a stream
at a given point in time.  This number may be
assigned serially at the time the data is
encoded.

Leave bl ank.

Enter the name of the measurement
instrument/method as text using the standard
nomenclature given  in Table A-9(d), and
elaborate in comments if necessary.  If not
known, enter "NOT SPECIFIED".

Enter the start time of the sample collection
as a right-justified integer number using
military time.

Enter the duration  in minutes of the sample
collection activity as a right-justified
integer number.

Enter as a decimal  number the measured stream
velocity of the solid stream in units of
m/sec.  The decimal point is indicated.

Leave blank.

Enter as a decimal  number the measured
moisture content of the solid stream at the
sampling location in units of percent by
volume.  The decimal point is indicated.

Enter as a decimal  number the bulk density in
g/cm3 of the solid  discharge stream.   The
decimal point is indicated.

Enter the integer 1 for measured, or 0
for assumed.

Enter as a decimal  number the total solid
material volume collected for the sample in
units of ITH.  The decimal point is indicated.
                                         4.2-19

-------
                GROUP H -- SAMPLING ACTIVITY  DESCRIPTION — FORM 6
 Card Column
   Data Element
           Encoding Instructions
CARD HO (cont.)

   77-80       Blank

CARD HI
   16-21
    22-27
    28-47
    48-52



    53-54


    55-80

 CARD H2

    16
    17-18
    19-48
Measured Stream
F1owr ate
Flowrate Units
Flowrate Measure-
ment Method
Sample Total Mass



Mass Units


Blank
 Sampling Location
 Code
 Device/Process
 Number
 Sampling  Location
 Description
                     Leave blank.
Enter as a decimal number the measured total
mass flowrate of the solid stream at the
sampling location.  The decimal point is
indicated.

Enter as text the units of the  solid stream
flowrate from Table A-14.

Enter as text the technique or  equipment which
was used to determine the solid stream
flowrate using the standard nomenclature
provided in Table A-10.

Enter as a decimal number the total mass of
the sample collected.  The decimal point is
indicated.

Enter as text the units of the  sample total
mass from Table A-14.

Leave blank.
Enter the code  letter  for  the  sampling
location as follows:   I,  inlet of  control
device/treatment process,  or 0,  outlet  of
control device/treatment  process.   If the
source  is uncontrolled, enter  I.

Enter the integer  number  which identifies  to
which device  or process the sampling location
code refers.   (See CARD DO, columns 16-17.)

Describe the  sampling  location in  terms of
proximity to  control devices  and discharge
points.  Enter  as  text any information  that
affects the sampling and  transport of discharges
or  emissions.   Identify any sources of  possible
stratification.  Be brief and  use  abbreviations.
Expand  into comments as necessary.
                                          4.2-20

-------
               GROUP  H --  SAMPLING ACTIVITY DESCRIPTION - FORM 6
 Card Column       Data Element                 Encoding Instructions


CARD H2 (cont.)

   49-80       Blank                Leave blank.

OMIT CARDS H3,  H4, AND H5 ENTIRELY.

CARDS H6,  H7,  H8.  and H9

   16-80       Comments             Enter as text comments on the sampling
                                    activity.
                                          4.2-21

-------
                          GROUP K  --  COMPONENT  —  FORM 7
 Card Column
   Data Element
           Encoding Instructions
CARD KO

   16-17
   18-29
    30-33


    34



    35-41


    42-80



 CARD Kl

    16-17


    18-20


    21-23
Component Sequence
Number
Component Name
Stage/Filter
Cut Size
Mass
Chemical Analysis
Laboratory Name
 Component Sequence
 Number

 Chemical Lab
 QA/QC Code

 Radionuclide
 Laboratory
 QA/QC Code
Enter a sequential integer number for each
component of the measurement method analyzed,
starting with the component nearest the
measurement method inlet.

Enter the specific component of the sampling
equipment as text.  For example, all the
solid material which passes through a certain
size sieve could be a component.  Use
abbreviations if necessary and clarify in the
comments on Form 6.  If the sample is not
split into components, enter "TOTAL SAMPLE".

Enter as a decimal number the filter, size in
microns.  The decimal point is indicated.

If the mass is indicated to be less than or
greater than a value, enter the appropriate
sign.  Otherwise, leave blank.

Enter the mass in milligrams of this
component, in the form nAnn E HH nn.

Enter the name of the laboratory which
performed the chemical analysis on the solid
samples as text.
Same as CARD KO.
Enter the QA/QC code for the  chemical
analysis laboratory, if known.

Enter the QA/QC code for the  radionuclide
analysis laboratory, if known.
                                          4.2-22

-------
                          GROUP K ~ COMPONENT - FORM 7
 Card Column
   Data Element
           Encoding Instructions
CARD Kl  (cont.)

   24-63



   64-70



   71-75



   76-80

CARD K2

   16-17


   18-29
   30
Radiological
Analysis Lab Name
Component Aliquot
Mass/Volume
Aliquot Units
Blank
Component Sequence
Number

Effluent Parameter
Name
Value Type
If cc 30 contains N:

   31-35       Number Value
   36-43
Value Units
If cc 30 contains T:

   31-43       Text Value
Enter the name of the laboratory which
performed the radionuclide analysis on the
solid samples as text.

Enter the mass or volume of the sample
aliquot as a decimal number.  The decimal
point is indicated.

Enter the units of the sample aliquot as text
from Table A-14.  These units will identify
the aliquot as mass or volume.

Leave blank.
Same as CARD KO.
Enter the name of the effluent parameter
analyzed as text.  This entry is intended to
accommodate any quantitative measurement on
the solid sample with the exception of
organic and inorganic species measurements.
Examples are alkalinity, pH, etc.

Enter N if the parameter has a number value
and T if it has a text value.
Enter the value of the effluent parameter as
a decimal number.  The decimal point is
indicated.

Enter the value units of the effluent
parameter as text, from Table A-14.
                      Enter  the value and any associated units as
                      text.
                                         4.2-23

-------
                          GROUP K — COMPONENT — FORM 7
 Card Column
   Data Element
           Encoding Instructions
CARD K2 (cont.)

For both cases (T and N):

   44-45       Analytical Method
   46-53


   54-60


   61-69


   70-80

CARDS K3 AND K4

   16-17


   18-80
High Detection
Limit

Low Detection
Limit

Detection Limit
Units

Blank
Component Sequence
Number

Comments
Enter the two-character code for the analysis
method using the standard nomenclature
provided in Table A-8.

Enter the upper detection limit of the
analytical method in the form nnAnn E + nn.

Enter the lower detection limit of the
analytical method in the form n^nn E + nn.

Enter as text the upper and lower detection
limit units, from Table A-14.

Leave blank.
Same as CARD KO.
Enter comments on the effluent
characteristics as text.
                                         4.2-24

-------
      GROUP L -  INORGANIC ANALYSIS/NON-LEVEL 1 ORGANIC ANALYSIS - FORM 8
 Card Column
   Data Element
           Encoding Instructions
CARD LO

   16-17


   18
   19-28
   29-30



   31-38


   39-46


   47-54


   55-62
   63
   64-70
   71-80
Component Sequence
Number

ID Type
Category/
Species ID
Analytical Method
High Detection
Limit
Same as CARD KO.
Enter the chemical entry code which
determines the type of chemical ID used.
Enter the letter C for CAS number and M for
MEG number.  Unlimited cards may be added as
needed.

Enter as text the inorganic or non-Level 1
organic species or compound ID for the
appropriate chemical entry code.  Use the
standard nomenclature provided in Table A-7.

Enter the two-character code for the
appropriate analysis method using the
standard nomenclature in Table A-8.

Enter the upper detection limit of the
analytical method in the form nnAnn E ± nn.
Low Detection Limit   Enter  the  lower  detection  limit  of  the
                      analytical  method  in  the form  nnAnn E +  nn.
Detection Limit
Units

Total Milligrams
Recovered
Actual Source
Concentration
Blank
Enter as text the upper and lower detection
limit units, from Table A-14.

Enter as a decimal number the total
milligrams of the species recovered from the
analyzed sample.  The decimal point is
indicated.

If the actual source concentration is
indicated to be less than or greater than a
value, enter the appropriate sign here.
Otherwise, leave blank.

Enter the concentration of the species
analyzed for this component in the form
nAnn E + nn.  Units are yg/g.

Leave blank.
                                         4.2-25

-------
       GROUP L -- INORGANIC ANALYSIS/NON-LEVEL 1 ORGANIC ANALYSIS -- FORM 8


 Card Column      Data Element                 Encoding Instructions


CARDS LI and L2

   16-17       Component Sequence   Same as CARD KO.
               Number

   18-80       Comments             Enter inorganic/non-Level 1 organic analysis
                                    comments as text.
                                         4.2-26

-------
                  GROUP M ~ LEVEL 1 ORGANIC ANALYSIS -- FORM 9
 Card  Column
   Data Element
           Encoding Instructions
CARD MO

   16-17


   18-20
   21-26
   27-32
   33
   34-43
   44-45



   46-53


   54-61


   62-69
Component Sequence
Number

Fraction ID
TCO
GRAV
ID Type
Category/
Species ID
Analytical Method
High Detection
Limit
Same as CARD KO.
Enter as text the organic fraction determined
by liquid chromatography per Level 1 analysis
procedures and designated LC1-LC7.  Enter TOT
if the sample was not fractionated but TCO
and GRAV were done on the whole sample.
Unlimited cards may be added as needed.

Enter as a decimal number the total
chromatographable organics (TCO) measured for
each LC fraction in units of milligrams.  The
decimal point is indicated.

Enter as a decimal number the weight in
milligrams of each LC fraction determined by
gravimetric analysis.  The decimal point is
indicated.

The letter M is printed on the form as the
chemical entry code which identifies the type
of chemical ID used.  The letter M is for MEG
number.

Enter as text the organic chemical category
or organic chemical species.  Enter the
appropriate MEG ID number.  Use standard
nomenclature provided in Table A-7.

Enter the two-character code for the
appropriate analysis method using the
standard nomenclature in Table A-8.

Enter the upper detection limit of the
analytical method in the form nnAnn E + nn.
Low Detection Limit  Enter  the  lower  detection  limit  of  the
                     analytical method  in  the form  nnAnn E +  nn.
Detection Limit
Units
Enter as text the upper and lower detection
limit units, from Table A-14.
                                         4.2-27

-------
                  GROUP M -- LEVEL 1 ORGANIC ANALYSIS  ~  FORM  9
 Card Column
   Data Element
           Encoding Instructions
CARD MO (cont.)

   70-72       Intensity
   73
    74-80
Actual Source
Concentration
 CARDS  Ml  and  M2

    16-17
    18-80
Component Sequence
Number

Comments
Enter as a right-justified integer number the
assigned intensity (in essence a weighting
factor) used to indicate relative presence of
chemical categories obtained from either
infrared (IR) or low resolution mass
spectrometry (LRMS) analysis data.  Assigned
intensity values, either 100, 10, or 1, are
used to calculate concentration estimates.
An intensity is assigned for each category in
each LC fraction.  Units are dimensionless.

If the actual source concentration is
indicated to be less than or greater than a
value, enter the appropriate sign here.
Otherwise, leave blank.

Enter in the form nAnn E + nn, the concen-
tration of each category in each LC fraction
for this component.  These values are
calculated from the assigned intensities.
Units are ug/g.
Same as CARD KO.
Enter comments on the Level 1 Organic
Analysis as text.
                                         4.2-28

-------
                     GROUP  R ~ RADIONUCLIDE DATA — FORM 10
 Card Column
   Data Element
           Encoding Instructions
CARD RO

   16-17


   18-25
   26-27



   28-35


   36-43


   44-51


   52
   53-59
Component Sequence
Number

Radionuclide ID
Analytical Method
High Detection
Limit

Low Detection Limit
Detection Limit
Units
Actual Source
Concentration
   60-80       Blank

 CARDS Rl AND R2

   16-17       Component Sequence
               Number

   18-80       Comments
Same as CARD KO.
Enter the name of the isotope assayed as
text.  The name is given as a symbol and mass
number separated by a dash (e.g., RA-226,
U-235, and BI-214).  Unlimited cards may be
added as needed.

Enter the two-character code for the name of
the assay (analysis) method as text using
standard nomenclature provided in Table A-8.

Enter the upper detection limit of the assay
method in the form nnAnn E +_ nn.

Enter the lower detection limit of the assay
method in the form nnAnn E +_ nn.

Enter as text the upper and lower detection
limit units, from Table A-14.

If the actual source concentration is
indicated to be less than or greater than a
value, enter the appropriate sign here.
Otherwise, leave blank.

Enter the actual source concentration of the
isotope for this component, in the form
nAnn E + nn.  Units are pCi/g.

Leave blank.
                      Same as CARD KO.
                      Enter radionuclide data comments as text.
                                         4.2-29

-------
                       GROUP T « BIOASSAY DATA  -  FORM 11
 Card Column
   Data Element
           Encoding Instructions
CARD TO

   16-40
   41-70
   71-76
   77-80
 CARD  Tl
Test Type
Test Name
Test Duration
Lab Sample ID
16-56
57-59
60-65
66-71
72-80
CARD T2
Test Lab Name
Bioassay
QA/QC Code
Test Start
Test End
Blank

    16-23       Sample Quantity
    24-29       Sample Quantity
                Units
    30-80       Blank
Enter as text the name of the broad category
of bioassay test type using the standard
nomenclature provided in Table A-ll.

Enter as text the exact name of the bioassay
test (a subset of Test Type) using the
standard nomenclature provided in Table A-12.

Enter as a right-justified integer number the
duration of the test in hours.

Enter as a right-justified integer number the
unique sample number as assigned by the test
lab.
                                     Enter  the  name  of  the  bioassay testing
                                     laboratory as text.

                                     Enter  the  bioassay laboratory QA/QC Code,  if
                                     known.

                                     Enter  the  start date  of the bioassay test  as
                                     integer  numbers in the form MM-DD-YY.

                                     Enter  the  end date of  the bioassay test as
                                     integer  numbers in the form MM-DD-YY.

                                     Leave  blank.
                      Enter  as  a right-justified  integer  number  the
                      value  indicating  the  quantity of sample
                      submitted for  analysis.

                      Enter  as  text  the units  of  the sample
                      quantity  submitted for  analysis, from
                      Table  A-14.

                      Leave  blank.
                                          4.2-30

-------
                       GROUP  T --  BIOASSAY DATA - FORM 11
 Card Column
   Data Element
           Encoding Instructions
CARD T3

   16-80
CARD T4

   16-19


   20-26


   27-34


   35-41


   42-48


   49-56
   57-65


   66-79




   80
Test Organisms/
Strains
Type of Value


Value


Value Units
High Confidence
Limit

Low Confidence
Limit

Maximum
Applicable  Dose
(MAD)
MAD Units
Level  of Toxicity
Blank
Enter as text the name of the specific test
organism used.  Multiple entries are
permitted for those assays in which more than
one organism is used.  For example,
SALMONELLA TYPHIMURIUM TA-1538 and TA-98 may
be used in the same Ames test.  Standard
nomenclature is provided in Table A-13.
Unlimited cards may be added as needed.
Enter one organism/strain per card.
Depending on the assay, enter the value type,
such as LD5Q, ECsg, or LC$Q as text.
Enter the assay results value in the form
nAnn E + nn.

Enter the units of the assay results value as
text, from Table A- 14.

Enter the upper confidence limit of the assay
results value in the form nAnn E ^ nn.

Enter the lower confidence limit of the assay
results value in the form nAnn E + nn.

Enter the technical limitation on the dose
allowed in a particular assay.  The units
will vary according to the assay.  For
example, Ames MAD = 5 mg/plate, RAM MAD = 1
mg/ml, RODENT MAD = 10,000 mg/kg.  Enter in
the form nAnnn E ± nn.

Enter the maximum applicable dose units as
text, from Table A- 14.

Enter HIGH, MODERATE, LOW, or NOT DETECTABLE
as a qualitative expression of the bioassay
results based upon a predefined range in
LD50, EC50, or LC50, etc.

Leave blank.
                                         4.2-31

-------
                       GROUP T — BIOASSAY DATA  — FORM  11
 Card Column
   Data Element
           Encoding Instructions
CARD T5

   16-29


   30-36
   37-43


   44-60




   61-80

 CARD T9

   16-17



   18-80
Bacteria Muta-
genicity Response

Minimum Effective
Concentration (MEC)
Enter POSITIVE or NEGATIVE to indicate the
Ames test response.

Enter the minimum effective concentration
(MEC).  If a positive response is obtained
from an Ames test, the MEC is the minimum
concentration that gives a positive
response.  Enter in the form nAnn E + nn.
Minimum Effective    Enter the units of the minimum effective
Concentration Units  concentration as text, from Table A-14.
Approximate Concen-
tration Factor
Blank
Line Number
Comments
Enter the factor as text which accounts for
any aliquot taken during the bioassay lab
procedures.  It does not refer to the process
stream flow.

Leave blank.
Enter a sequential, right-justified integer
line number (i.e., 1, 2, 3...).  Unlimited
cards may be added as needed.

Enter bioassay comments as text.
                                         4.2-32

-------
                       TABLE 4-1.  ENGINEERING UNITS
Since computer encoding of units does not allow the use of Greek letters
or lower case letters, the following protocol for the encoding of
engineering units is defined:
       Base Units

       Ampere
       Curie
       Day
       Degree Celsius
       Hour
       Gram
       Joule
       Liter
       Meter
       Metric ton
       Mho (conductivity)
       Minute
       Ohm (resistance)
       Pascal
       Percent   .
       Percent by volume
       Percent by weight
       Second
       Watt

Adapted SI Prefixes

       Factor
       1012
       109
       106
       103
       10-2
       10-3
       10-6
 Special Prefixes

       Actual
       Dry normal
       Normal
       Parts per
Prefix

ex a
tera
giga
mega
kilo
centi
mini-
mi cro
nano
pi co
             Encode

             A
             CI
             DAY
             C
             HR
             G
             J
             L
             M
             T
             MHO
             MIN
             OHM
             PA
             %
             % VOL
             % WT
             S
             W
SI Symbol

     E
     T
     G
     M
     k
     c
     m
     u
     n
     P

Encode

  A
  DN
  N
  PP
Encode

  E
  T
  G
  M6
  K
  C
  M
  U
  N
  P
                                     4.2-33

-------
                           TABLE 4-1.  Concluded



Examples of Derived Units                       Encode

       Actual cubic meters                      AM3

       Centimeters                              CM
       Centimeters/second                       CM/S
       Cubic meters/second                      M3/S

       Dry normal cubic meters                  DNM3

       Grams per  cubic centimeter  (density)     G/CM3

       Joule per  hour                           J/HR

       Ki 1 ogram                                 KG
       Kilograms  of  steam per  hour             KG/HR
       Kilojoules/kilogram  (heat content)       KJ/KG
       Kilopascals  (kPa)  (pressure)             KPA
       Kilowatt                                 KW
       Kilowatt-hour                            KWH

       Liters per second                        L/S
       Liters per minute                        L/MIN

       Megawatt                                 MW
       Meters per second                        M/S
       Metric tons  per day                      T/DAY

       Micrograms (yg)                          UG
       Microgram per cubic  meter                UG/M3
       Microgram per gram                      UG/G
       Microgram per  liter                      UG/L
       Micro mho (conductivity)                 UMHO
       Micron  (ym)                              UM

       Milligrams (mg)                          MG
       Milligrams per  plate                    MG/PLATE
       Milligrams per  milliliter                MG/ML
       Milligrams per  kilogram                 MG/KG
       Milliliter                              ML

       Normal  cubic meters  per minute          NM3/MIN

       Parts per billion                        PPB
        Parts per million                        PPM
       Picocurie (pCi)                          PCI
       Picocuries per  cubic meter               PCI/M3
       Picocuries per  gram                      PCI/G
       Picocuries per  liter                    PCI/L

       Square  centimeter  (cm2)                 CM2
       Square meters  (ms                       M2

                                     4.2-34

-------
               TABLE 4-2.  CONVERSION  FACTORS TO METRIC UNITS
To Convert From:

  acre
  atmosphere

  barrel
  Btu
  Btu/hour
  Btu/pound (mass)
  Btu/second

  calorie (International Table)

  degree Fahrenheit

  foot
  foot2
  foot3

  gallon
  gallon
  grain
  grain/foot3

  horsepower
     (550 foot-pound force/second)

  inch
  inch
  inch2
  inch3
  inch of mercury  (60°F)
  inch of water (60°F)

  kilocalorie
  kilowatt-hour

  1 i ter

  mil
  mile (U.S. Statute)
  mile/hour

  ounce (mass AVDP)
  ounce (U.S. fluid)
To:

meter2
pascal

meter3
joule
watt
kilojoule/kilogram
watt

joule

degree Celsius

meter
meter2
meter3

liter
meter3
milligram
gram/meter3

watt
centimeter
meter
meter2
meter3
pascal
pascal

joule
joule

meter3

meter
meter
meter/second

kilogram
meter3
Multiply By:
4.05
1.01

1.59
1.06
  93
  33
1.06
     E + 03
     E + 05

     E - 01
     E + 03
     E - 01
     E + 00
     E + 03
4.19 E + 00

(tF-32) 5/9

3.05 E - 01
9.29 E - 02
2.83 E - 02
  79
  79
6.48
2.29
     E +
     E -
     E +
     E +
2.
2.
 ,54
 .54
6.45
1.64
3.38
2.49
E +
E -
E -
E -
E +
E +
    00
    03
    01
    00
7.46 E + 02
00
02
04
05
03
02
4.19 E + 03
3.60 E + 06

1.00 E - 03

2.54 E - 05
1.61 E + 03
4.47 E - 01

2.83 E - 02
2.96 E - 05
                                    4.2-35

-------
                           TABLE 4-2.  Concluded

To Convert From:                       To:                  Multiply By;

  pint (U.S. liquid)                   meter3               4.73  E - 04
  pound (mass AVDP)                    kilogram             4.54  E - 01
  pound/million Btu                    nanogram/joule       4.30  E + 02
  pound/inch2 (psi)                    pascal               6.89  E + 03
  pound/foot3                          kilogram/meter3      1.60  E + 01
  pound (thousands)/hour               kilogram/second      1.26  E - 01

  quart                                liter                9.46  E - 01
  quart                                meter3               9.46  E - 04

  ton  (long = 2240 pounds)             kilogram             1.02  E + 03
  ton  (short =  2000  pounds)            kilogram             9.07  E + 02
  tonne (metric ton)                   kilogram             1.00  E + 03

  yard                                meter                9.14  E - 01
                                     4.2-36

-------
                                 SECTION 5



                               DATA SUBMITTAL







5.0    INTRODUCTION



       The purpose of this section is to provide users of the SDDS with



instructions for submitting new data for entry to the SDDS data base and



to describe the quality assurance and quality control activities which



will  be performed on all data submitted.  Previous sections in this User



Guide have discussed how the sampling data are to be organized and encoded



on the SDDS Data Input Forms.  This section will provide the protocol for



transferring the data from the data sheets to a form that can be read by



the computer.  Once this step is completed, instructions are given



regarding to whom the data should be sent and what documentation should be



provided.  Next, the review cycle by the EADS Technical Support Staff is



described.  The function of the EDIT program and LOADER program is



discussed, and the output of each program is described and interpreted.
                                   5.0-1

-------
5.1    DATA INPUT FORM PROCESSING
       The SDDS data input forms are designed  to  be  entered  into  the
computer initially as 80-character records either as computer  cards or
card images that can be interpreted by the UNIVAC U-1100 computer.  It  is
the responsibility of the submittor to ensure  that the  data  are keypunched
and verified.  The character set to be used  should be compatible  with the
IBM 029 set.
       Cards should be segregated by Test Series  Number (TSN)  and should
be packaged in boxes (if they are to be mailed).   Data may be  submitted on
magnetic tape; however, before attempting to do so,  the user should
contact the EADS Program Manager for guidance.  The  manner in  which
computer tapes are formatted and read varies widely;  thus, each tape
submittal must be handled differently.  The  EADS  Technical Support Staff
will coordinate information between the user and  the National  Computer
Center staff to ensure that the user's tape  will  be  compatible with the
UNIVAC U-1100.  Magnetic tapes to be mailed  should be packaged properly in
specially-designed tape containers for shipment.   Such  containers are
generally available in most data centers.
       When the data input forms have been converted into a
machine-readable format for the computer, the  submittor should retain the
data forms for reference until the test series has been loaded into the
data base.
                                   5.1-1

-------
5.2    SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
       All  data in machine-readable format (usually cards) should  be  sent
to the EADS Program Manager accompanied by a cover letter that describes
each test series submitted.  A sample cover letter is given  in
Figure 5-1.  The complete address is as follows:
                    Gary L. Johnson
                    EADS Program Manager
                    Industrial Environmental Research Laboratory
                    U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                    Mail Drop 63
                    Research Triangle Park, NC 27711
REMINDER;  No test series should be submitted until it has been assigned a
unique Test Series Number (TSN) by the EADS Program Manager.  As described
in Section 4, the TSN must be encoded in columns 2-6 on each card
submitted.  If a permanent TSN has not been assigned, then the encoder
should write or call the EADS Program Manager prior to submitting the data.
       Once the data have been received, the encoder will be sent a letter
acknowledging receipt of the data and notifying him that EDIT processing
of the data has commenced.  A sample acknowledgement letter  is given in
Figure 5-2.
       In some cases, EADS users will have the facilities available to
directly submit the test series cards to the National Computer Center.
This is allowed; however, the submittor should contact the EADS Program
Manager for technical guidance prior to doing so.
                                   5.2-1

-------
Gary L. Johnson
EADS Program Manager
Industrial Environmental Research Laboratory
US Environmental Protection Agency
Mail Drop 63
Research Triangle Park, NC  27711

Dear Mr. Johnson:

Enclosed you will find punched cards for FPEIS Test Series  200, GEDS
Test Series 27, LEDS Test Series 352, and SDDS Test Series  14.  These
test series represent multimedia sampling performed at a confidential
power plant site as part of EPA Contract No. 68-02-9999.

Very truly yours,
John A. Doe, Ph.D.
Ozone National Laboratory

Enclosure
             Figure  5-1.   Sample  data  submittal  letter.


                                5.2-2

-------
Dr.  John A. Doe
Ozone National Laboratory
1234 An/street Drive
Hometown,  CA  99999
Dear Dr.  Doe:

This letter is  to acknowledge our receipt of source testing data  for
the following data bases and test series:  FPEIS TSN 200, GEDS TSN  27,
LEDS TSN  352, and SDDS TSN 14.

In a short time,  you will be contacted by the EADS Technical Staff  re-
garding any corrections to the data that may be required prior to load-
ing the data into the appropriate media data base.

Thank you very  much for your support of the EADS.  If you have any  ques-
tions, please feel free to call me at (919) 541-2745.

Very truly yours,
Gary L.  Johnson
EADS Program Manager (MD-63)
            Figure  5-2.   Sample data submlttal acknowledgement  letter.


                                       5.2-3

-------
5.3    REVIEW AND CORRECTIVE ACTION  PROCEDURES
       The responsibility for determining  the validity of the data
submitted lies with the encoder; however,  the EADS Technical  Staff will
assist the encoder by identifying errors that must be corrected before the
data can be loaded into the data base.
       Upon receipt of the card deck  (or decks)  submitted by  the encoder,
the EADS Program Manager's office will  load  the  cards into a  card-image
file on the UNI VAC U-1100 computer at Research Triangle Park,  NC.   The
appropriate EADS Technical Staff persons will  be notified that a new  test
series has been received and that quality  assurance (QA)  activities may
begin for that test series.
       The EADS QA activities are shown schematically in  Figure  5-3.   The
test series received will be processed through the EADS EDIT program  which
will produce a SERIES Report-format  listing  of the input  data,  a list  of
all errors detected, and a list of all cards  contained  in the  test  series.
The EDIT program.is described in detail in Section 5.4  which follows.
Initially, the EADS Technical Staff will review  the  EDIT  report  and will
identify any obvious errors.  These errors will  be corrected by  the
Technical Staff and a new EDIT report will be  produced.   It should be
noted that by "obvious errors" we are referring  to errors such  as
encoding, keypunching, or spelling errors, etc.   The  Technical  Staff
cannot and will not attempt to correct any data  with  respect to  accuracy
or validity, or otherwise pass engineering judgement  on the submitted
data,  etc.  Any errors in measurement data or  descriptive data must be
identified and corrected by the encoder of the data.
       The corrected EDIT report will be mailed  to the  encoder for his
review.   Any changes to the data should be marked  legibly on the

                                    5.3-1

-------
     r
        Cards
en
•
co
i
ro
           ISI
           Q>
           x
          Edit
         program
              Data file
            (intermediate
              storage)
Loader
          EADS staff
            review
 Sampling
contractor
  review
Error list
   Report
(test series
   format)
 EADS
 data
 base
                                                                              Report
                                                                                                      Test series
                                                                                                        report
                                                Figure 5-3.  QA procedure.

-------
printout.   Telephone interaction with the  EADS  Technical  Staff to answer
questions, or to clarify data as they are  encoded,  is  encouraged.  The
marked EDIT report with the corrections  should  be  returned to the
Technical  Staff promptly.  The Technical Staff  will  implement the
recommended changes and will produce another  EDIT  report.   If no  errors
are detected, the EDIT report will  be returned  to  the  encoder for final
verification.  If the encoder is satisfied that the  data  are  correct  (and
valid) as submitted, then he should notify the  Technical  Staff that the
data are ready to load into the data base.   If  any errors  remain  after
review by the encoder, the changes  should  again be marked  on  the  EDIT
report and it should be returned to the  Technical  Staff.   This corrective
action QA cycle will be repeated until the submittor okays the data for
data base entry.  No data will be loaded until  encoder approval is
obtained.
       Once final approval of the data is  received from the submittor, the
test series is processed through the LOAD  program, which  actually loads
the sampling activity results into  the SYSTEM 2000Wdata  base
management structure described in Section  2.  The  specific details of  the
LOAD program are given in Section 5.4, following.
       When the test series has been loaded into the data  base, a copy of
the SERIES report (see Section 7) will be  sent  to  the  submittor to
acknowledge the event.  At this point, the contents  of the test series are
available to be compared with any other  data  contained in  the data base;
that is, only now will the test series be  available  for public access.
                                     5.3-3

-------
5.4    EDIT/LOAD PROGRAMS
5.4.1  EDIT Program
       The EADS EDIT program provides three  functions on the data being
submitted for entry to the EADS data base.   First,  it processes and lists
all input cards for a test series, duplicating  or filling data fields on
cards as instructed by the Repetitive Data Feature  protocol  (described in
Section 4).  Second, the EDIT program produces  a report that is formatted
similarly to the SERIES Report, which allows visual  editing  to be done in
a format familiar to the user.  Third,  the program  performs  values and
range checks on input data fields, such as those fields that require
standard nomenclature, and lists any errors  detected.  The EDIT program
does not replace actual reviewing of the data by the EADS Technical  Staff
or, more importantly, by the submitter  of the data.
       An example EADS EDIT is given in Figure  5-4.   Each page in the
SERIES report format has the form number given  in the upper  right corner
that identifies the data input form on  which the data were encoded.   It
should be noted that in the SERIES report format all  analytical  codes have
been translated into the full description and all chemical ID'S  have been
expanded to report both the MEG ID and  the CAS  Number,  the chemical
preferred name and any synonyms, and the chemical formula.   The  EDIT
report reflects the data as they are encoded, that  is,  the format follows
the pyramid structure form by form.  This means that  the chemical  data
(Non-Level 1 Organic/Inorganic and Level  1 Organic)  at  the SAMPLE level  in
the data base are sumnarized by COMPONENT.   The actual  SERIES  report
differs from this in that the chemical  data  are summarized by  chemical
species (or Level 1 fraction).  The same is  true for  the radionuclide
                                    5.4-1

-------
data.  The EADS user should refer  to Section  7  for  more details on the
SERIES report.
       Following the listing of the input  in  the  SERIES (EDIT) format, a
summary of administrative data is  presented on  the  TEST SERIES.  The
submitter is identified as well as the  sponsor, contract number, etc.  The
principal milestones in the EDIT review cycle are documented.
       After the administrative data, all  of  the  input cards are listed
and  numbered sequentially as received.   This  provides an easy reference to
the  card  images when errors are found.   The EADS  Technical  Staff will
correct  any errors  in  this card image file using  the UNIVAC Text Editor,
which  allows on-line changes to be made.
       Following the listing of the input  data  cards, the ERROR file is
printed.  The  ERROR file contains  a list of all of  the errors detected by
the  EDIT program.   For each input  card  on  which an  error is found, the
card number and entire card text are printed, the error number is given,
the  type of error  (F = fatal or W  = warning)  is given, the data base
component number affected  is shown, and the error message is listed.  The
complete list  of error messages  is given in Appendix A.I.  The format for
the  ERROR file data is shown below:
 15         F000110100101K001
            No.     Type     Component      Message
            163      F        C1305        Component Name Missing
        The  user may refer  to the Glossary  of  Data Elements in Appendix A.3
for  a complete description of  the  component number.  It should be noted
that the ERROR file will only  identify  those  fields left out or those
 having standard nomenclature to which comparisons may be made.  As  stated
                                     5.4-2

-------
previously,  the ERROR file does not replace  visual  checking of the data by
the Technical Staff or validation of the  data  by the submitter.
5.4.2  LOAD  Program
       After the data have been reviewed  completely and have been approved
for data base entry, the LOAD program  is  used  to enter the test series
into the data base.  Loading of the data  base  is accomplished by the EADS
Technical Staff.  The LOAD program has  no specific  output like the EDIT
program.  Verification of data loading  is made by the Technical Staff by
checking the data base.  Successful completion of the loading process will
be acknowledged to the submitter of the data by his receipt of the SERIES
report print-out.
       The operation of the LOAD program  is  basically simple.   The
expanded EDIT-LOAD file is the input file to the LOAD program.   The file
is segmented into blocks of data which  represent the principal  levels of
the data base structure.  Using the Test  Series Number,  Stream Number,
Sample Number, and Component Number as  indices, the data are loaded into
	 	   pyramid structure through  a  mechanism called  Procedure
Language Interface (PLI), a major feature of SYSTEM  2000^1  The reader
is referred to the appropriate SYSTEM 2(
complete discussion of the PLI feature.
                                          (R)
is  referred to the  appropriate SYSTEM 2000^documentation for a
                                     5.4-3

-------
                                                        SDDS   SERIES  REPORT
                                                                                                            FORM 1
                                                                           PAGE     1
                                                                           DATE 04/02/80
  TEST SERIES NO:   100  DESCRIBES SAMPLING AT SITE  FROM  08/27/77 TO  09/01/77 BY ACUREX
                         SPONSOR ORGANIZATION:   EPA
                         CONTRACT NUMBER:         68-02-2160
                         TASK/DIRECTIVE NUMBER:   123
  SOURCE DESCRIPTION-
                   SOURCE CATEGORY:
                   SOURCE TYPE:
                   PRODUCT/DEVICE:
                   PROCESS TYPE:
                   DESIGN PROCESS RATE:
                   FEED MATERIAL  CATEGORY:
COMBUST-ENERGY
UTILITY
BOILER
TANGENTIAL
   200   MM
  COAL
          SOURCE NAME:
          SITE NAME:
          ADDRESS:
          NPDES NUMBER:
      UNIT A
      KINGSTON STEAM PLANT

      KINGSTON           ,TN
      30000
27607  USA
  EADS HASTE  STREAM DATA  BASES-
REFERENCE  REPORT-
   01
                   WASTE  STREAM  DATA  FROM  OTHER  MEDIA  WHICH WERE COLLECTED CONCURRENTLY WITH THIS TEST SERIES
                   ARE  AS FOLLOWStTEST  SERIES  NUMBER-TSN):
                        FPEIS  TSN:  00000
LEDS TSN:  Q0102
GEDS TSN:  00101
SDDS TSN: 00000
                  TITLE
                  AUTHOR
                  SPONSOR REPORT NUMBER
 NTIS NUMBER
                       PUBLICATION  DATE
                  FIELD TESTING OF A TANGENTIAL COAL-FIRED UTILITY BOILER—
                  EFFECTS OF COMBUSTION MODIFICATION NOX CONTROL ON MULTIMEDIA EMIS
                  HIGGEBOTHAM E B
                  ACUREX REPORT 79-337                            APRIL 1979
TEST SERIES COMMENTS-
                     01 LEVEL 1 TESTING FOR EFFECTS DUE TO NOX COMBUSTION MODIFICATIONS
                     02 TEST *1 BASELINE
                     03 TEST f2 BURNERS OUT OF SERVICE
                     04 TEST #3 BIASED FIRING
                                                    Figure 5-4.  Sample EDIT output.

-------
 TEST SERIES NO:  00100     STREAM  NO:  01



EFFLUENT STREAM  DESIGN CHARACTERISTICS-
                              FORM 2
                                        PAGE        2
                                        DATE 04X02X80
       STREAM NAME: ESP HOPPER ASH


       STREAM DESIGN DATA AT SOURCE


                 MOISTURE CONTENT=  3.4 PCT   MASS/VOLUMETRIC FLOW RATE=


                 TEMPERATURE'      C    PRESSURE'       KPA        STACK HEIGHT=


       COMMENTS:        ESP HOPPER ASH FROM UNIT A. SEE FPEIS TSN 103.
              VELOCITY'

           METERS
                              M/S
CONTROL/TREATMENT SYSTEM CHARACTERISTICS	

       PROCESS 01

                 GENERIC SYSTEM TYPE:      NONE
                 DESIGN TYPE:
                 SPECIFIC PROCESS/DEVICE:
                 DEVICE/PROCESS CATEGORY KEYWORDS:

   cn
DEVICE CLASS:
COMMERICAL NAME:
MANUFACTURER:
    i
   cn
                 DEVICE/PROCESS DESIGN PARAMETERS:

-------
TEST SERIES NO: 00100
                         STREAM NO:  01
TEST ID NO:  001
          PAGE         3
FORM 3    DATE 04/02/80
SOURCE/PROCESS CONDITIONS DATA	

       TEST CONDITIONS

                 TEST  DATE:  08/30X77     TEST  START  TIME:  0012    FINISH TIME! 0100

                 SOURCE  OPERATING  MODE:   CONTINUOUS STEADY  STATE             PERCENT OF DESIGN  CAPACITY=   89.0

-------
TEST SERIES NOs  00100
                         STREAM NO: 01
                                          TEST ID NO: 001
                                                                                                           FORM
                                                                                          PAGE        4
                                                                                          DATE 0
-------
TEST SERIES NO: 00100
                         STREAM NO:  01
                                          TEST  ID NO: 001
                                                                                                            PAGE         5
                                                                                                  FORM 5    DATE 04/02/80
FUELS AND FEEDSTOCKS CHARACTERISTICS  CONTD	

  CHEMICAL ANALYSIS:  THE  CHEMICAL  DATA ARE LISTED IN THE FOLLOWING ORDER

       MEG NUMBER   CAS NUMBER   PREFERRED CHEMICAL NAME
                               OTHER  NAME COMMONLY USED
                               ANALYTICAL METHOD
                                                                        EMPIRICAL FORMULA

                                                                        DETECTION LIMITS
                                                                                          TOTAL        CONCEN-
                                                                                          MG            TRATION
                                                                                          RECOVERED    (UG/G)
 CJl
 •
 -p.

 00
         36
        32
        37
        68
74
        72
        46
        71
       76
 07440-39-3  BARIUM- FREE  AND  COMBINED
             BARIUM- FREE  AND  COMBINED
             ATOMIC  ABSORPTION SPECTROMETRY

 07440-41-7  BERYLLIUM-  FREE AND  COMBINED
             GLUCINIUM
             BERYLLIUM-  FREE AND  COMBINED
             ATOMIC  ABSORPTION SPECTROMETRY

 07440-42-8  BORON-  FREE AND COMBINED
             BORON-  FREE AND COMBINED
             ATOMIC  ABSORPTION SPECTROMETRY

 07440-47-3  CHROMIUM- FREE AND COMBINED
             CHROMIUM- FREE AND COMBINED
             ATOMIC  ABSORPTION SPECTROMETRY

 07440-48-4  COBALT-  FREE  AND  COMBINED
             COBALT-  FREE  AND  COMBINED
             ATOMIC ABSORPTION SPECTROMETRY

 07439-89-6   IRON- FREE  AND COMBINED
             IRON- FREE  AND COMBINED
             ATOMIC ABSORPTION SPECTROMETRY

 07439-92-1   LEAD- FREE  AND COMBINED
             LEAD- FREE  AND COMBINED
             ATOMIC ABSORPTION SPECTROMETRY

            MANGANESE-  FREE AND COMBINED
            MANGANESE-  FREE AND COMBINED
            ATOMIC ABSORPTION SPECTROMETRY

07440-02-0  NICKEL- FREE AND COMBINED
            NICKEL- FREE AND COMBINED
            ATOMIC ABSORPTION SPECTROMETRY
BA

3.00E+03  5.00E-04  MB

BE


3.00E+03  5.00E-04  MG

B



CR



CO



FE



PB



MN



NI
                                                                                                               12.123   >1.20E+02
                                                                                                               11.543     1.40E+00
                                                                                                                          l.OOE+00
                                                                                                                          2.60E+01
                                                                                                                          8.60E+00
                                                                                                                          6.40E+03
                                                                                                                          1.40E+01
                                                                                                                          1.70E+01
                                                                                                                          6.00E-01
     FUELS  AND  FEEDSTOCKS  COMMENTS:
                                    SAMPLE TAKEN 5 METERS ABOVE GROUND LEVEL.
                                    BELOW 5-METER LEVEL WAS FROM DIFFERENT SOURCE.

-------
 TEST  SERIES NO:  00100
                          STREAM NO:  Ol
                                           TEST ID NO:  001
                                                              SAMPLE  NO:  01
                                             PAGE        6

                                   FORM 6    DATE 0<»/'02/80
SAMPLING ACTIVITY  DESCRIPTION	


       MEASUREMENT  INSTRUMENT/METHOD  NO:  00   NAME:  GRAB SAMPLE


       SAMPLING CONDITIONS— MASSXVOLUMETRIC  FLOWRATE=



                              MOISTURE  CONTENT-  6.6 PCT    VELOCITY:
             SAMPLING START TIME: 1234    DURATIONS    1  MIN



FLOWRATE METHOD:                       TEMPERATURE"      C



   M/SEC   PRESSURE=     KPA
                              SAMPLE  DENSITY-  2.5  G/CM3   DENSITY DETERMINATION:  ASSUMED
COMMENTS ON THE SAMPLING ACTIVITY	


                               HATCH  B  ACCESS USED.  HATCH A MAS JAMMED.
   01
    I
   uo

-------
 TEST  SERIES  NO:  00100
                         STREAM NO: 01
                                          TEST ID NO: 001
                                                             SAMPLE NO: 01   COMPONENT NO:  01
                                                                                                           FORM 7
                                                                                               PAGE         7
                                                                                               DATE  04/03/80
COMPONENT NAME: TOTAL SAMPLE     STAGE/FILTER CUT SIZE:       UM     MASS:  l.OOE+05 UG/M3

CHEMICAL LABORATORY QA AUDIT CODE: 02$            RADIOLOGICAL LABORATORY QA AUDIT CODE:  019

RADIOLOGICAL ANALYSIS LABORATORY NAME: FONDA NUCLEAR LABS

COMPONENT (ALIQUOT)VOLUME:     5.000  MG
EFFUENT CHARACTERISTIC SUMMARY-
         PARAMETER
                       ANALYTICAL METHOD
                                                      HIGH      LOW     DETECTION
                                                    DETECTION DETECTION  LIMIT
                                                     LIMIT     LIMIT     UNITS
                                                                                                          VALUE
           UNITS
       COLOR
       PH
OTHER (SEE COMMENTS)
WET CHEMICAL ANALYSIS (NOT SPE
BEIGE
5.6-6.3
  en
  •
  i
  o
      COMMENTS:

-------
 TEST SERIES  NO:  OO1OO     STREAM  NO:  01     TEST  ID  NO:  001    SAMPLE NOt  01   COMPONENT NO: 01


 INORGANICXNON-LEVEL  1  ORGANIC  CHEMISTRY  DATA  SUMMARY


THE CHEMICAL DATA ARE  GIVEN IN THE FOLLOWING  ORDER:
    FORM 8
              PAGE        8
              DATE O'l/OZ/'SO
NEG NUMBER   CAS NUMBER
                           SPECIES PREFERRED NAME

                           OTHER NAMES COMMONLY USED
                           ANALYTICAL METHOD
                           HIGH/LOW DETECTION  LIMIT AND UNITS
                                                                                  EMPIRICAL  FORMULA
TOTAL     STAGE   CONCEN-
MG        SIZE    TRATION
RECOVERED CUM)    CUG/G)
82A100


83A100



07440-43-9 CADMIUM CD
CADMIUM
INDUCTIVELY COUPLED ARGON PLASMA SPECTROSCOPY
07439-97-6 MERCURY HG
QUICKSILVER
MERCURY
INDUCTIVELY COUPLED ARGON PLASMA SPECTROSCOPY
12.567 <1.23E-01


12.543 3.23E+00



   on
               COMMENTS:
                            REPLICATES  HERE  MADE  ON  ALL  ASSAYS.

-------
   TEST SERIES NO: 00100
                            STREAM NO:  01
                              TEST ID NO:  001
                                                               SAMPLE NO! 01   COMPONENT NO: 01
               PAGE         '
     FORM 9    DATE 04/02/80
   LEVEL 1 ORGANIC EXTRACTION SUMMARY	

          THE EXTENDED CHEMICAL  DATA ARE  GIVEN  IN  FOLLOWING ORDERS

   MEG NUMBER    CATEGORY/SPECIES  NAME

                 ANALYTICAL  METHOD
                 HIGH/LOW  DETECTION LIMITS AND  UNITS
                                                              FRACTION
                                                                 ID
                                                                           INTENSITY
ESTIMATED
CONCENTRATION
 (UM/G)
cn
ro
     01
     08
    12
    16
    11
    18
 ALIPHATIC HYDROCARBONS
 GAS CHROMATOGRAPHY/MASS  SPECTROMETRY
 l.OOE+05    l.OOE-06   MS

 CARBOXYLIC ACIDS  AND  DERIVATIVES
 GAS CHROMATOGRAPHY/MASS  SPECTROMETRY
 l.OOE+05    l.OOE-04   MS

 NITROSAMINES
 GAS CHROMATOGRAPHY/MASS  SPECTROMETRY
 l.OOE+05    l.OOE-06   MG

 HALOGENATED AROMATIC  COMPOUNDS
 GAS CHROMATOGRAPHY/MASS  SPECTROMETRY
 l.OOE+05   l.OOE-04   MG

 AZO  COMPOUNDS, HYDRAZINE DERIVATIVES
 GAS  CHROMATOGRAPHY/MASS  SPECTROMETRY
 l.OOE+05    l.OOE-04   MG

 SULFONIC ACIDS AND ESTERS, SULFOXIDES
 GAS  CHROMATOGRAPHY/MASS  SPECTROMETRY
 l.OOE+05    l.OOE-06   MG

 PHENOLS
GAS CHROMATOGRAPHY/MASS SPECTROMETRY
 l.OOE+05    l.OOE-04   MG
                                                                               LCI
                                                                               LC2
                                                                               LC3
                                                                               LC4
                                                                               LC5
                                                                               LC6
                                                                               LC7
                                                                                                 10
                                                                                                 10
                                                                                                100
                                                                                                 10
                                                                                                 10
                                                                                                100
                                                                                                100
                                                                                                         l.OOE-06
                                                                                                        <1.22E-04
                                                                                                         1.02E-01
                                                                                                        <1.22E-04
                                                                                                          1.47E-02
                                                                                                          1.29E-01
                                                                                                          1.36E-04
                   TOTAL  ORGANICS   (MG)

                   TCO              CMG)

                   GRAV             (MG)
                                              LCI
                                                         LC2
                                                                    LC3
                                                                               LC4
                                                                                          LC5
                                                                                                     LC6
                                                                                                                 LC7
                                                                                                                           SUM
2.5
1.2
1.3
2.6
1.2
1.4
3.0
1.7
1.3
2.6
1.2
1 .4
2.7
1.2
1.5
2.9
1.2
1.7
2.9
1.2
1.7
19.2
8.9
10.3
  COMMENTS:
             REPLICATE SETS RUN ON ALL FRACTIONS.

-------
TEST  SERIES NO: 00100
                          STREAM NO:  01
                                            TEST ID NO: 001
                                                               SAMPLE  NO!  01
                                                                                COMPONENT NO:  01
RADIONUCLIDE  DATA SUMMARY-
                                                                                                               FORM  10
PAGE        10
DATE 0«>yrOZ/r80
RADIONUCLIDE
RA-226
CS-136
CF-141
XE-135
CONCENTRATION
CPCI/G) ANALYTICAL METHOD
<1.33E-05
4 . 32E-02
<5. OOE-05
4.32E-02
NEUTRON
NEUTRON
NEUTRON
NEUTRON
ACTIVATION
ACTIVATION
ACTIVATION
ACTIVATION
ANALYSIS
ANALYSIS
ANALYSIS
ANALYSIS
HIGH
DETECTION
LIMIT
1
I
1
1
.OOE+10
.OOE+10
.OOE+10
.OOE+10
LOW
DETECTION
LIMIT
1
1
1
1
.OOE-05
.OOE-05
.OOE-05
.OOE-05
DETECTION
LIMIT
UNITS
PCI/M3
PCI/M3
PCI/M3
PCI/M3
                  COMMENTS:
                                       CS CONCENTRATION HAY BE ARTIFICIALLY HIGH.
  in
  CO

-------
    TEST SERIES NO:  00100     STREAM NO: 01    TEST ID NO: 001    SAMPLE NO:  01                                            PAGE    02/80


    BIOASSAY  SUMMARY  DATA	

           TYPE  OF ASSAY:  MUTAGENICITY                       NAME OF TESTING LAB:  LOVE  CANAL  ANALYTICAL  LAB

           TEST  NAME: AMES                                   QA AUDIT CODE:   034    TEST START DATE:  12/31/78
                                                                                   FINISH  DATE:  01/01/79

           ASSAY SAMPLE NO:  234    TEST DURATION:    1000 HRS.    ASSAY SAMPLE  QUANTITY=      234  MG

           TEST ORGANISMS/STRAINS USED:
                                         SALMONELLA TYPHIMURIUM TA-98
                                         SALMONELLA TYPHIMURIUM TA-1535
                                         SALMONELLA TYPHIMURIUM TA-1537

          ASSAY RESULTS:

                          LD50 = 1.23E-01MG/M3        CONFIDENCE LIMITS- HIGH=   1.34E+05 -LOW=  1.45E-03

                      ***  LEVEL OF TOXICITY=  HIGH            ***     MAXIMUM APPLICABLE DOSE=  1.56E-01 MG/M3

                          AMES TEST RESPONSE= POSITIVE                MINIMUM EFFECTIVE CONCENTRATION"   1.23E-02 MG/M3

    en                                                               APPROXIMATE CONCENTRATION FACTOR=  1.25
    *
    4i>

    ^   COMMENTS ON THE  BIOASSAY:
                                    REPLICATES MERE  RUN  ON  ALL SAMPLES.
TOTAL CARDS  =  00070
TOTAL FATAL  ERRORS = 00001
TOTAL WARNING  ERRORS = 00000

-------
                       0000
                                         ADMINISTRATION SECTION
                                                00000
                  SERIES STATUS-
                                 DATA BASE:                SDDS
                                 TSN:                     00100
                                 SPONSOR:
                                 SPONSOR PROJECT OFFICER!
                                 CONTRACTOR  CONTACT:
                                 CONTRACTOR  PHONE:
                                 CONTRACT  NUMBER:
                                 NUMBER OF CARDS RECEIVED:  70
                                 DATA CARDS  RECEIVED:      04/02/80
                                 TEST SERIES ASSIGNED:
              TASK/TD NO.
                      EDIT PHASE-
I
_]
Ul
                                 DATE STARTED:
                                 NUMBER OF RUNS:
                                 DATE ENCODED:
                                 DATE RECEIVED:
                                 DATE APPROVAL:
                                 DATE LAST RUN:
                                 NUMBER OF FATAL ERRORS:
                                 NUMBER OF WARNING ERRORS:
04/02/80
   1
                      LOAD PHASE-
                                 DATE LOADED:
                                 CYCLE NO.:
                      SERIES PHASE	
                                 DATE LAST RUN:
                                 NUMBER OF RUNS:
00000

-------
CTi
FPEISKGLJ(l) . INSDDS
1 5100
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
2^t
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
S
5
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
5
5
5
S
5
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
5
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
181
100
100
10*
100










AOCOMBUST-ENERGY UTILITY BOILER
A1TANGENTIAL 200 MW COAL UNIT A
A2KINGSTON STEAM PLANT KINGSTON
A327607USA 101 102 103 082777090177
A4EPA 68-02-2160123ACUREX
A5FIELD TESTING OF A TANGENTIAL COAL-FIRED UTILITY BOILER —


TN



A6EFFECTS OF COMBUSTION MODIFICATION NOX CONTROL ON MULTIMEDIA EMIS


A7HIGGEBOTHAM E B ACUREX REPORT 79-337APRIL 1979

BO 1LEVEL 1 TESTING FOR EFFECTS DUE TO NOX COMBUSTION MODIFICATIONS



1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1






1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
BO 2TEST *1 BASELINE
BO 3TEST *2 BURNERS OUT OF SERVICE
BO 4TEST *3 BIASED FIRING
CO 340 ESP HOPPER ASH
C1ESP HOPPER ASH FROM UNIT A. SEE FPEIS TSN 103.
D001NONE
E008307700120100CONTINUOUS STEADY STATE 890
FOCOAL 8.66 KG/SEC 15 KG
F1COMMERCIAL TESTING AND ENGINEERING CO. 026 345M3
F2MOISTURE 2.0 %WT ASH 19.6 XWT
F2VOLATILE MATTER 31.8 %WT FIXED CARBON 46.5 5SWT
F2SULFUR 2.2 JJWT HEAT CONTENT 36288. JXG
F3CARBON 63.1 HYDROGEN 4.3 SULFUR 2.2 NITROGEN 1
F3ASH 19.6 CHLORINE MOISTURE 2.0 OXYGEN 7
F4DENSITY N 25 G/CM3 ZZ
F4PH N 85 WC1.40E+011 .50E-01
F4COLOR TBLACKISH GRAY ZZ
F5M36 AA3.00E+035.00E-04MG 12 . 1 23>1 20E+02
F5M32 AA3.00E+035.00E-04MG 11.543 140E+00
F5M37 AA 100E+00
F5M68 AA 260E+01
F5M74 AA 860E+00
F5M72 AA 640E+03
F5M46 AA 140E+01
F5M71 AA 170E+01
F5M76 AA 600E-01
F7SAMPLE TAKEN 5 METERS ABOVE GROUND LEVEL.
F8BELOW 5-METER LEVEL WAS FROM DIFFERENT SOURCE.
1HO GRAB SAMPLE 1234001 66 251 1
1H1 10000KG
1H20ESP HOPPER-HATCH B
1H6HATCH B ACCESS USED. HATCH A WAS JAMMED.
IK001TOTAL SAMPLE 1 . OOE+05WOLRPACK TESTING SERVICE
1K1010240HFONDA NUCLEAR LABS 500 MG
1K2 1COLOR T BEIGE ZZ
1K2 1PH T 5.6-6.3 WC
1L001C07440-43-9IP5.0E+05 l.OE-OS MG 1 2 . 567<123E-01
1L001C07439-97-6IP5.0E+05 l.OE-06 MG 12.543 323E-00
1L101REPLICATES WERE MADE ON ALL ASSAYS.
1M001LC1 1.2 1.3M01 GS1 . OOE+051 . OOE-06MG 10












.4
.3














12










lOOE-Ot
1M001LC2 1.2 1.4M08 GS1 . OOE+051 . OOE-04MG 10<122E-04
1M001LC3 1.7 1.3M12 GS1 . OOE + 051.. OOE-OSMG 100
102E-01
1MB01LC4 1.2 1.4M16 GS1 . 0 OE+0 5 1 . OOE-04HG 10<122E-04
1M001LC5 1.2 1.5M11 GS 1 . 0 OE+051 . OOE-04MG 10
1M001LC4 1.2 1.7M14 GS 1 . 0 OE+0 51 . OOE-04M6 100
1M001LC7 1.2 1.7M18 6S1 . OOE+05 1 . OOE-04M6 100
1H101REPLICATE SETS RUN ON ALL FRACTIONS.
147E-02
129E-01
136E-04


-------
                 57
                 58
                 59
                 60
                 61
                 62
                 63
                 64
                 65
                 66
                 67
                 68
                 69
                 70
s
s
s
s
s
s
s
s
s
s
s
s
s
s
1001 1
1001 1
1001 1
1001 1
1001 1
1001 1
100 1 1
100 1 1
100
100
100
100
100
100
1
1
1
1
1
1
1R001RA-226 NA1 . OOE+ 1 01 . OOE-05PCI/'M3 <133E-05
1ROQ1CS-136 NA1 .OOE+101 . OOE-05PCI/M3 432E-02
1R001CF-141 NA1 .OOE+101 . 00 E-OSPCI/'MS <500E-05
1R001XE-135 NA1 .OOE+101 . OOE-05PCI/M3 432E-02
1R101CS CONCENTRATION MAY BE ARTIFICIALLY HIGH.
1TOMUTAGENICITY AMES





0010000234
1T1LQVE CANAL ANALYTICAL LAB 034123178010 179
1T2 234MG
1T3SALMONELLA TYPHIMURIUM TA-98
1T3SALMONELLA TYPHIMURIUM TA-1535
1T3SALMQNELLA TYPHIMURIUM TA-1537
1T4LD50123E-01MG/M3 134E+05145E-03 156E-01MG/M3
1T5POSITIVE 1Z3E-02HG/M3 1.25
1T901REPLICATES WERE RUN ON ALL SAMPLES.




HIGH


cn
             3FREE  FNY.
             READY
             3BRKPT PRINTS
 I
-•J

-------
                         S   100        AOCOMBUST-ENERGY       UTILITY              BOILER
                         NO.  TYPE   COMPONENT  MESSAGE
                             F                TEST  SERIES  NUMBER  NOT  IN  STATUS  FILE
                  70      S   100  1   1  1T901REPLICATES  WERE  RUN  ON  ALL  SAMPLES.
                         NO.  TYPE   COMPONENT  MESSAGE
                         155  F                STATUS FILE MODIFY DID NOT  WORK
                         156  F      C1845      NON-NUMERIC TOTAL MG RECOVERED
 I
00

-------
                                 SECTION  6
                               DATA  RETRIEVAL

6.0    INTRODUCTION
       The purpose of this section is  to  provide  users  with instructions  for
submitting new data for entry  to the EADS and for retrieving existing  data
from the EADS.  In particular, Section 6  discusses direct  interactions  with
the computer and procedures for those  users  who do not  have direct  access
to the EPA National Computer Center  (NCC) at Research Triangle  Park,
North Carolina.
       It is likely that many  users  of the EADS will have  neither the  time
nor the inclination to pursue  the direct  access methods.   Since Federal
regulations do not permit the  sale of  computer services by government  data
centers like the NCC, most users will  not be authorized to access the NCC
unless they are under EPA contract.  For  this reason, procedures have  been
established which will enable  those  "off-line" users to retrieve
information by written or telephone  request  instead.
       It should be noted that there is no charge for "off-line" data
retrieval; however, EPA makes  no guarantee regarding the completeness  of
the data or the promptness of  the response.   In all  likelihood, simple
data requests will  be processed quickly,  but the  staff  response will
depend upon their current workload and on the complexity of the request.
Special  data requests which require  computer program development will  take
longer.   Requesters will be appraised  of  any expected delays.
                                     6.0-1

-------
6.1    DATA RETRIEVAL USING THE PROGRAM  LIBRARY
       The simplest method of retrieving data  for  an  off-line user is  to
request a program from the Program Library.  Section  7  presents  the
programs available which may be utilized to  retrieve  EADS data in  a
specified manner.  Each program is described separately and has  its own
requirements for data input or qualification by  the user.
       Programs may be requested  by  off-line users by telephone  or in
writing.  The requester should supply all  information in accordance with
the requirements of the program and  send the completed  request to  the
following address:
       EADS Program Manager
       Special Studies Staff (MD-63)
       Industrial Environmental Research Laboratory
       U.S. Environmental Protection  Agency
       Research Triangle Park, North  Carolina  27711
       Users should send separate requests for different runs even if  the
same program is being used repeatedly.   For  example,  if a user wishes  to
interrogate the data base according  to  a specific  access criteria,  any
change to that criteria must be shown in a separate request.   Receipt  of
the request will be acknowledged  to  the  requester  in  writing.  If  there
are any errors in the request  or  some information  is  missing,  the
requester will be contacted to clarify the problem.   When the request  has
been processed, the output will be sent  to the requester for  verification.
                                     6.1-1

-------
6.2    SPECIAL DATA RETRIEVAL REQUESTS
       It is recognized at the outset that  the  Program Library is  not
likely to be diverse enough to satisfy  all  user needs  for  data.  For this
reason, a special data retrieval request category was  established.  There
is no specific form to be used for special  requests; there is  merely a  set
of general guidelines to follow in preparing  the request.   These guidelines
are as follows:
       1.  Be explicit.  Be thoroughly  familiar with the SDDS  data base
           structure.  Identify each data base  element to  be sorted and/or
           retrieved by name.  Should additional  work  on the request be
           required, consultation with  the  requester will  be initiated,
           and, upon completion, the printout will be  sent to  the
           requester for verification.
       2.  Plan the request:  Be sure that  the  access  criteria applies to the
           proper type of data element.  Remember that only key values may be
           retrieved directly and that  non-key  values  must be  qualified for
           data access (see Section 6.3).   Specify all  needed  qualifications
           and identify all input data  for  comparative evaluation.
       3.  Define the output:  Determine how  you  wish  the  data to be displayed
           on output.  Identify how data elements are  to be ordered.  Specify
           column headings.  Define any calculations to be performed on the
           accessed data.
       The completed definition of the  request  should  be sent  to the EADS
Program Manager at IERL-RTP.  The user  should be  sure  to include his own
telephone number  with the request.  If  there  are  any problems  encountered
with the request, the user will be contacted  by telephone  to resolve the
problem.

                                    6.2-1

-------
       When the request has been received,  a  letter  of acknowledgement
will be sent to the requester.  The letter  will  include a preliminary
estimate of the length of time required to  process the request.   As
emphasized previously, the length of time needed  to  process  a special
request will depend upon the complexity of  the request.
       If no problems are encountered that  require consultation  with  the
requester, the results will be sent to the  requester when  the processing
is completed.  The requester should review  the output  to  verify  that  it
satisfies the request.  If it does not, the printout should  be returned
with corrections to IERL for reworking.  If the printout  is  satisfactory,
the requester should notify the EADS Program Manager of his  acceptance.
                                    6.2-2

-------
6.3    KEY/NON-KEY DATA ELEMENTS
       	 	   	   data base may  be  either  KEY  or
NON-KEY.   This designation determines whether  a particular  data  element
may be accessed directly or must be qualified  by including  additional
information.   KEY elements may be selected directly; NON-KEY elements
require qualification by a KEY element.  For example,  the data element
GENERIC DEVICE/PROCESS TYPE is KEY and may be  used  to  directly access the
data of interest, such as in the following:

       PRINT SDDS TEST SERIES NUMBER WHERE GENERIC  DEVICE/PROCESS TYPE EQ
       ESP:

       If, however, the data element is NON-KEY, as in the  case of SERIES
START DATE, then qualification will be required:

       IF SERIES START DATE GT 1/1/80 THEN PRINT SDDS  TEST  SERIES NUMBER
       WHERE NAME OF SAMPLING GROUP EQ XYZ LABORATORY:

In this case, the KEY element, NAME OF SAMPLING GROUP, is used to qualify
the request regarding a NON-KEY data element.
       Table 6-1 lists the KEY data elements,  along with  their SYSTEM
component numbers.
                                    6.3-1

-------
                          TABLE 6-1.   LIST OF KEY DATA ELEMENTS
101*  FPE1S TEST SERIES NUMBER
102*  GEDS TEST SERIES NUMBER
105*  LEDS TEST SERIES NUMBER
104*  SDDS TEST SERIES NUMBER
105*  TEST SERIES KEY
106*  DB KEY
110*  SOURCE CATEGORY
1ZO*  SOURCE TYPE
125*  PRODUCT/DEVICE
ISO*  PROCESS TYPE
140*  DESIGN PROCESS RATE
145*  DESIGN PROCESS RATE UNITS
150*  FEED MATERIAL CATEGORY
155*  SPONSOR ORGANIZATION
160*  SPONSOR ORGANIZATION CONTRACT NUMBER
170*  T.O./TD NUMBER
180*  SOURCE NAME
190*  SITE NAME
210*  CITY
220*  STATE
230*  ZIP CODE
232*  COUNTRY
235*  FPEIS TSN CROSS REFERENCE
240*  SDDS TSN CROSS REFERENCE
250*  GEDS TSN CROSS REFERENCE
260*  LEDS TSN CROSS REFERENCE
270*  SIC CODE
300*  NPDES NUMBER
330*  NAME OF SAMPLING GROUP
355*  DATE OF ENTRY
370*  SITE LATITUDE
372*  SITE LONGITUDE
374*  FRACTION DESIGN RATE IND ORIGIN
378*  CONTRIBUTING INDUSTRIAL CATEGORY NUMBER
380*  INDUSTRY-COMMERICAL SIC NUMBER
382*  CATEGORY FLOW CONTRIBUTION
384*  NUMBER OF ESTABLISHMENTS
410*  STREAM NUMBER
420*  STREAM NAME
475*  STACK HEIGHT
505*  DEVICE/PROCESS NO
510*  GENERIC  DEVICE/PROCESS TYPE
 515*  DESIGN TYPE
520*  SPECIFIC PROCESS/DEVICE TYPE
 530*  DEVICE/PROCESS CLASS
 540*  DEVICE/PROCESS COMMERCIAL NAME
550*  MANUFACTURER
 585*  DEVICE/PROCESS CATEGORY SEQ NUMBER
 590*  DEVICE/PROCESS CATEGORY KEYWORD
610*  DES-PARAMETER NUMBER
810*  TEST-ID-NUMBER
869*  FF-SEQUENCE NUMBER
870*  FF-SOURCE  FEED MATERIAL
877*  FF-LABORATORY NAME
878*  FF-QA-QC CODE
885*  FF-PA-PARAMETER
 905*  FF-UA-PARAMETER
 923*  FF-PARAMETER
 926*  FF-ANALYSIS METHOD
 945*  FF-C-CATEGORY/SPECIES
 946*  FF-C-CS-TYPE
 947*  FF-C-CS-PRIORITY
 950*  FF-C-ANALYSIS METHOD
1010*  OP-DEVICE NUMBER
1060*  OPERATING PARAMETER NUMBER
1203*  SMPL-NUMBER
1206*  MEASUREMENT INST/METHOD TYPE
1209*  MEASUREMENT INST/METHOD NAME
1221*  SMPL-FLOWRATE MEASUREMENT METHOD
1245*  SAMPLING LOCATION CODE
1247*  SAMPLING LOCATION DEVICE NUMBER
1276*  PARTICLE DIAMETER BASIS
1278*  PARTICLE CONCENTRATION BASIS
1303*  COMPONENT SEQUENCE NO
1305*  SAMPLING EQUIPMENT COMPONENT NAME
1310*  STAGE/FILTER CUT SIZE
1320*  CHEMICAL ANALYSIS LAB NAME
1321*  CHEMICAL QA-QC CODE
1324*  RADIONUCLIDE ANALYSIS LAB NAME
1325*  RAD-QA-QC CODE
1420*  EC-PARAMETER
1425*  EC-ANALYSIS METHOD
1830*  IA-SPECIES-ID-TYPE
1835*  IA-SPECIES-ID
1840*  IA-ANALYSIS-METHOD
1836*  IA-SPECIES-PRIORITY
2530*  L10A-FRACTION-ID
2580*  L10AFED-CATEGORY/SPECIES TYPE
2582*  L10AFED-CATEGORY/SPECIES
2583*  L10AFED-CATEGORY/SPECIES-PRIORITY
2585*  L10AFED-ANALYSIS METHOD
3025*  RN-RADIONUCLIDE ID
3030*  RN-ANALYSIS METHOD
3205*  BIO-TEST TYPE
3210*  BIO-TEST NAME
3225*  BIO-TEST LAB NAME
3226*  BIO-TEST QA-QC
3280*  BIO-VALUE TYPE
3315*  BIO-LEVEL OF TOXICITY
3320*  BIO-BACT. MUTAGEN RESPONSE
3255*  BIO-ORGANISMS/STRAINS
                                            6.3-2

-------
6.4    ON-LINE REQUEST PROCEDURES
       The phrase "on-line request" implies that the  user  intends  to
establish direct communication with the EADS data base through  some type
of terminal-to-computer link.  The procedure described in  this  section may
be used by a qualified user of EPA's NCC to access the EADS directly
through an interactive data communications (demand) terminal or a remote
job entry terminal.   The specific qualifications for  NCC user access are
discussed in Section 6.5.
       On-line users of the EADS are presumed to have a reasonably working
knowledge of UNI VAC  1100 series computers and, in some cases, of
	 	   natural language.  Special data retrieval procedures (see
Section 7) have been developed to minimize the data processing knowledge
required to use the  EADS.  Any user unsure of his familiarity with the
UNI VAC or SYSTEM 2000vV is urged to request information through the
off-line procedures  described previously in this section.
       On-line users is granted READ-ONLY access to the EADS data base.
No updating of data  is permitted.  New data must be submitted through  the
EPA project officer.  In the READ-ONLY mode,  the user may retrieve, for
sorting and evaluation, any data stored in the system.  The user may take
advantage of the wide array of features offered by SYSTEM
data sorting and retrieval.
                                    6.4-1

-------
6.5    NCC USER QUALIFICATIONS AND SERVICES  REGISTRATION
       Qualified users are defined as  those  who  have  valid accounts  with
the NCC at Research Triangle Park, North  Carolina.   In  most cases, NCC
users are either EPA personnel or contractors  who  are under EPA  contract.
The NCC is not available to public subscribers.  Federal  regulations
prohibit the marketing of computer time by government data centers which
may be in competition with commercial  computer services vendors.  Thus, it
is not usually possible for EADS users who are not  under  EPA contract to
obtain account numbers in order to access the  NCC  directly.  Exceptions to
this may be found with user access through interagency  agreements or
grants.  The qualifications of a potential NCC user are determined by
EPA's Management Information and Data  Systems  Division  (MIDSD).
       Any questions regarding the qualification of a user should be
addressed to:
       MIDSD TSSMS Office
       U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
       National Computer Center (MD-34B)
       Research Triangle Park, North Carolina  27711
or by telephone to 919/541-3629 (FTS:  629-3629).
6.5.1  Registration Procedures
       All users of the NCC UNIVAC 1100 must be  registered for accounting
and  security purposes.  Application for NCC  services  is made by  submitting
a completed EPA Form 2800-3 (Figure 6-1)  to  the  appropriate Automated Data
Processing (ADP) coordinator for approval and  signature.   Each EPA office
or laboratory which uses the NCC or other computing facilities has a
designated person (or persons) who serves as the ADP  coordinator.  All
procedural matters pertaining to the use  of  the  NCC should be directed to
the ADP coordinator.  The MIDSD Time Sharing Services Management System
                                    6.5-1

-------

SERVICE (Cneck one) S
Q TIMESHARING
D TECHNICAL
ASSISTANCE
O OTHER
EDPSERV
(Pleas
CES REGISTRATION
* Print or Type}
UPPLIEH (Specify) SOURCE OF FUNDS
O US. EPA
n REIMBURSIBLE
D SPONSORED
MIDSD USE ONLY
DATE RECEIVED
PROJECT
CODE
ENVIRONMENTAL
SYSTEM IDENTIFI-
CATION NUMBER
PROJECT TITLE (Llm l: $0 characters. Including spaces)
PROJECT DESCRIPTION
ORGANIZATION
PROGRAM ELEMENT TITLE
ORGANIZATION CODE

PROGRAM ELEMENT CODE
DOLLAR AMOUNT DATE TO BEGIN
PROJECT MANAGER f

MAIL CODE (or room)
ADDRESS (Street or P.O. Box)
USER (NAME (Lilt, First, M.I.
MAIL CODE (or room)
ADDRESS (Street or P.O. Box)
DURATION SYSTEM BftltY.,..,
D RETRIEVAL ONLY STORAGE
O FULL ACCESS
4AME (Last, First, M.I.) PHONE (Include area code)
OFFICE OR LOCATION

CITY STATE ZIP CODE
PHONE (include area code)
OFFICE OR LOCATION

CITY STATE ZIP CODE
USER [ NAME «•»«. F"*. M.1.1 PHONE (Include area Code)
MAIL CODE (or room)
OFFICE OR LOCATION
ADDRESS (Street or P.O. Box)
TO:
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
MIDSD TSSMS Office
National Computer Center
MD-34B (Rm. Ill Michaux Bui/ding)
Research Triangle Park, NC 27711


EPA Firm 2800-3 (R... 6-78)
CITY STATE ZIP CODE
ORIGINATED BY DATE
CONCUR HENCE (Fundlns) DATE
CONCURRENCE (Otner) DATE
MIDSt) USE ONLY
UPDATED PROOFED
DISTANCE REFER- LOGON
CODE ENCE
INITIALS
MAILIN
M O
P O
c D
F O
G LIST CODE
s O
T Q
NO
DISTANCE REFER- LOGON
CODE ENCE
INITIALS
MAILIN
M O
o D
c O
G LIST CODE
s O
DISTANCE REFER- LOGON
CODE ENCE
INITIALS
MAILIN
P O
c O
f D
G LIST CODE
sQ
TO
uO
NO
MAILING LIST KEY
M — MAN/
C - CONT
F — FEDE
S — STAT
T — TERM
U — UNIV
N - SYST
PREVIOUS EDITION IS OBSOLETE
kGEMENT PANEL
ERTY
RACTOR
RAL NON-EPA
EOR LOCAL GOVT
INAL CONTACT
ERSITY
EM NEWS
(continued on aackl
Figure 6-1.   NCC applicati
on.
            6.5-2

-------
PLEASE PRINT OR TYPE
(Additional users)
USER] NAME (Last, First, M.I.)
MAIL CODE (or room)
PHONE (include area code)
OFFICE OR LOCATION
ADDRESS (Street or P.O. Box) CITY
USER [NAME (Last, First, M.I.)
MAIL CODE (Or room)
STATE ZIP CODE
PHONE (Include area code)
OFFICE OR LOCATION
ADDRESS (Street or P.O. Box CITY
jggql NAME [Last, First, M..I.)
MAIL CODE (or room)
STATE ZIP CODE
PHONE (Include area code)
OFRICE OR LOCATION
ADDRESS (Street or P.O. Box) CITY
USER|NAME (Last' Flr!t' MJi)
MAIL CODE (or room)
STATE ZIP CODE
PHONE (include area code)
OFFICE OR LOCATION
ADDRESS (Street or P.O. Box) CITY
USER [NAME (Last. First, M.l.)
MAIL CODE (or room)
STATE ZIP CODE
PHONE (include area code)
OFFICE OR LOCATION
ADDRESS (Street or P.O. Box) CITY
USER JNAME (Lasl, First. M.I.)
MAIL CODE (or room)
STATE ZIP CODE
PHONE (in elude area code)
OFFICE OR LOCATION
ADDRESS (Street or P.O. Box) CITY
USER [NAME (Last, First. M.I.)
MAIL CODE (0' room)
STATE ZIP CODE
PHONE (Include area code)
OFFICE OR LOCATION
ADDRESS (Street or P.O. Box) CITY
USER] NAME (Last, First. M.I.)
MAIL CODE [or room)
STATE ZIP CODE
PHONE (Include area code)
OFFICE OR LOCATION
ADDRESS (Street or P.O. Box CITY
STATE ZIP CODE
DISTANCE
CODE
REFER-
ENCE
INITIALS
LOGOr.
MAILING LIST CODE
M D S D
P D TO
C D LI D
F D * D
DISTANCE
CODE
REFER-
ENCE
INITIALS
LOGON
MAILING LIST CODE
MD s D
p n T D
c Q u D
F D N D
DISTANCE
CODE
REFER-
ENCE
INITIALS
LOGOS
MAILING LIST CODE
M o s D
p n T D
cO <-> D
F O N D
DISTANCE
CODE
REFER-
ENCE
INITIALS
LOGON
MAILING LIST CODE.
MO s O
cR :B
DISTANCE
CODE
REFER-
ENCE
INITIALS
LOGON
MAILING LIST CODE.
M Q 5 D
P O T D
F D N D
DISTANCE
CODE
REFER-
ENCE
INITIALS
LOGON
MAILING LIST CODE
MO s O
P D T D
DISTANCE
CODE
REFER-
ENCE
INITIALS
LOGON
MAILING LIST CODE
MO s D
p O T D
«. 6-76i iR...r,,l
                           Figure 6-1.   Concluded.
                                      6.5-3

-------
Office is located at the National Computer  Center.   Requests for EPA user
account modifications processed through  the ADP coordinators to authorize
new accounts or add new users to existing  accounts,  normally submitted
using the EPA Form 2800-3, should then be forwarded  to the following
address:
       MIDSD TSSMS Office
       U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
       National Computer Center (MD-34B)
       Research Triangle Park, North Carolina 27711
       In instances where a  user organization requires immediate access to
 computer facilities, temporary authorization can be  achieved by telephone
 contact with the TSSMS Office.  Requests for temporary authorization
 should be directed to 919/541-3629  (FTS:  629-3629).   Upon receiving
 temporary authorization, a completed Form 2800-3 must be forwarded to the
 TSSMS Office.  The temporary authorization  obtained  by telephone is valid
 for  a 2-week period pending  receipt of the  Form 2800-3 for processing
 permanent authorization.  Users must specify an EPA  employee as Project
 Manager  who, in  all cases, becomes  responsible for the utilization of the
 account.  Requests for cancellation of specific users authorized under a
 given  account  or changes in  user address/telephone numbers will be
 processed by telephone using the TSSMS telephone number listed above.
        Non-EPA users  (e.g.,  contractors, grantees, etc.) should submit all
 required forms to their EPA  project officer, who in  turn will forward the
 information to the ADP coordinator.  Account authorizations/modifications
 for Interagency  Agreement User Accounts  (non-EPA users) should be
 forwarded for  approval to:
        W. 6. Allen, Computer Specialist
        U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
        National  Computer Center (MD-34)
        Research  Triangle Park, North Carolina 27711

                                    6.5-4

-------
      Upon approval  of  Interagency requests, the TSSMS Office will
complete  implementation  of the authorization and notify the  respective
project manager.  Any questions concerning the above  should  be directed  to
the TSSMS Office  at 919/541-3641 (FTS:  629-3641).  Please note that, in
regard to EPA Form 2800-3, the organization titles  and codes  and the EPA
DIPS organization titles and codes, and the program element  titles and
codes are assigned by the Office of Planning and Programming.   The account
number will be  assigned  to the user by MIDSD and must appear  on all
transactions  attempted with the NCC UNIVAC 1100.
6.5.2 User ID  and Password
      The NCC  UNIVAC 1100 has a comprehensive, multi-level  security system
which is  designed to  prohibit unauthorized use of the computer.   A feature
of this  security system  is the TSSMS which requires that all  users be
identified by a unique USERID and PASSWORD before access to  the computer
is granted.   The USERID/PASSWORD must appear on all demand and  batch job
requests. This will  be  discussed in detail later in Sections  6.6 and 6.7,
respectively.
      The USERID/PASSWORD is assigned to each individual user  of the NCC
by MIDSD. Requests for  a USERID/PASSWORD should be submitted  to the
appropriate ADP coordinator (through the EPA project officer,  if
necessary) for  approval  and signature.
                                    6.5-5

-------
6.6    INTERACTIVE TERMINAL OPERATION
       Demand processing or interactive terminal  operation,  is  defined as
a mode of operation in which processing is  dependent  on manual  interface
with the central processor during processing.  Basically,  it  is  a
conversational mode of operation requiring  a  demand and response type  of
activity.  Conversational operation via a remote  terminal  causes the
Executive System, a demand processor, or an active program to immediately
react and respond.  Demand processing terminals are generally thought  of
as being remote from the computer site and  as having  a printer or a
cathode-ray tube and keyboard.  An example  of a demand terminal  is the
teletype-writer keyboard and printer.
       The distinction between batch-mode processing  and demand  processing
lies in the frequent interaction with the user that occurs during demand
processing.  The terminal user is considered  to be in conversation with
the Executive System, special demand function, user programs, or the batch
functions of the Executive System on a unit basis.
       Tasks executed by the demand terminal  user normally have frequent but
short bursts of computation.  To process a  substantial amount of computation
may require a long period of time.  Access  to computation  is a percentage of
the total computing facility and is scheduled in  small increments of time at
frequent intervals to provide immediate responses.  This action  gives  the
appearance of total system control to the user and the impression of being the
only user currently running.  The more a user is  required  to interact  with a
demand program the shorter the bursts of computation  required to service a
given request.  The bursts of computation are time-shared  within the Executive
System to provide an apparent immediate response, with the program placed in  a
dormant mode during idle periods awaiting response from the user.

                                    6.6-1

-------
       While a demand program  is in a dormant mode,  it may be  necessary to
swap the program from main storage.  Normally, this  transfer happens  only
when main storage is full and  another program currently  on mass  storage
has work to do.
       The demand has three distinct modes  of operation.   They are
described below:
       •   Terminal Inactive Mode ~ The  initial mode of the terminal
           following the  sign-on procedure.  The terminal  will return  to
           this mode at the completion of the other  two  modes.
       •   Demand Run Mode —  This mode  is  achieved  by submitting a ©RUN
           control statement (see Section 6.6.1) from the  primary input
           device; that is, the keyboard.   The terminal  operator must  wait
           until the date and  time message  is displayed  at the terminal
           before submitting the run stream data.  In demand mode,  the
           input will be  solicited when  input is desired by the  Executive
           System.  The terminal is returned to the  inactive mode by
           submitting a @FIN control statement (see  Section 6.6.2).
        •   Batch Mode —  The demand terminal may be  switched from demand
           mode to batch  mode  for  input  or  output.   The  "B" sub-option on
           the @RUN control statement  (@RUN,/B) will place the terminal in
           batch input mode.   Input will  not be solicited as  in  demand run
           mode.  The terminal will be returned to the terminal  inactive
           mode following a @FIN control  statement.  Another @RUN control
           statement will be accepted while in the remote batch  run
           whether it contains a 'B1 option or not.  Output files
           generated by the batch  run, as well as those  SYM'd  (via  @SYM)
           to  the terminal can be  displayed at the terminal by entering

                                    6.6-2

-------
           the statement, @@SEND.  The terminal is returned  to  the
           inactive mode when the output process of the file is complete.
       Interactive (or demand) processing with the NCC UNIVAC 1100  is
supported for a variety of low-speed data communications terminals.
Generally speaking, most 30 character/second (CPS) terminals which  have
ASCII character sets will be able to access the NCC.  The NCC does  not
support any terminals which operate at 10 CPS or 15.5 CPS.  Also, the NCC
does not support IBM 2741 or similar EBCIDIC code set terminals.
       A partial list of terminals supported by the NCC for demand
processing include the following:
       Anderson-Jacobson Models 630, 840, 830, and 832
       UNIVAC UNI SCOPE 100
       UNIVAC DCT 500 or equivalent
       Texas Instruments Silent 700 series
       Hazel tine (most models)
       LA36 DECwriter II
       If you are uncertain about the compatability of a particular
terminal with the NCC UNIVAC 1100, you should contact the following:
       NCC User Services
       919/541-3649
       FTS:  629-3649
All UNIVAC supported demand terminals use a common interface (device
routines providing the user interface with unit record peripherals) for
input and output processing.  This provides several controls and features
to all demand terminals in a uniform manner.  Control of remote symbionts
is regulated by control statements prefixed with a double master space
    .  These control statements do not require the input solicitation.
                                    6.6-3

-------
They may be entered after  an  output  interrupt  (break-key)  or any other
time the terminal operator  finds  the  need.   The  control  statements are
given in Table 6-2.
       For more  details  on  demand processing,  the  user  should refer to the
National Computer Center User Reference Manual.  This manual  may be
obtained from NCC User Services at the telephone numbers  listed  above.
The remainder of this section will address  demand  processing as  it applies
to the EADS.
6.6.1  Initiating a Demand  Processing Session
       Communications are  established with  the NCC UNIVAC  1100 through
data  communication modems  or  couplers over  voice-grade  telephone lines.
Users  should follow the  steps given  in the  equipment user  manual  for their
terminal  in order to establish the data link to  the computer.  A list of
nationwide telephone access numbers for the,NCC  is given  in  Table 6-3.
Once  the  data  link is established, the following sequence  of commands
should be entered  (for clarity, the  information  printed  by the computer is
shown in  capital letters;  the input required from  the user in small
letters).
Note  that the  pound sign (#)  denotes  a carriage  return:
Command                                        Description
#nccdemd#                  This identifies  the NCC to the  communications
                            network.
READY TO  NCC ON  9E          Response  indicates  that communication is
                            established on Port 9E.
ENTER  USERID/PASSWORD       Enter  the  approved  USERID and  PASSWORD
>xxx/xxxxxx#                following  the input solicitation  symbols (>).
 *DESTROY  USERID/PASSWORD
 ENTRY
                                               (continued on page 6.6-8)
                                    6.6-4

-------
            TABLE 6-2.  REMOTE  INTERFACE CONTROL STATEMENTS
Statement
    Mode
                 Description
@@X TIOC
@@SKIP n
@@RQUE



@(3CONT


(3I3CQUE




(3<3INQ
Demand Run


Demand Run

Demand Run

Demand Run

Demand Run
Termi rial
Inactive

Remote Batch
All
Demand Run
All
The @@X statement directs  the  Executive
System to take action on any or  all  of the
four possible action parameters.  The @@X
defaults to @@X 0.

T — terminate the demand  run's  present
execution.

I — discard all backed-up input.

0 ~ discard all backed-up output.

C — generate a 'BRK1 contingency.

Ship n lines of output where n is a  value of
0 to 63.  The SKIP may be reset  by a
(3@SKIP 0.  The (3
-------
                         TABLE 6-2.   Concluded
Statement
    Mode
                 Description
            All
(?(? ESC
Demand Run
@(3TERM      All
 @@TTY  W,n   All
Terminates special input mode,  i.e., @@CQUE
or @(aiNQ.  The @@END returns the terminal to
demand run from @@CQUE and will process the
mass storage buffered input of  @@INQ.

Allows the input to be passed to the
requester unaltered from the format of which
it was entered; that is, all communication
envelope characters are not removed nor is
the image translated.

Directs the Executive System to terminate
the terminal.  It  is recommended that the
remote Operator enter @@TERM only while in
the terminal inactive mode.  However, if
entered while a run is active,  the run and
terminal will be terminated.  @@TERM is
equivalent to sign off.

Changes the maximum character width of page
from the default 80 characters  to n
characters wide.   In most cases, the maximum
page width should  be set to 132.
                                   6.6-6

-------
TABLE 6-3.  NCC DEMAND ACCESS TELEPHONE NUMBERS
State
Alabama
California
Colorado
Connecticut
District of Columbia
Georgia

Illinois
Louisiana
Massachusetts
Michigan

Minnesota
Missouri
Nevada
New York
North Carolina
Ohio
Pennsylvania
South Carolina
Tennessee
Texas
Washington
All other locations
(toll free)
City
Montgomery
San Francisco
Denver
Wethersfield
Washington
Athens
Atlanta
Chicago
New Orleans
Boston
Grosse He
Lansing
Minneapolis
Kansas City
Las Vegas
New York
Raleigh/Durham
Cincinnati
Philadelphia
Columbia
Nashville
Dallas
Seattle


Telephone
205/277-9390
415/546-1395
303/837-0843
203/529-3378
202/966-9510
404/549-3882
404/873-6431
312/663-1640
504/566-0041
617/742-0420
313/675-8936
517/485-3220
612/861-7451
816/474-3540
702/736-1988
212/233-1604
919/541-2000
513/751-5800
215/925-4407
803/256-1018
615/244-8020
214/651-1723
206/682-6456
800/424-3690

                      6.6-7

-------
£*UNIVAC  1100 OPERATING
SYSTEM VER.
33R0030-315A(RSI)*
       w,nnn#
    COMPLETE
>@run  nnxxx,account
 number,eads,15#
                           This header message is usually followed by
                           several lines of text indicating special  news
                           which can be obtained.  When the solicitation
                           symbol (>) is received you are ready to enter a
                           valid <£>RUN card.

                           where nnn = the maximum width of the page in
                           characters (usually 132).  This comnand may be
                           omitted if terminal is limited physically to 80
                           characters.  .

                           Indicates that the @@TTY command has been
                           executed.

                           where nnxxx = the RUNID.  Usually this begins
                           with a number that designates an output
                           receiving bin at the NCC followed by the user's
                           initials.  Please consult the NCC User
                           Reference Manual or call User Services for more
                           information.

                           account no. = the NCC account number as given.

                           eads = the project code which enables access to
                           the SDDS data base and software.  No other
                           project code may be used.

DATE: 011580 TIME: 135248  This is the system response if a valid @RUN
>                          card has been entered, followed by the>.
                           NOTE:  If your terminal can print more than 80
                           characters across the page, you may wish to
                           expand the page width as shown above.

       At this point, the computer is ready to receive instruction for

accessing the data base or for executing EADS retrieval or analytical

	  . ..	 ..... „ _ 	.,	 ...	   natural

language, Section 6.6.3 describes the accessing procedure.

6.6.2  Terminating a Demand Processing Session

       Two commands are required to end a demand processing session  ~ the

@FIN and the @@TERM.  The @FIN command ends the run and results in the

printing of summary usage and accounting data, and places the terminal in the

inactive mode.   The @@TERM command ends the session by disconnecting the

terminal from the computer.
                                     6.6-8

-------
A typical sequence  is  as follows  (#  denotes  carriage return):

  >@fin#                                         (Enter the @FIN command)
  RUNID:
  TIME:
           XXXXX    ACCT:
                              XXXXXXXXXX
                    TOTAL:
                    CAU:
                    CC/ER:
SRC"                PS  =
SRUS:  00:01:41.027 COST:
IMAGES READ:  78    PAGES:
START:  13:52:47   JANUARY  15,  1980   FIN:
*TERMINAL  INACTIVE*

> @@term#
                              00:00:35.510
                              00:00:00.177
                              00:00:26.509
                                000130352
                            $005.05
                            3
PROJECT:
CBSUPS:
I/O:
WAIT:
ES =
EADS
001854139
00:00:08.822
00:02:36.079
  000276035
                                               13:57:50   JANUARY  15,  1980
                                                 (Enter the  @@  TERM command)
 6.6.3  Accessing  the EADS

       Read-only  access  to the data base is granted to users  of  the  EADS

 who  use  this  procedure.   Users are cautioned not to attempt to use this

 procedure  unless  they are familiar with SYSTEM 2000^natural  language.

 The  sequence  is  as follows (# denotes carriage return):

  >@add  eads.start*                            (Enter the @ADD command.)

   01/15/80    17:09:07     BEGIN SYSTEM 2000     VERSION 2.SOD



   -556-  ASSIGNED...EADS-EADS    12    28443    01/15/80     11:44:14
        At  this  point,  the system is ready to accept valid SYSTEM 2000vT

 comnands.   The  session may be ended by using the EXIT:   command, which

 produces the  trailer  banner and returns to control  mode with the input

 solicitation  character (>) given.
01/15/80    17:14:52
                         END
                                  SYSTEM 2000    VERSION 2. SOD
                                     6.6-9

-------
       The demand processing session may be terminated by using the
procedure given in Section 6.6.2.
       Any attempts to change or modify the data base in any way will
result in the following diagnostic message:
  -864- COMMAND NOT AVAILABLE IN SHARED MODE -
                                   6.6-10

-------
6.7    REMOTE BATCH TERMINAL OPERATION
       Batch processing, whether  remote  or  local  submittal,  implies that
discrete jobs are submitted to the NCC UNIVAC  1100  from  cards  or  some
similar form.  If local, card decks  are  submitted to  the I/O Control  Clerk
and then loaded into the computer;  if remote,  cards are  read into the
computer through a high-speed remote job entry (RJE)  terminal  which has
been connected to the  computer via  telephone  data link.
       Remote batch terminal operation with the NCC UNIVAC 1100 is
currently supported under  the UNIVAC 1004 and  NTR (9000  Remote) terminal
protocols.  This means  that a variety of commercial RJE  terminals which
are capable of emulating (or looking like)  a  U-1004 or NTR terminal may  be
used to access the NCC  UNIVAC 1100.  A partial  list of RJE terminals  which
satisfy one or more of these conditions  includes the  following:
       DATA 100 Models  74, 76, and  78
       COPE RJE Terminals
       Harris RJE Terminals
       UNIVAC 1004
       UNIVAC 9200 NTR
       If you are uncertain regarding the compatibility  of a particular
terminal with the NCC  UNIVAC 1100,  you should  contact the following:
       NCC User Services
       919/541-3649
       FTS:  629-3649
       All RJE terminals are identified  to  the NCC  UNIVAC 1100 by a unique
SITE ID which is assigned  by the  MIDSD TSSMS Office at Research Triangle
Park, North Carolina.   Figure 6-2 gives  an  example  of the form required
for batch terminal support.  The  completed  form is  submitted to the
appropriate ADP coordinator (through the EPA  project  officer if required)
for approval and signature.
                                     6.7-1

-------
Organization:
Terminal manufacturer § model number:
If programmable, what UNIVAC terminal does the terminal emulate?
Hours of Operation:  From 	To    ,	EDT

Person responsible:
     Name	
     Title
     Mailing Address
     Telephone  --        FTS     .	Ext.
                -- Commercial 	^	Ext.
     Comments:
      ADP  Coordinator                                   Date
                 THE FOLLOWING TO BE COMPLETED BY NCC
 SITE-ID 	   Central Computer Operations:
         	     Day:  	
 Telephone numbers  to use:                  	
          FTS 	     Night:
                                     Mailing Address:
                                       National Computer Center
   Commercial  	       U.S. EPA
                 	       Research Triangle Park
                                       North Carolina   27711
 Contacts:   User Services             Hours available for operation:
            FTS 629-3649                Weekdays: 	  to  "    EDT
            919/541-3649                Saturday:       to       EDT
                                       Sunday:   	  to        EDT
                                       Holidays: ~^^_  to       EDT
 Comments:
         Figure 6-2.   Request for Batch Terminal  Support Form.


                                  6.7-2

-------
       The batch SITE ID is of the form DATAXX  and must be transmitted to
the NCC UNIVAC 1100 at sign-on before  any  processing can be initiated.
6.7.1  Initiating a Remote Batch Processing  Sessioji
       Communications are established  with the  NCC UNIVAC 1100  through
data communication modems over voice-grade telephone lines.  The NCC
UNIVAC 1100 will support ROE processing only at 4800 bits/second (BPS)
transmission rate.  A list of nationwide RJE telephone  access numbers  for
the NCC is given in Table 6-4.
       Batch processing through an ROE terminal  essentially means that  the
terminal-to-computer data link must  be established and  the  computer card
deck must be read into the computer  in a prescribed manner.  Since this
procedure varies dramatically among  terminal  vendors, the user  should
refer to his terminal hardware operating manual  for the  appropriate
procedure.  If any problems or questions arise,  the user should contact
NCC User Services.
6.7.2  Terminating a Remote Batch Processing Session
       The termination of a remote batch processing session depends upon
which UNIVAC RJE terminal is being used (or  emulated).   The user should
consult his terminal hardware operations manual  for the  correct procedure.
                                     6.7-3

-------
           TABLE 6-4.   NCC REMOTE BATCH ACCESS TELEPHONE NUMBERS
          Location
Transmission Rate (BPS)
   Telephone
  Continental  U.S.
  (toll  outside RTP)

  Continental  U.S.
  (toll  free)  (except NC)
         4800
         4800
919/541-2094
(3 lines)

800/334-9761
(8 lines)
NOTE:   4800 BPS transmission requires Bell  208B dataset or equivalent.
                                    6.7-4

-------
6.8    EADS USER SUPPORT
       IERL/RTP is committed to the on-going  support  of  the  EADS  and  its
associated software.  The administrative  functions  relative  to  the  EADS
are provided by the Special Studies Staff in  IERL.  Technical development
and maintenance is provided by the EADS Support  Staff, which is composed
of government contractors under the direction  of the  EADS  Program Manager.
The EADS Technical Support Staff  has  the  responsibility  for  conducting the
data QA program, updating documentation,  developing analytical  software
specifications, conducting information transfer  activities,  etc.  This
function is being provided by Acurex  Corporation in Mountain View,
California, and Midwest Research  Institute in  Kansas  City, Missouri.  Data
processing activities are also performed  by Acurex  Corporation  in its
offices located at Research Triangle  Park, North Carolina.
       Any questions regarding the EADS should be directed to the EADS
Program Manager or the  EADS Technical Support Staff.  Their  names,
addresses, and phone numbers  are  listed on page  xi.
       Problems relating  to the operation of  the NCC  UNIVAC  1100, to data
communications, etc., are not the responsibility of the  EADS Technical
Support Staff.  These questions should be addressed to:
       User Services
       National Computer  Center  (MD-34B)
       U.S. Environmental Protection  Agency
       Research Triangle  Park, North  Carolina 27711
       FTS:          629-3649
       Commercial:   919/541-3649
                                    6.8-1

-------
                                 SECTION 7
                              PROGRAM LIBRARY

7.0    INTRODUCTION
       The usefulness and usability of industrial discharge data which
have been compiled into a computerized information system is limited if
the data cannot be retrieved and utilized to answer questions that a user
might have.  As discussed previously, the employment of the SYSTEM 2000^
data base management system provides a flexible set of commands that can
	 	  .......,, ^	  		   Natural Language, as this
command language is called, is a powerful tool for the knowledgeable user;
that is, the user who is familiar with or has received training in the use
of SYSTEM 2000^<  The Natural Language commands are limited, however,
especially when there is a need to perform calculations using the data or
when a special formatted report is required.  In addition, most EADS users
are not likely to undertake training in the use of SYSTEM 2000^Natural
Language, nor should these users be expected to have any particular
expertise in the use of computers or computer programs.  This means that
no user of the EADS should be required to have any special computer-related
training in order to use the EADS data bases.
       In order to provide greater flexibility to the user and to simplify
the retrieval of data, an extensive program library is being developed for
the EADS.  The programs described in the following subsections are
                                   7.0-1

-------
applicable to one or more of the waste stream  data  bases  contained 1n the
EADS.
       Each entry in the program library  is described  by  a brief abstract
which identifies in general terms the input required from the user and the
output to be expected.  Some programs will be  applicable  to both demand
(interactive) processing and batch processing,  and  step-by-step
instructions for executing the program in both  modes are  given when
appropriate.  For demand processing, it is assumed  that the user has
successfully established communications with the UNIVAC U-1100 computer as
described in Section 6 of this user guide.  In  like manner, batch users
are  assumed to  have established communications  with the UNIVAC U-1100
through  a remote terminal device or have  the capability of submitting run
requests locally at the EPA National Computer  Center at Research Triangle
Park, NC.  All  input requirements for each program  are listed and a sample
 (or  representative) output is provided.   Any comments  pertaining to the
 use  of  the program which may be helpful to the  user are also given.
        As new  user programs are developed and made  available to the EADS
 user comnunity, this  section will be expanded.
                                    7.0-2

-------
7.1    SERIES REPORT
7.1.1  Applicability;  FPEIS, GEDS,  LEDS,  SDDS
7.1.2  Abstract
       The SERIES Report  is the  basic  report for the EADS waste stream
data bases.  This report  lists all of  the  data contained in the test
series by stream, test operating level,  and sample.   The length of the
SERIES Report will depend upon the quantity of data  contained in the test
series.
       The format of the  SERIES  Report follows the structure of the  EADS
data base.  The first page of the report describes the  source that was
sampled, identifies the sponsor  of the testing and the  organization  which
did the actual testing, and provides any commentary  on  the test series
which was included.  Beginning with  the  second page,  the Report describes
the effluent stream level, including the control/treatment technology
design parameters.  Following this,  the  test operating  level  is reported
which includes the control/treatment technology operating parameters and
the description of the source fuel or  feed material.  Next,  the sample
level and any subsequent  components  are  described.   These data include the
chemical, radiological, and biological analysis results.   The chemical
data may include Level 1  Environmental Assessment data  as well  as
compound-spec ific data for inorganics  and  organics.   The chemical  and
radiological data for various sampling components are summarized by
chemical/radiological species (or Level  1  fraction).
       For the FPEIS, the SERIES Report  provides calculated particle size
distributions for impact!on-type sampling  equipment  including cumulative
mass concentrations, geometric mean  diameters, etc.   Where other types of
samples are used, the mass or number concentration is provided.  The data
                                    7.1-1

-------
are given as  a function  of particle size; that is, as a function of
components of the sampling system.
       The SERIES Report may be. run by inputting the TSN and the data base
name.  The Report may be initiated  only through a "demand" terminal
-session  although  the SERIES program is only executed as a batch job.  The
demand  session gives complete instructions for using the SERIES Report
program.
7.1.3  User  Data  Required
        •   EADS  Data Base Name (FPEIS, LEDS, 6EDS, and/or SDDS)
        •   Valid  TSN (or range of TSN's)
 7.1.4  Data Qualification Required
        None
 7.1.5  Limitations/Restrictions
        The SERIES Report program user has several printing options
 available, including the NCC local  printers, remote high-speed terminal
 printers, and low-speed time-sharing (demand) terminals.  Because of the
 length of the SERIES Report for most of the test series, it is recommended
 that the low-speed terminal option  be avoided where possible.
 7.1.6  Functional Description
        Using the EADS waste stream data base name and the TSN, the
 selected test series is retrieved and printed in its entirety.  Multiple
 SERIES Reports may be initiated during one session.
 7.1.7  User  Instructions — Demand                File name:  EADS.SERIES
        The SERIES Report program may be accessed through a "demand", or
 time-sharing, terminal  (see Section 6.6), which can access the U-1100
 computer.  User  access through the demand terminal allows the program to be
                                    7.1-2

-------
executed as a batch job.  The  user  should  initiate  the demand session by
following the procedures outlined in  Section  6.6.1.   When the session is
completed, the demand session  may be  ended by following the instructions
given in Section 6.6.2.
        (In the following computer-generated instructions, the response by
the user is underlined.)

>@ADD   EADS.SERIES                    (Enter the file name)
CIS     6R1    16:21:01
THE ASSUMED MODE IS FIELDATA
DO YOU  NEED INSTRUCTIONS?>   YES      (Enter YES or  NO)
THIS MODULE IS DESIGNED TO  RUN THE  SERIES  REPORT FOR ANY VALID TEST  SERIES
NUMBER  AND DATA BASE NAME ENTERED.   INFORMATION REQUIRED TO RUN THIS
ROUTINE WILL  BE ENTERED BY  THE USER AS PROMPTED BY  THIS MODULE.
        (If the answer to the preceding question had  been NO, the above
statements would be skipped.)
ENTER YOUR ACCOUNT NUMBER:>          (Enter a valid  NCC Account Number)
ENTER THE DATA BASE  NAME              (Enter the data base name)
 (FPEIS, LEDS, GEDS, OR  SDDS):>
IS THE  SERIES NUMBER  IN A RANGE (YES OR N0)?> YES
YOUR REQUEST  IS A CONTINUOUS RANGE
ENTER THE FIRST SERIES  NUMBER:>      (Enter the first TSN)
ENTER THE LAST SERIES NUMBER:>       (Enter the last TSN)
        (If the response to  the range question is NO, the above statements
are skipped.  The computer  will prompt the user with the following
question.)
                                    7.1-3

-------
 ENTER THE TEST  SERIES NUMBER:>       (Enter the TSN)
 ENTER THE NUMBER OF COPIES           (Enter the number of copies  wanted)
 IF  1, JUST PRESS RETURN:>
-DO  YOU REQUIRE  SPECIAL FORMS?>  NO   (Enter YES or NO)

        (If YES  had been entered, the program would request the forms  ID.
 Please consult  the NCC User Reference Manual or the EADS Program  Manager
 before attempting to use this feature.  The NO response means that
 standard, one-part computer paper will be used.)

 ENTER THE PRINT DESTINATION IF IT IS
 TO BE OTHER THAN THE MAIN PRINTER:>

        (If there is no preference, press the return key.  If the  output is
 to be a remote high-speed terminal, enter the site ID of the terminal.  If
 a user demand terminal is to receive the output, enter the user ID for
 that  terminal user.)
 ARE  YOU FINISHED (YES OR N0)?>       (Enter YES or NO)

        (If additional selections are to be made, enter NO and the program
 will  prompt for the data base name selection.  If YES, there will be  a
 normal exit.)
        Please refer to Section 7.1.9 for sample runs of the demand SERIES
 Report program.  An example of the SERIES Report is given in
 Section 7.1.10.
 7.1.8 User Instructions — Batch
        Batch (card input) processing of the SERIES Report program is  not
 available.
                                    7.1-4

-------
7.1.9  Sample Demand Runs
       (To be added later.)
7.1.10  Sample SERIES Report
       (To be added later.)
                                   7.1-5

-------
 7.2     CHEMICAL SEARCH PROGRAM (CHEM-SEARCH)
 7.2.1   Applicability:   FPEIS, GEDS, LEDS, SDDS
 7.2.2   Abstract
        The  Chemical  Search Program (CHEM-SEARCH) enables the user to
-search all  or part of  the EADS waste stream data bases to determine the
 presence of a particular chemical species.  The user may identify the
 chemical species by its Chemical Abstracts Services (CAS) Number, its
 Multimedia  Environmental Goals (MEG) Number, or its empirical formula.  If
 a search is to be made of part of a data base, the data base name must be
 given  and the range of TSN's must be specified.  Both demand and batch
 versions of the program are available to the user.  The demand version
 provides complete instructions on the use of the program through an
 interactive interface with the user.  A "Help" command is also available
 to users who encounter problems.
        The  output from the CHEM-SEARCH program provides additional
 information on the chemical species selected, including the MEG ID Number,
 CAS Number, empirical  formula, preferred name, molecular weight, other
 names  by which the chemical is known, and whether or not the chemical  is
 designated  as a priority pollutant, hazardous pollutant, or both.  For
 each data base scanned, the TSN is listed for those test series in which
 the chemical of interest is reported.  The program does not report the
 concentration of the chemical species.  The selection criteria requires
 only that the chemical species be found once in a given test series even
 though multiple occurrences of the chemical may be present.  It is
 recommended that the user request the SERIES Report for each test series
 identified  in order to get more information.
                                    7.2-1

-------
7.2.3  User Data Required
       •   Valid Chemical ID Code  (MEG  ID  or  CAS  Number) or Empirical
                                                                     i
           Formula
       t   EADS Data Base Name  (FPEIS,  LEDS,  GEDS,  and/or SDDS)
       •   Range of TSN's (optional)
7.2.4  Data Qualification Required
       None
7.2.5  Limitations/Restrictions
       The user is cautioned to use care when  selecting  the empirical
formula format option for organic  compounds.   Since several organic
compounds of  the same class may have the same  formula (e.g.,  isomers),  it
would  likely  be safer to search on the  basis  of the MEG  ID or the CAS
Number.
7.2.6  Functional  Description
       Using  the user-supplied  data on  a particular chemical  species,  the
CHEM-SEARCH program  initially checks the EADS  Chemical Data Table (CDT)  to
verify that a valid  species has been requested.   If so,  both the MEG ID
and CAS Number are retrieved.  The program next scans all  of the data
bases  specified using both the  MEG ID and  the  CAS Number to search for  the
chemical.   If at least  one occurrence of the  species is  found within a
test series,  that  test  series is  listed in the output.   If no data are
found  in  the  entire  data base,  this fact is also  listed  in the output.
7.2.7  User Instructions — Demand      File  name:   EADS.RUN/CHEM-SEARCH
       The  CHEM-SEARCH  program may be accessed through a. "demand," or
time-sharing, terminal  (see Section 6.6),  which can access the U-1100
computer.   User access  in demand mode enables  the program to be run in
"real  time";  that  is, the results  are returned directly  to the user.
                                    7.2-2

-------
       The user shall initiate a demand  session  by following the

procedures outlined in Section 6.6.1.  When  the  session  is  completed,  the

session may be ended by following the procedures given in Section  6.6.2.

       (In the following computer-generated  instructions, the  response by

the user is underlined.)


X3ADD EADS.RUN/CHEM-SEARCH            (Enter  the  file  name)

DO YOU NEED INSTRUCTIONS?             (Enter  YES  or NO)

>YES
 INSTRUCTIONS WILL BE LISTED  SEVERAL  LINES AT A TIME AND THEN STOP.  TO
 CONTINUE DEPRESS CARRIAGE RETURN.
 THIS PROGRAM WILL LIST TEST  SERIES NUMBERS  FROM THE EADS DATA BASE WHICH
 HAVE USER SPECIFIED CHEMICALS  REPORTED  IN THEIR ANALYSIS DATA.  THE USER
 MUST IDENTIFY THIS CHEMICAL  TO THE PROGRAM  BY  USING MEG, CAS ID NUMBERS OR
 EMPIRICAL FORMULA.
 >(CR)


     THE FORMAT USED  IS:

 M/MMMMMM      -  FOR THE MEG  NUMBER  »  OR

 C/CCCCC-CC-C  - FOR THE CAS NUMBER — OR -

 F/XXXXXXX...  - FOR THE EMPIRICAL FORMULA.

 >(CR)
 THE  USER  HAS  THE  OPTION  OF  SPECIFYING WHICH DATA BASE  SERIES  ARE TO BE
 LISTED  (FPEIS,  GEDS,  LEDS,  OR SDDS).   ADDITIONALLY,  THE  USER  MAY LIMIT THE
 LIST TO SPECIFIC  RANGES, ONE PER DATA BASE.

 TO SPECIFY  A  RANGE  FOR ANY  DB, THE USER MUST SELECT  A  "PARTICULAR" DATA
 BASE WHEN QUERIED.   "STOP"  AND "HELP" MAY BE ENTERED AT  ANY TIME.  "STOP"
 WILL EXIT THE PROGRAM.  "HELP" WILL BRIEFLY LIST THE MAJOR QUERY RESPONSE
 FORMATS.  'IMPORTANT  -  ANY QUERY LISTED PRIOR TO A  "HELP" REQUEST WILL
 NOT  BE  SHOWN  AGAIN  AFTER THE "HELP" RESPONSE FROM THE  PROGRAM.)

 >(CR)
                                    7.2-3

-------
       (If the reply to the above question  1s  NO,  the  preceding statements
are skipped.)
ENTER THE CODE/CHEMICAL ID (FORMULA) (Use the  format described above)
>C/OOQ67-66-3
DO YOU WISH A PARTICULAR DATA BASE?  (Enter YES  or NO)
>YES
ENTER THE DATA BASE TO BE SELECTED   (Enter LEDS,  GEDS,  SDDS,  or FPEIS)
>LEDS
DO YOU WISH TO SELECT WITHIN A       (Enter YES  or NO)
RANGE OF  LEDS TEST SERIES?
>YES
 ENTER THE MINIMUM NUMBER  IN THE      (Enter the  TSN)
 RANGE,; ;„
 ENTER THE MAXIMUM NUMBER  IN  THE  RANGE
 >10
        (If no particular  data base is  named,  CHEM- SEARCH will  scan all
 entries in all four data  bases.   This  is a lengthy sort and it is better
 to request each data base separately.   When the data base is specified,
 the user may restrict the search to only a portion of the data base as
 shown.  If a range is not requested by the user, the last two queries are
 skipped, and the entire data base is scanned.)

 ENTER THE ADDITIONAL DATA BASE TO BE SELECTED/CORRECT A PREVIOUS
 ENTRY/"END" OR CARRIAGE RETURN IF COMPLETE:
 >END
                                    7.2-4

-------
       (If a data base name is entered,  the program will again ask if a

range is requested and the ensuing  steps are repeated.  If END is entered,

the program starts to execute.  Typical  output is as follows.)


CHLOROFORM (TRICHLOROMETHANE)
MEG:   02A100   CAS:   00067-66-3    FORMULA:   CHCL3
MOLECULAR WEIGHT:   119.38   PRIORITY  POLLUTANT
                             HAZARDOUS POLLUTANT
OTHER NAMES:  METHANE TRICHLORIDE
              TRICHLOROMETHANE

LEDS

00001
00002
00003
00004
00005
00006
00007
00008
00009
00010
***  NORMAL END ***
 At this point, the terminal  is  returned to the Control  Mode;  that is,  the

 program has finished and  the user may now enter additional  commands.

       The CHEM-SEARCH program  is very flexible and has a number of

 options available to users.   This flexibility is best seen  through the

 sample demand runs given  in  Section  7.2.9.  Use of the  "HELP" option  is

 also shown there.

 7.2.8  User Instructions  —  Batch

       The CHEM-SEARCH program  may also be executed as  a batch job on  the

 UNIVAC U-1100 using punched  card input.  It is assumed that the user  has

 card input access to the  U-1100 computer either through "across the

 counter" submitted at Research  Triangle Park, NC, or through a remote

 batch terminal.
                                    7.2-5

-------
       In order to run the CHEM-SEARCH program  in  batch  mode, the user
should submit the following cards:

       <3RUN,R/RS Run ID,Account Number,EADS,5,50/50
       (3ASG,A EADS.
       0XQT.BHZ EADS.CHEM-SEARCH
       .  .  . parameter cards  .  . ,
       0FIN
       There are three types  of parameter cards defined  for  CHEM-SEARCH
 and  they  are used to drive the program.  The Type  1  Parameter Card
 identifies  the chemical to be requested  in terms of  its  MEG  ID Number, CAS
 Number, or  empirical formula. The Type  2 Parameter  Card identifies the
 data base to be selected  and  specifies the range of  TSN's to be searched.
 The  Type  3  Parameter Card is  the END card which indicates to the program
 that the  input data have  been completed.
       The  formats for the parameter cards are  as  follows:
                Card Col.           12345678
 Type 1:                              M/AAAAAA
                            or       C/BBBBB-BB-B
                            or       F/DDDDD...
     where all  data begin  in column 1 of  the card and:
          M identifies the MEG  Number AAAAAA;
           C identifies the CAS  Number BBBBB-BB-B;  and
          F identifies the Empirical Formula DDDD....
                                               1          2
 Type 2:         Card Col.           12345678901234567890
                                     DBDBD MINXX-MAXZZ
     where DBDBD identifies the  data base name  beginning  in
                column 1  (choose FPEIS,  GEDS,  LEDS,  or SDDS),

                                   7.2-6

-------
          MINXX is the starting TSN in the range of TSN's to be
                specified.  The TSN should be entered  as a right-justified
                integer number in card columns 7-11,
                (enter a dash in card column 12)
          MAXZZ is the last TSN in the range of TSN's  to be specified.
                The TSN should be entered as a right-justified integer
                number in card columns 13-17.
*Note*    If no range of TSN's is requested (that is,  if the entire data
          base is to be searched), leave card columns  7-17 blank.

       Also, if one end of the TSN's range is entered, the other is
required also.  A Type 2 parameter card must be included for each data
base requested.  The order of the Type 2 cards is not  important.

Type 3:         Card Col.            123
                                     END
       This card signifies the end of the data.  It should be the last
       parameter card included in the card deck.
*Caution*  The parameter cards roust be entered into the card deck in the
           following order:
               Type 1
               All Type 2
               Type 3
       Sample print-outs from CHEM-SEARCH are included in Section 7.2.10.
7.2.9  Sample Demand Runs
       (1)  MEG ID Number Format:
            >6>ADD EADS-.RUN/CHEM-SEARCH
            DO YOU NEED INSTRUCTIONS?
            >NO
            ENTER THE CODE/CHEMICAL ID (FORMULA)
            >M/02A065
                                   7.2-7

-------
CHEMICAL DATA NOT FOUND FOR:   M/02A065
WOULD YOU LIKE TO TRY AGAIN?
>YES
ENTER THE CODE/CHEMICAL ID  (FORMULA)
>M/02A100
DO YOU WISH A PARTICULAR DATA  BASE?
>YES

ENTER THE DATA BASE TO BE SELECTED
>LEDS
DO~TOU WISH TO SELECT WITHIN A RANGE OF LEDS TEST  SERIES?
>NO

ENTER THE ADDITIONAL DATA BASE TO BE SELECTED/CORRECT A
PREVIOUS ENTRY/"END" OR CARRIAGE RETURN IF COMPLETE:
>END

CHLOROFORM (TRICHLOROMETHANE)
MEG:  02A100   CAS:  00067-66-3    FORMULA:  CHCL3
MOLECULAR WEIGHT:  119.38          PRIORITY POLLUTANT
                                   HAZARDOUS POLLUTANT
OTHER NAMES:  METHANE TRICHLORIDE
              TRICHLOROMETHANE

LEDS

00001
00002
00003
00004
00005
00006
00007
00008
00009
00010
00011
00143
00144
00145
00147
00148
00150
00151
00152
00153
***
    NORMAL END ***
                       7.2-8

-------
(2)   Chemical Formula Format:

     Caution:  Be careful using this format for organic chemicals

     where isomers may be encountered.

     X3ADD EADS.RUN/CHEM-SEARCH

     DO YOU NEED INSTRUCTIONS?
     >NQ

     ENTER THE COSE/CHEMICAL ID (FORMULA)
     >F/CHCL3
     DO YOU WISH A PARTICULAR DATA BASE?
     >YES

     ENTER THE DATA BASE TO BE SELECTED
     >LEDS
     DO YOU WISH TO SELECT WITHIN A RANGE OF LEDS TEST SERIES?
     >YES
     ENTER THE MINIMUM NUMBER IN THE RANGE
     ENTER THE MAXIMUM NUMBER IN THE RANGE
     >5

     ENTER THE ADDITIONAL DATA BASE TO BE SELECTED/CORRECT A
     PREVIOUS ENTRY/"END" OR CARRIAGE RETURN IF COMPLETE:
     >FPEIS
     DOTOTT WISH TO SELECT WITHIN A RANGE OF FPEIS TEST  SERIES?
     ENTER THE ADDITIONAL DATA BASE TO BE SELECTED/CORRECT A
     PREVIOUS ENTRY/" END" OR CARRIAGE RETURN IF COMPLETE:
     >END

     CHLOROFORM (TRICHLOROMETHANE)
     MEG:   02A100    CAS:   00067-66-3    FORMULA:    CHCL3
     MOLECULAR WEIGHT:   119.38            PRIORITY  POLLUTANT
                                           HAZARDOUS POLLUTANT

     OTHER NAMES:   METHANE TRICHLORIDE
                   TRICHLOROMETHANE

     LEDS

     00001
     00002
     00003
     00004
     00005
                            7.2-9

-------
     NO  FPEIS SERIES FOUND IN ENTIRE DATA BASE

     *** NORMAL  END  ***



(3)  Use of HELP Command:

           EADS.RUN/CHEM-SEARCH
     DO YOU NEED INSTRUCTIONS?
     >NO
     ENTER THE CODE/CHEMICAL ID (FORMULA)
     >F/C2CL4
     DO YOU WISH A PARTICULAR DATA BASE?
     >HELP
     "STOP" WILL EXIT PROGRAM
     "M/MMM..,C/CCCCC-CC-C,F/XXXXX...
     WILL SEARCH BY CHEMICAL
     "FPEIS", "GEDS", "LEDS" or "SODS" WILL SELECT A DATA BASE,
     "END" MEANS END OF SOLICITATION FOR A DATA BASE.
     >YES

     ENTER THE DATA BASE TO BE  SELECTED
     >FPEIS
     DO YOU WISH TO SELECT WITHIN A RANGE OF FPEIS TEST SERIES?
     >YES
     ENTER THE MINIMUM NUMBER IN THE RANGE
     >!
     ENTER THE MAXIMUM NUMBER IN THE RANGE
     ENTER THE ADDITIONAL DATA BASE TO BE SELECTED/CORRECT A
     PREVIOUS ENTRY/"END" OR CARRIAGE RETURN IF COMPLETE:
     >LEDS
     DO YOU WISH TO SELECT WITHIN A RANGE OF LEDS TEST SERIES?
     >YES

     ENTER THE MINIMUM NUMBER IN THE RANGE
     >5
     ENTER THE MAXIMUM NUMBER IN THE RANGE
     ENTER THE ADDITIONAL DATA BASE TO BE SELECTED/CORRECT A
     PREVIOUS ENTRY/"END" OR CARRIAGE RETURN IF COMPLETE:
     >END

     TETRACHLOROETHENE
     MEG:   02B080    CAS:   00127-18-4    FORMULA:   C2CL4
     MOLECULAR WEIGHT:   165.83            PRIORITY POLLUTANT
                                           HAZARDOUS POLLUTANT
                            7.2-10

-------
     OTHER NAMES:    ETHYLENE TETRACHLORIDE
                    PERCHLOROETHYLENE
                    TETRACHLOROETHYLENE

     LEDS

     00005
     00006
     00007
     00008
     00009
     00010

     NO FPEIS SERIES FOUND BETWEEN SERIES 00001 and  00005

     *** NORMAL END ***
(4)  CAS Number Format:

     >@ADD EADS.RUN/CHEM-SEARCH

     DO YOU NEED INSTRUCTIONS?
     >NO
     ENTER THE CODE/CHEMICAL ID (FORMULA)
     >C/00127-l8-4
     DO YOU WISH A PARTICULAR DATA BASE?
     >YES

     ENTER THE DATA BASE TO BE  SELECTED
     >LEDS
     DO YOU WISH TO SELECT WITHIN  A RANGE  OF  LEDS TEST SERIES?
     >YES
     ENTER THE MINIMUM NUMBER IN THE RANGE
     >29
     ENTER THE MAXIMUM NUMBER IN THE RANGE
     >39

     ENTER THE ADDITIONAL DATA  BASE TO BE  SELECTED/CORRECT A
     PREVIOUS ENTRY/"END" OR CARRIAGE RETURN  IF  COMPLETE:
     >END

     TETRACHLOROETHENE
     MEG:   02B080   CAS:   00127-18-4  FORMULA:  C2CL4
     MOLECULAR WEIGHT:    165.83         PRIORITY POLLUTANT
                                        HAZARDOUS POLLUTANT

     OTHER NAMES:    ETHYLENE TETRACHLORIDE
                    PERCHLOROETHYLENE
                    TETRACHLOROETHYLENE
                            7.2-11

-------
     NO LEDS SERIES FOUND BETWEEN SERIES 00029 AND 00039

     *** NORMAL END ***

     >

(5)  Example of User Aborted Run:

     >@ADD EADS.RUN/CHEM-SEARCH

     DO YOU NEED INSTRUCTIONS?
     >NO
     ENTER THE CODE/CHEMICAL ID (FORMULA)
     >M/02P101

     CHEMICAL DATA NOT FOUND FOR:   M/02P101
     WOULD YOU LIKE TO TRY AGAIN?
     >NO

(6)  Invalid Data Format/Data Not Found:

     >@ADD EADS.RUN/CHEM-SEARCH
     DO YOU NEED INSTRUCTIONS?
     ENTER THE CODE/CHEMICAL ID (FORMULA)
     >C/01A001
     INVALID CAS FORMAT (01A001    )

     CHEMICAL DATA NOT FOUND FOR:   C/01A001
     WOULD YOU LIKE TO TRY AGAIN?
     >YES
     ETJTTR THE CODE/CHEMICAL ID (FORMULA)
     >M/001A001

     CHEMICAL DATA NOT FOUND FOR:   M/001A001
     WOULD YOU LIKE TO TRY AGAIN?
     >YES
     ENTER THE CODE/CHEMICAL ID (FORMULA)
     >M/01A100
     DO YOU WISH A PARTICULAR DATA BASE?
     >YES

     ENTER THE DATA BASE TO BE SELECTED
     >LEDS
     DO YOU WISH TO SELECT WITHIN  A RANGE  OF LEDS TEST SERIES?
     >NO

     ENTER THE ADDITIONAL DATA BASE TO BE  SELECTED/CORRECT A
     PREVIOUS ENTRY/"END» OR CARRIAGE  RETURN IF  COMPLETE:
     >END
                            7.2-12

-------
            PENTANES
            MEG:   01A100    CAS:               FORMULA:   C5H12
            MOLECULAR WEIGHT:   72.15
            NO LEDS SERIES FOUND IN ENTIRE DATA BASE
            *** NORMAL END ***
7.2.10  Sample Batch Runs
       The sample batch run outputs demonstrate the flexibility of the
CHEM-SEARCH program in satisfying user needs.  The user input cards (which
are listed in the output) are underlined.
       (1)  MEG ID Format:
            @RUN.D/RS   Run ID.Account Number ,EADS, 10 .20
            (3ASG.A  EADS.
            gXQT.BHZ  EADS. CHEM-SEARCH
            ENTER THE CODE/CHEMICAL ID
            M/48A100
            ENTER THE DATA BASE TO BE SELECTED
            GEDS
            ENTER THE DATA BASE TO BE SELECTED
            LEDS   00001-00100
            ENTER THE DATA BASE TO BE SELECTED
            END
            ELEMENTAL PHOSPHORUS
            MEG:   48A100   CAS:   07723-14-0   FORMULA:   P
            MOLECULAR WEIGHT:   30.97           HAZARDOUS POLLUTANT
            OTHER NAMES:             BLACK PHOSPHORUS
                                     RED PHOSPHORUS
                                     WHITE PHOSPHORUS
                                     YELLOW PHOSPHORUS
            LEDS
            00083
            00089
            00092
            00093
                                   7.2-13

-------
     00094
     00095
     00096

     NO GEDS SERIES FOUND IN ENTIRE DATA BASE

     *** NORMAL END ***
(2)  CAS Number Format:

     ERUN.R/RS Run ID.Account Number. EADS. 8 .10

     @ASG.A  EADS.
     FAC WARNING   040000100000

     @XQT EADS. CHEM- SEARCH
     ENTER THE CODE/CHEMICAL ID (FORMULA)
     0/00076-44-8

     ENTER THE DATA BASE TO BE SELECTED
     LEDS

     ENTER THE ADDITIONAL DATA BASE TO BE SELECTED/CORRECT A
     PREVIOUS ENTRY /"END" OR CARRIAGE RETURN IF COMPLETE:
     FPEIS

     ENTER THE ADDITIONAL DATA BASE TO BE SELECTED/CORRECT A
     PREVIOUS ENTRY/"END" OR CARRIAGE RETURN IF COMPLETE:
     END

     HEPTACHLOR
     MEG:   16PN03   CAS:   00076-44-8   FORMULA:   C10H5CL7
     MOLECULAR WEIGHT:   373.35          PRIORITY POLLUTANT
                                         HAZARDOUS POLLUTANT
     OTHER NAMES:   DRINOX
                    HEPTAGRAN
                    VELSICOL-104
     LEDS

     00058
     00074
     00076
     00082
     00089
     00103
     00113
     00115
     00116
     00134
     00140
                            7.2-14

-------
     NO  FPEIS SERIES FOUND IN ENTIRE DATA BASE

     *** NORMAL END ***

     @FIN

(3)  Empirical Formula Format:

     (3RUN.R/RS Run ID.Account Number.EADS,8,10
     @ASG,A  EADS.
     FAC WARNING   040000100000

     @XQT EADS.CHEM-SEARCH
     ENTER THE CODE/CHEMICAL ID (FORMULA)
     F/C10H5CL7

     ENTER THE DATA BASE TO BE SELECTED
     LEDS

     ENTER THE ADDITIONAL DATA BASE TO BE SELECTED/CORRECT A
     PREVIOUS ENTRY/"END" OR CARRIAGE RETURN IF COMPLETE:
     FPEIS

     ENTER THE ADDITIONAL DATA BASE TO BE SELECTED/CORRECT A
     PREVIOUS ENTRY/"END" OR CARRIAGE RETURN IF COMPLETE:
     END

     HEPTACHLOR
     MEG:    16PN03   CAS:   00076-44-8   FORMULA:   C10H5CL7
     MOLECULAR WEIGHT:   373.35          PRIORITY POLLUTANT
                                         HAZARDOUS POLLUTANT
     OTHER NAMES:   DRINOX
                    HEPTAGRAN
                    VELSICOL-104

     LEDS

     00058
     00074
     00076
     00082
     00089
     00103
     00113
     00115
     00116
     00134
     00140
                             7.2-15

-------
     NO FPEIS SERIES FOUND IN ENTIRE DATA BASE

     *** NORMAL END ***

     @FIN

(4)   Invalid Data/Input Error Format:

     gRUN.R/RS Run ID.Accotmt Number.EADS.8.10
     @AS6,A  EADT7

     @XQT EADS.CHEM-SEARCH
     ENTER THE CODE/CHEMICAL ID (FORMULA)
     C/00076-44-8

     ENTER THE DATA BASE TO BE SELECTED
     LEDS

     ENTER THE ADDITIONAL DATA BASE TO BE SELECTED/CORRECT A
     PREVIOUS ENTRY/"END" OR CARRIAGE RETURN IF COMPLETE:
     FPEIS

     ENTER THE ADDITIONAL DATA BASE TO BE SELECTED/CORRECT A
     PREVIOUS ENTRY/"END" OR CARRIAGE RETURN IF COMPLETE:
     1104A  NO DATA AVAILABLE ON ACCEPT           (Missing END Card)
     ERROR ADDR:   015514   BDI:   000013

     EXECS ERROR: CONTINGENCY TYPE-12 ERROR TYPE-03 CODE-00 AT PROG
     ADD 012165
     BDI'S: M-I=000013  M-D=000012  U-I=000000  U-D=000000
     -800- SYSTEM ERROR CODE   816   xll = 007255-
     **** PLEASE NOTIFY DATA BASE ADMINISTRATOR ****
                            7.2-16

-------
7.3    SERIES SUWARY INFORMATION PROGRAM (SNAP-SHOT)
7.3.1  Applicability;  FPEIS, GEDS, LEDS,  SDDS
7.3.2  Abstract
       The Series Sunmary Information  Program (SNAP-SHOT)  is  a brief
report which summarizes the contents of  an EADS  test series.   The report
gives an indication of "what" is contained in the  test  series without
getting into details.  It will provide the user  with an overview of  the
           V*
test series in a brief format that would ordinarily require the  obtaining
of a more detailed and lengthy SERIES  Report  (see  Section  7.1).
       The formation of the SNAP-SHOT  Report  follows the SERIES  Report
very closely;  it is as if a "snap-shot"  had been made of the  SERIES
Report.  The first page of the SNAP-SHOT Report  is the  same as the first
page of the SERIES Report; that  is, the  source that was sampled  is
described in terms of its industrial categorization and location (if
available); the sponsor of the testing and the organization which
performed the  work are identified; and any comments on  the test  series are
provided.  Any EADS test  series  which  contain data from other media  that
were collected at the same time  are  identified and a list  of  references
pertaining to  the test series  is provided. Next,  a summary of the data  to
be found  in the test series  is given,  including  the type of waste or
product streams reported, the type of  control technology applied (if any),
the number of  discrete samples collected and  whether they  were collected
from a control system inlet  or outlet, and whether or not  data are present
for the sample on the results of inorganic/non-Level 1  organic analysis,
Level 1 organic analysis, radionuclide analysis, and bioassay.  Finally,
the total number of effluent  or  product  streams  is given along with  the
total number of samples reported.
                                    7.3-1

-------
       The SNAP-SHOT program may be qualified by any combination  of  five
parameters to select several test series, or a specific range  of  test
series may be specified by the user.  The five parameters which may  be
chosen are as follows:
           Source Category
           Source Type
           Product/Device
           Process Type
           Feed Material Category
       Acceptable data for these parameters may be found in the
Terminology Reference Manual in Table A-l for the first four parameters
and  in Table A-2 for the Feed Material Category.  The user may specify any
combination of these parameters to retrieve summary information from a
particular data base.  For example, a user may request SNAP-SHOT reports
for  all test series where the Source Type equals UTILITY, Product/Device
equals BOILER, and Feed Material Category equals COAL; that is, the user
wants to  identify all test series on coal-fired, utility boilers.  The
user  is not required to utilize this parameter option.  He may instead
specify a single TSN or a range of TSN's.
       The SNAP-SHOT program may be initiated either through a "demand"
(time-sharing) session or through submitting a batch job.  The demand
version of the program prompts the user with complete instructions for its
use.
7.3.3  User Data Required
       •   EADS Data Base Name (FPEIS, LEDS, GEDS, or SODS)
       t   Valid TSN (or range of TSN's) or
       t   Source Category, Source Type, Product/Device, Process  Type,
           and/or Feed Material Category
                                   7.3-2

-------
7.3.4  Data Qualification Required
       If the Parameters Option  is  selected,  the  user  may qualify the
search for particular test series by  inputting  data  for  any combination  of
the parameters chosen.  The acceptable data are combined in the
Terminology Reference Manual  in  Table A-l and Table  A-2.   This
qualification is best shown by illustration in  sections  to follow.
7.3.5  Limitations/Restrictions
       The SNAP-SHOT program  user has several printing options available
including the NCC local printers, remote high-speed  terminal printers, and
low-speed time-sharing  (demand)  terminals.  While the  SNAP-SHOT Report
itself is not long  (usually two  to  three pages), the volume of output
could become voluminous, particularly if the  Parameters  Option is selected
and the subsequent  retrieval  involves many test series.   Unless the user
is selecting a specific test  series,  it is recommended that the low-speed
terminal option be  avoided where possible.
7.3.6  Functional Description
       Using the EADS waste stream  data base  name and  the  TSN(s)  (or the
source categorization parameters),  the selected test series is (are)
            (
retrieved from the  data base  and the  sunmary  information  is printed.
7.3.7  User  Instructions — Demand         File name:  EADS.RUN/SNAP-SHOT
       The SNAP-SHOT program  may be accessed  through a "demand",  or
time-sharing, terminal  (see Section 6.6), which can  access the U-1100
computer.  User access  through the  demand terminal allows the program to
be executed  as a batch  job.   The user should  initiate  the demand  session
by following the procedures outlined  in Section 6.6.1.   When the  session
is completed, the demand session may  be ended by  following the
             '•"/: f
instructions given  in Section 6.6.2.
                                    7.3-3

-------
       (In the following computer-generated  instructions,  the response by
the user is underlined.)

>@ADD EADS.RUN/SNAP-SHOT              (Enter  the  file  name)
CIS     6R1      16:21:01
THE ASSUME MODE IS FIELDATA
DO YOU NEED INSTRUCTIONS:^  YES       (Enter  YES  or NO)
THIS MODULE IS DESIGNED TO RUN THE SNAP-SHOT REPORT FOR  ANY  VALID  TEST
SERIES NUMBER AND DATA BASE NAME ENTERED.  INFORMATION REQUIRED  TO RUN
THIS ROUTINE WILL BE ENTERED BY THE USER AS  PROMPTED  BY  THIS MODULE.
THE PARAMETERS OPTION ALLOWS THE USER TO SEARCH  THE ENTIRE DATA  BASE  FOR
ALL TEST SERIES WHICH SATISFY THE SELECTION  CRITERIA.
>(Press carriage return to continue)
THE PARAMETERS FOR WHICH VALUES MAY BE  ENTERED ARE AS FOLLOWS:
           SOURCE CATEGORY
           SOURCE TYPE
           PRODUCT/DEVICE
           PROCESS TYPE
           FEED MATERIAL CATEGORY
 >(Press carriage return to continue)
OTHERWISE, THE USER MAY ENTER A SINGLE  TEST  SERIES NUMBER  OR A RANGE  OF
TEST  SERIES NUMBERS.
 >(Press carriage return to continue)
 (If the answer to the  instructions question  was  NO, the  above statements
would be  skipped.)
ENTER YOUR ACCOUNT  NUMBER:>           (Enter  a  valid NCC  Account  Number)
 ENTER THE  DATA BASE  NAME              (Enter  the  data  base  name)
 (FPEIS, LEDS, GEDS,  or  SDDS):>
 DO YOU WISH TO SELECT  THE  PARAMETERS  OPTION?
>YES                                  (Enter  YES  or NO)
ENTER THE  VALUE  FOR  THE PARAMETER AS  PROMPTED.
 IF NO DATA TO BE  INPUT  FOR THIS PARAMETER, PRESS RETURN.
SOURCE CATEGORY:>   (CR)               (Enter  value from Table.A-l,
                                      Terminology Reference Manual, or
                                      press return.)
                                    7.3-4

-------
SOURCE TYPE:>  UTILITY
PRODUCT/DEVICE:>  BOILER
PROCESS TYPE:>  (CR)
FEED MATERIAL CATE60RY:>  COAL        (Enter  value  from Table A-2,
                                      Terminology Reference Manual,  or
                                      press return.)
ENTER THE NUMBER OF COPIES            (Enter  the number of  copies wanted)
IF 1, JUST PRESS RETURN:>   (CR)
DO YOU REQUIRE SPECIAL  FORMS?>   NO   (Enter  YES or NO)
       (If YES had been entered, the  program would request the  forms  ID.
Please consult the NCC  User Reference Manual  or the  EADS Program Manager
before attempting to  use this feature.  The  NO  response means that
standard, one-part computer paper will be used.)
ENTER THE PRINT DESTINATION IF  IT IS  TO BE OTHER THAN  THE  MAIN
PRINTER:>  (CR)
       (If there is no  preference, press the return  key.   If the output is
to be a remote high-speed terminal, enter the site ID  of the terminal.  If
a user demand terminal  is to receive  the output, enter the user ID  for
that terminal user.)
ARE YOU FINISHED (YES OR N0)?>        (Enter  YES or NO)
       (If additional selections are  to be made, enter NO  and the program
will prompt for the data base name selection.  If  YES, there will be  a
normal exit.)
       Please refer to  Section  7.3.9  for sample runs of the demand
SNAP-SHOT program.  An  example  of the SNAP-SHOT Report is  given in
Section 7.3.11.
                                    7.3-5

-------
       It should be emphasized that SNAP-SHOT  does  not  actually execute as
a demand (time-sharing) job.  The demand routine  creates  a job stream
which is processed as a batch job by the U-1100.
7.3.8  User Instructions — Batch
       The SNAP-SHOT program may also be executed as  a  batch  job on  the
UNIVAC U-1100 using punched card input.  It  is assumed  that the user has
card input access to the U-1100 computer either through "across the
counter" submitted at Research Triangle Park,  NC, or  through  a remote
batch terminal .
        In order  to run the SNAP-SHOT program in batch mode, the user
should  submit  the following cards:
        @RUN,R/RS RUN ID, Account N umber ,EADS, 5, 50/50
        0ASG.A  EADS.
        (s>XQT,BHZ  EADS. SNAP -SHOT
        .  .  . parameter cards  .  .  .
        Three types  of  parameter  cards  are  used  to  identify the  options
 selected and to  drive  the  program.   If the user wishes  to print the
 SNAP-SHOT report for a specific  TSN  (or range of TSN's),  the  following
 Type 1 parameter card  is used:
                              1          2
 Type 1:   Card Col. 12345678901234567890
                     DBDBD  MINXX-MAXZZ
     where DBDBD  identifies the data  base name beginning in column 1
                 (choose FPEIS, GEDS, LEDS, or SDDS),
           MINXX  is  the starting  TSN  in the range of TSN's to  be
                 specified.  The  TSN  should be entered as  a right-justified
                 integer number in  card columns  7-11,
                 (enter a dash in card  column 12)
                                    7.3-6

-------
          MAXZZ is the last TSN in the range of TSN's to  be  specified.
                The TSN should be entered as a right-justified  integer
                number in card columns 13-17.

*Note*    If no range of TSN's is requested  (that  is, if  a single test
          series is selected), leave card columns  12-17 blank.


       If the user wishes to select the Parameters Option, then the Type 2

parameter cards should be used.  Any or all of the following cards may be

included in any order:

                              1234
Type 2    Card Col.  1234567890123456789012345678901234567890
                     SOURCE CATEGORY     VVVV-	V
                     SOURCE TYPE         VVVV	V
                     PRODUCT/DEV ICE      VVVV	V
                     PROCESS TYPE        VVVV	V
                     FEED MATERIAL       VVVV	V

    where VVVV	V  is the valid value from Table A-l or Table A-2 in the
                     Terminology Reference Manual  beginning  in column 21,
                     and not exceeding 20 characters in length.


       Following the Type 1 or Type 2 cards, the Type 3 card is entered to

indicate the end of the data.  It should be the last parameter card in the

deck before the @FIN card.  The card has the following format:
Type 3:   Card Col.  123
                     END

*Caution*  The parameter  cards  must  be  entered  into  the  card deck  in the
           following order:

                 Type 1 or Type 2
                 Type 3
        Examples  of  batch  runs  of SNAP-SHOT are given  in  Section  7.3.10.
                                    7.3-7

-------
7.3.9  Sample Demand Runs

       (1)  SNAP-SHOT for a Specific TSN:

            >@ADD EADS.RUN/SNAP-SHOT

            DO YOU NEED INSTRUCTIONS?
            >NO
            ENTER YOUR ACCOUNT NUMBER:>  Account Number
            ENTER THE DATA BASE NAME
            (FPEIS, LEDS, GEDS, OR SDDS):>  FPEIS

            DO YOU WISH TO SELECT THE PARAMETERS OPTION?
            >NO
            DO~YOU WISH TO SELECT WITHIN A RANGE OF TEST SERIES?
            >NO

            ENTER THE TEST SERIES NUMBER:>  225
            ENTER THE NUMBER OF COPIES
            IF 1, JUST PRESS RETURN:>  2
            DO YOU REQUIRE SPECIAL FORMS?:>  NO

            ENTER THE PRINT DESTINATION IF IT IS TO BE OTHER THAN THE MAIN
            PRINTER:>  (CR)

            ARE YOU FINISHED (YES OR N0)?>  YES

            *** NORMAL EXIT ***

       (2)  SNAP-SHOT for a Range of TSN's:

            >@ADD EADS.RUN/SNAP-SHOT

            DO YOU NEED INSTRUCTIONS?
            >NO
            ENTER YOUR ACCOUNT NUMBER:>  Account Number
            ENTER THE DATA BASE NAME
            (FPEIS, LEDS, GEDS, OR SDDS):>  FPEIS

            DO YOU WISH TO SELECT THE PARAMETERS OPTION?
            >NO
            DITYOU WISH TO SELECT WITHIN A RANGE OF TEST SERIES?
            >YES
            ENTER THE MINIMUM NUMBER IN THE RANGE
            >29
            ENTER THE MAXIMUM NUMBER IN THE RANGE
            >39

            ENTER THE NUMBER OF COPIES
            IF 1, JUST PRESS RETURN:>  2
            DO YOU REQUIRE SPECIAL FORMS?:>  NO
                                   7.3-8

-------
            ENTER THE PRINT DESTINATION IF IT IS TO BE OTHER THAN THE MAIN
            PRINTER:>  (CR)
            ARE YOU FINISHED (YES OR N0)?>  YES
            *** NORMAL EXIT ***
7.3.10  Sample Batch Runs
       (To be added later.)
7.3.11  Sample Output
       (To be added later.)
                                    7.3-9

-------
7.4    BIOLOGICAL SEARCH PROGRAM  (BIO-SEARCH)
7.4.1  Applicability:  FPEIS, GEDS,  LEDS,  SDDS
7.4.2  Abstract
       The Biological Search Program (BIO-SEARCH)  enables the user to
search all or part of the EADS  waste stream data bases to determine the
presence of the results of  a particular  bioassay test.  The user may
identify the bioassay results either by  specifying the type of bioassay or
the specific test name as found in the EADS Terminology Reference Manual
Tables A-ll and A-12, respectively.   If  a  search is to be made of part  of
a data base, the data base  name must be  given and  the  range of TSN's  must
be specified.  Both demand  and  batch versions of the program are available
to the user.  The demand version  provides  complete instructions on the  use
of the program through an interactive interface  with the user.   A "Help"
command is also available to users who encounter problems.
       For each data base scanned, the TSN is listed for those test series
in which the bioassay of interest is reported.   The program does not
report the results of the biological tests.  The selection  criteria
requires only that the bioassay be found once in a given test  series  even
though multiple occurrences of  the assay may be  present.   It is
recommended that the user request the SERIES Report for each test series
identified in order to get more information.
7.4.3  User Data Required
       •   Valid Bioassay Test  Type  or Bioassay  Test Name
       •   EADS Data Base Name  (FPEIS, LEDS, GEDS, and/or SDDS)
       •   Range of TSN's (optional)
                                    7.4-1

-------
7.4.4  Data Qualification Required
       None
7.4.5  Limitations/Restrictions
       None
7.4.6  Functional Description
       Using the user-supplied data  on  a  particular  bioassay test type or
test name, the BIO-SEARCH program initially checks the  data to verify that
a valid bioassay test  type  or name has  been requested.   The program next
scans all of the data  bases specified using either the  test type or the
test name.   If at least  one occurrence  of the  assay  is  found within a test
series, that test series is listed in the output.  If no data are found in
the entire data base,  this  fact  is also listed in the output.
7.4.7  User  Instructions — Demand           File name:   EADS.RUN/BIO-SEARCH
       The BIO-SEARCH  program may be accessed  through a "demand", or
time-sharing, terminal  (see Section  6.6), which can  access  the U-1100
computer.  User access  in demand mode enables  the program to be run in
"real time"; that is,  the results are returned directly to  the user.
       The user shall  initiate a demand session by following the
procedures outlined  in  Section 6.6.1.   When the session is  completed, the
session may  be ended by following the procedures given  in Section 6.6.2.
        (In the following computer-generated instructions, the response by
the user  is  underlined.)
>@ADD EADS.RUN/BIO-SEARCH                            (Enter  the file name)
DO YOU NEED  INSTRUCTIONS?                            (Enter  YES or NO)
>YES
INSTRUCTIONS WILL BE LISTED SEVERAL  LINES AT A TIME  AND THEN STOP.
TO CONTINUE  DEPRESS CARRIAGE RETURN.
                                    7.4-2

-------
THIS PROGRAM WILL LIST TEST SERIES NUMBERS FROM THE  EADS  DATA  BASE  WHICH
HAVE USER SPECIFIED BIOASSAYS REPORTED  IN THEIR ANALYSIS  DATA.   THE USER
MUST IDENTIFY THIS BIOASSAY TO THE PROGRAM BY  USING  THE BIOASSAY TEST  TYPE
OR TEST NAME.

>(CR)

       THE FORMAT USED IS:
           A/TESTTYPE - FOR THE  BIOASSAY TEST  TYPE
           B/TESTTYPE - FOR THE  BIOASSAY TEST  TYPE
>(CR)
THE USER HAS THE OPTION  OF  SPECIFYING  WHICH  DATA  BASE  SERIES  ARE TO  BE
LISTED  (FPEIS, GEDS,  LEDS,  OR  SDDS).   ADDITIONALLY,  THE USER  MAY LIMIT THE
LIST TO SPECIFIC RANGES,  ONE PER  DATA  BASE.

TO SPECIFY A RANGE  FOR ANY  DB,  THE  USER  MUST SELECT  A  "PARTICULAR" DATA
BASE WHEN QUERIED.   "STOP"  AND "HELP"  MAY  BE ENTERED AT ANY TIME.  "STOP"
WILL EXIT THE PROGRAM.   "HELP"  WILL BRIEFLY  LIST  THE MAJOR QUERY RESPONSE
FORMATS.   (IMPORTANT  - ANY  QUERY  LISTED  PRIOR TO  A "HELP" REQUEST WILL NOT
BE SHOWN AGAIN AFTER  THE HELP  RESPONSE FROM  THE PROGRAM.)

>(CR)

        (If the reply to  the above question is NO, the  preceding statements

are skipped.)

ENTER THE BIOASSAY  TEST  TYPE/NAME    (Use  the format described above)

>A/CYTOTOXICITY

DO YOU  WISH A PARTICULAR DATA  BASE?  (Enter  YES or NO)
>YES
ENTER THE DATA BASE TO BE SELECTED    (Enter  LEDS, GEDS, SDDS, or FPEIS)
>LEDS
DO YOU  WISH TO SELECT WITHIN A       (Enter  YES or NO)
RANGE OF LEDS TEST  SERIES?
>YES
ENTER THE MINIMUM NUMBER IN THE      (Enter  the TSN)
RANGE
 ENTER THE  MAXIMUM  NUMBER IN  THE
 RANGE
        (If  no  particular  data base is named,  BIO-SEARCH will  scan all

 entries  in  all  four  data  bases.   This is a lengthy sort and it is better

 to  request  each data base separately.  When the data base is  specified,
                                    7.4-3

-------
the user may restrict the search to only  a  portion  of  the  data base as

shown.  If a range is not requested by  the  user,  the  last  two queries are

skipped, and the entire data base  is  scanned.)

ENTER THE ADDITIONAL DATA BASE TO  BE  SELECTED/CORRECT  A PREVIOUS
ENTRY/"END" OR CARRIAGE RETURN IF  COMPLETE:

>END

       (If a data base name is entered, the  program will again ask  if a

range is requested and the ensuing steps  are repeated.   If END is entered,

the program starts to execute.  Typical output  is as follows.)

BIOASSAY TEST TYPE:  CYTOTOXICITY

LEDS

00001
00002
00003
00004
00005
00006
00007
00008
00009
00010

*** NORMAL  END ***

>

At this  point, the terminal is returned to  the  Control  Mode;  that  is, the

program  has finished and  the user  may now enter additional commands.

       The  BIO-SEARCH program  is very flexible  and  has a number of  options

available to users.  This flexibility is  best seen  through the sample

demand runs given  in Section 7.4.9.   Use  of the "HELP" option is also

shown there.

7.4.8  User  Instructions  -- Batch

       The  BIO-SEARCH program  may  also  be executed  as  a batch job on the

UNIVAC U-1100 using punched card  input.  It is  assumed that the user has
                                    7.4-4

-------
card input access to the U-1100 computer  either  through  "across  the
counter" submitted at Research Triangle Park,  NC,  or  through  a remote
batch terminal.
       In order to run the BIO-SEARCH program  in batch mode,  the  user
should submit the following cards:
       @RUN,R/RS Run ID,Account Number,EADS,5,50/50
       OASG.A EADS.
       0XQT.BHZ EADS.BIO-SEARCH
       . . . parameter cards  . .  .
       OFIN
       Three types of parameter cards are defined  for BIO-SEARCH  and  they
are used to drive the program.  The Type  1 Parameter Card identifies  the
assay to be requested in terms of  its test type or test  name.  The Type 2
Parameter Card identifies the data base to be  selected and specifies  the
range of TSN's to be searched.  The Type  3 Parameter Card is  the  END  card
which indicates to the program that the input  data have  been  completed.
       The formats for the parameter cards are as  follows:
       Type 1:         Card Col.     12345678...
                                     A/TESTTYPE
                                 or  B/TESTNAME
           where all data begin in column 1 of the card  and:
               A identifies the bioassay  test  type TESTTYPE;  and
               B identifies the bioassay  test  name TESTNAME.
                                               1          2
       Type 2:         Card Col.     12345678901234567890
                                     DBDBD MINXX-MAXZZ
           where DBDBD identifies  the data base  name  beginning in column 1
                       (choose FPEIS, GEDS, LEDS,  or  SDDS),
                 MINXX is the starting TSN in  the  range  of TSN's  to be
                       specified.  The TSN should  be  entered  as  a
                       right-justified integer number  in card columns 7-11,
                                    7.4-5

-------
                       (enter a dash in card column 12)

                 MAXZZ is the last TSN in the range of TSN's to be
                       specified.   The TSN should be entered as a
                       right-justified integer number in card
                       columns 13-17.

       *Note*      If no range of TSN's is requested (that is, if the
                   entire data base is to be searched), leave card columns
                   7-17 blank.

                   Also if one end of the TSN's range is entered, the
                   other is required also.  A Type 2 parameter card must
                   be included for each data base requested.  The order of
                   the Type 2 cards is not important.

       Type 3:         Card Col.     123
                                     END

       This card signifies the end of the data.  It should be the last
       parameter card included in the card deck.

       *Caution*   The parameter cards must be entered into the card deck
                   in the following order:

                       Type 1
                       All Type 2
                       Type 3

Sample print-outs from BIO-SEARCH are included in Section 7.4.10.

7.4.9  Sample Demand Runs

       (1)  Test Name Format:

            >@ADD EADS.RUN/BIO-SEARCH
            DO YOU NEED INSTRUCTIONS?
            >NO

            ENTER THE BIOASSAY TEST TYPE/NAME
            >B/CHOV

            BIOASSAY DATA NOT FOUND FOR:  B/CHOV
            WOULD YOU LIKE TO TRY AGAIN?
            >YES
            ENTER THE BIOASSAY TEST TYPE/NAME
            >B/CHO
            DO YOU WISH A PARTICULAR DATA BASE?
            >YES

            ENTER THE DATA BASE TO BE SELECTED
            >LEDS
                                   7.4-6

-------
card input access to the U-1100 computer either  through  "across  the
counter" submitted at Research Triangle Park,  NC,  or  through  a remote
batch terminal.
       In order to run the BIO-SEARCH program  in batch mode,  the  user
should submit the following cards:
       @RUN,R/RS Run ID,Account Number,EADS,5,50/50
       0ASG,A EADS.
       @XQT,BHZ EADS.BIO-SEARCH
       . . . parameter cards  .  .  .
       @FIN
       Three types of parameter cards are defined  for BIO-SEARCH  and they
are used to drive the program.  The Type 1 Parameter Card identifies the
assay to be requested in terms of  its test type or test name.  The Type 2
Parameter Card identifies the data base to be  selected and specifies the
range of TSN's to be searched.  The Type 3 Parameter Card is  the  END card
which indicates to the program that the input  data have been  completed.
       The formats for the parameter cards are as  follows:
       Type 1:         Card Col.     12345678...
                                     A/TESTTYPE
                                 or  B/TESTNAME
           where all data begin in column 1 of the card and:
               A identifies the bioassay test  type TESTTYPE;  and
               B identifies the bioassay test  name TESTNAME.
                                               1         2
       Type 2:         Card Col.     12345678901234567890
                                     DBDBD MINXX-MAXZZ
           where DBDBD identifies  the data base  name  beginning in column 1
                       (choose FPEIS, GEDS, LEDS,  or  SDDS),
                 MINXX is the starting TSN in  the  range of TSN's  to  be
                       specified.  The TSN should  be  entered  as  a
                       right-justified integer number in card columns 7-11,
                                    7.4-5

-------
                       (enter a dash in card column 12)

                 MAXZZ is the last TSN in the range of TSN's to be
                       specified.  The TSN should be entered as a
                       right-justified integer number in card
                       columns 13-17.

       *Note*      If no range of TSN's is requested (that is, if the
                   entire data base is to be searched), leave card columns
                   7-17 blank.

                   Also if one end of the TSN's range is entered, the
                   other is required also.  A Type 2 parameter card must
                   be included for each data base requested.  The order of
                   the Type 2 cards is not important.

       Type 3:         Card Col.     123
                                     END

       This card signifies the end of the data.  It should be the last
       parameter card included in the card deck.

       *Caution*   The parameter cards must be entered into the card deck
                   in the following order:

                       Type 1
                       All Type 2
                       Type 3

Sample print-outs from BIO-SEARCH are included in Section 7.4.10.

7.4.9  Sample Demand Runs

       (1)  Test Name Format:

            >@ADD EADS.RUN/BIO-SEARCH
            DO YOU NEED INSTRUCTIONS?
            >NO

            ENTER THE BIOASSAY TEST TYPE/NAME
            >B/CHOV

            BIOASSAY DATA NOT FOUND FOR:  B/CHOV
            WOULD YOU LIKE TO TRY AGAIN?
            >YES
            ENTCTR THE BIOASSAY TEST TYPE/NAME
            >B/CHO
            DO YOU WISH A PARTICULAR DATA BASE?
            >YES

            ENTER THE DATA BASE TO BE SELECTED
            >LEDS
                                   7.4-6

-------
     DO YOU WISH TO SELECT WITHIN A RANGE OF LEDS TEST SERIES?
     >NO

     ENTER THE ADDITIONAL DATA BASE TO BE SELECTED/CORRECT A
     PREVIOUS ENTRY/"END" OR CARRIAGE RETURN IF COMPLETE:
     >END

     BIOASSAY TEST NAME:   CHO

     LEDS

     00001
     00002
     00003
     00004
     00005
     00006
     00007
     00008
     00009
     00010
     00011
     00143
     00144
     00145
     00147
     00148
     00150
     00151
     00152
     00153

     *** NORMAL END ***
(2)  Use of HELP Command:

     >@ADD EADS.RUN/BIO-SEARCH

     DO YOU NEED INSTRUCTIONS?
     >NO
     EfiTER THE BIOASSAY TEST TYPE/NAME
     >A/MUTAGENICITY
     DO YOU WISH A PARTICULAR DATA BASE?
     >HELP
     "STOP" WILL EXIT PROGRAM
     "A/TESTTYPE", "B/TESTNAME"
     WILL SEARCH BY TEST TYPE OR NAME
     "FPEIS",  "GEDS", "LEDS", OR "SDDS" WILL SELECT A DATA BASE,
     "END" MEANS END OF SOLICITATION FOR A DATA BASE.
     >YES
                            7.4-7

-------
    ENTER THE DATA BASE TO BE SELECTED
    >FPEIS
    DO YOU WISH TO SELECT WITHIN A RANGE OF FPEIS TEST SERIES?
    >YES
    ENTER THE MINIMUM NUMBER IN THE RANGE
    >!
    ENTER THE MAXIMUM NUMBER IN THE RANGE
    ENTER THE ADDITIONAL DATA BASE TO BE SELECTED/CORRECT A
    PREVIOUS ENTRY/"END" OR CARRIAGE RETURN  IF COMPLETE:
    >LEDS
    DO YOU WISH TO SELECT WITHIN A RANGE OF  LEDS TEST SERIES?
    >YES
    ENTER THE MINIMUM NUMBER IN THE RANGE
    >!
    ENTER THE MAXIMUM NUMBER IN THE RANGE
     ENTER THE ADDITIONAL DATA BASE TO BE SELECTED/CORRECT A
     PREVIOUS ENTRY/"END" OR CARRIAGE RETURN  IF COMPLETE:
     >END

     BIOASSAY TEST  TYPE:  MUTAGENICITY

     LEDS

     00005
     00006
     00007
     00008
     00009
     00010

     NO FPEIS SERIES  FOUND  BETWEEN SERIES 00001 AND 00005

     *** NORMAL  END ***
(3)   Example of User  Aborted Run:

     >@ADD EADS. RUN/BIO-SEARCH

     DO YOU NEED INSTRUCTIONS?
     >NO
     ENTER THE BIOASSAY  TEST TYPE/NAME
     >A/AMES

     BIOASSAY DATA  NOT FOUND FOR:   A/AMES
     WOULD YOU LIKE TO TRY AGAIN:
     >NO
                            7.4-8

-------
       (4)  Invalid Data Format/Data Not Found:

            >@ADD EADS. RUN/BIO-SEARCH

            DO YOU NEED INSTRUCTIONS?
            >NO
            ENTER THE BIOASSAY TEST TYPE/NAME
            >B/CYTOTOXICITY

            BIOASSAY DATA NOT FOUND FOR:  B/CYTOTOXICITY
            WOULD YOU LIKE TO TRY AGAIN?
            >YES
            ENTER THE CODE/CHEMICAL ID (FORMULA)
            >A/CYTOTOXICITY

            DO YOU WISH A PARTICULAR DATA BASE?
            >YES
            ENTER THE DATA BASE TO BE SELECTED
            >LEDS
            DtTWU WISH TO SELECT WITHIN A RANGE OF LEDS TEST SERIES?
            >NO

            ENTER THE ADDITIONAL DATA BASE TO BE SELECTED/CORRECT A
            PREVIOUS ENTRY/"END" OR CARRIAGE RETURN IF COMPLETE:
            >END

            BIOASSAY TEST TYPE:  CYTOTOXICITY

            NO LEDS SERIES FOUND IN ENTIRE DATA BASE

            *** NORMAL END ***
7.4.10  Sample Batch Runs

       The sample batch run outputs demonstrate the flexibility of the

BIO-SEARCH program in satisfying user needs.  The user input cards (which

are listed in the output) are underlined.

       (1)  Use of Bioassay Test Name:

            @RUN.D/RS Run ID, Account Number. EADS. 10. 20

            EASG.A EADS.

            (aXQT.BHZ EADS. BIO-SEARCH
            ENTER THE BIOASSAY TEST TYPE/NAME
            B/RAM
                                   7.4-9

-------
ENTER THE DATA BASE TO BE SELECTED
GEDS

ENTER THE DATA BASE TO BE SELECTED
LEDS   00001-00100

ENTER THE DATA BASE TO BE SELECTED
END

BIOASSAY TEST NAME:  RAM

LEDS

00083
00089
00092
00093
00094
00095
00096

NO GEDS SERIES FOUND IN ENTIRE DATA BASE

*** NORMAL END ***
                       7.4-10

-------
7.5    RADIOLOGICAL SEARCH PROGRAM  (RAD-SEARCH)
7.5.1  Applicability:  FPEIS, GEDS,  LEDS,  SDDS
7.5.2  Abstract
       The Radiological Search  Program (RAD-SEARCH)  enables  the  user to
search all or part of the EADS  waste stream data  bases  to  determine the
presence of a particular radionuclide.   The user  may identify the
radionuclide by its chemical symbol  and  isotope  (mass)  number in the form
XX-NNN.  If a search is to be made  of part of a data base, the data base
name must be given and the range of TSN's  must be specified.   Both  demand
and batch versions of the program are available to the  user.   The demand
version provides complete instructions  on  the use of the program through
an interactive interface with the user.  A "Help" command  is  also
available to users who encounter problems.
       For each data base scanned,  the  TSN is listed for those test series
in which the radionuclide of interest is reported.  The program  does  not
report the concentration of the radionuclide species.   The selection
criteria require only that the  radionuclide species  be  found  once in  a
given test series even though multiple occurrences of the  radionuclide  may
be present.  It is recommended  that the  user request the SERIES  Report  for
each test series identified in  order to  get more  information.
7.5.3  User Data Required
       •   Valid Radionuclide Chemical  Symbol and Isotope  Number
       •   EADS Data Base Name  (FPEIS,  LEDS, GEDS, and/or  SDDS)
       t   Range of TSN's (optional)
7.5.4  Data Qua!ification Required
       None
                                    7.5-1

-------
7.5.5  Limitations/Restrictions
       None
7.5.6  Functional Description
       Using the user-supplied data  on  a particular  radionuclide  species,
the RAD-SEARCH program  scans all  of  the data bases specified to search  for
the radionuclide.   If at  least one occurrence of the species is found
within a  test  series, that  test  series  is listed in  the output.  If no
data  are  found  in the entire data base, this fact is also listed  in the
output.
7.5.7 User  Instructions  — Demand           File name:   EADS.RUN/RAD-SEARCH
       The RAD-SEARCH program may be accessed through a "demand", or
time-sharing,  terminal  (see Section  6.6), which can  access the U-1100
computer. User access  in demand mode enables the program to be run in
 "real time";  that  is, the results are returned directly to the user.
       The user shall  initiate  a demand session by following the
 procedures outlined in  Section  6.6.1.  When the session is completed, the
 session  may  be ended by following the procedures given in Section 6.6.2.
        (In the following computer-generated instructions, the response by
 the user is  underlined.)
 >@ADD EADS.RUN/RAD-SEARCH            (Enter the file name)
 DO YOU NEED  INSTRUCTIONS?            (Enter YES or NO)
 >YES
 INSTRUCTIONS WILL  BE LISTED SEVERAL  LINES AT A TIME AND THEN STOP.  TO
 CONTINUE DEPRESS CARRIAGE RETURN.
 THIS PROGRAM WILL  LIST  TEST SERIES NUMBERS FROM THE EADS DATA  BASE WHICH
 HAVE USER SPECIFIED RADIONUCLIDES REPORTED IN THEIR ANALYSIS DATA.  THE
 USER MUST IDENTIFY THIS RADIONUCLIDE TO THE PROGRAM BY USING THE CHEMICAL
 SYMBOL AND ISOTOPE (MASS) NUMBER.
 >(CR)
                                    7.5-2

-------
       THE FORMAT USED IS:  XX-NNN

WHERE XX = THE CHEMICAL SYMBOL
     NNN = THE ISOTOPE (MASS) NUMBER

>(CR)

THE USER HAS THE OPTION OF SPECIFYING  WHICH  DATA  BASE  SERIES  ARE TO  BE
LISTED (FPEIS, GEDS, LEDS, OR SDDS).   ADDITIONALLY,  THE  USER  MAY LIMIT THE
LIST TO SPECIFIC RANGES, ONE PER  DATA  BASE.

TO SPECIFY A RANGE FOR ANY DB,  THE  USER  MUST SELECT  A  "PARTICULAR" DATA
BASE WHEN QUERIED.   "STOP" AND  "HELP"  MAY  BE ENTERED AT  ANY TIME.  "STOP"
WILL EXIT THE PROGRAM.  "HELP"  WILL BRIEFLY  LIST  THE MAJOR QUERY RESPONSE
FORMATS.   (IMPORTANT-- ANY QUERY  LISTED  PRIOR TO  A "HELP" REQUEST WILL NOT
BE SHOWN AGAIN AFTER THE HELP RESPONSE FROM  THE PROGRAM.)

>(CR)

        (If the reply to the  above question is NO, the  preceding statements

are  skipped.)

ENTER THE  RADIONUCLIDE ID             (Use  the format described above)

>RN-220

DO YOU WISH A PARTICULAR DATA  BASE?  (Enter  YES or NO)
>YES
ENTER THE  DATA BASE  TO BE  SELECTED    (Enter  LEDS, GEDS,  SDDS, or FPEIS)
>GEDS
DO YOU WISH TO SELECT WITHIN A       (Enter  YES or NO)
RANGE OF GEDS TEST SERIES?
>YES
ENTER THE  MINIMUM  NUMBER  IN  THE      (Enter  the TSN)
RANGE
 ENTER THE MAXIMUM NUMBER IN THE
 RANGE
        (If no particular data base is named, RAD-SEARCH will  scan all

 entries in all four data bases.  This is a lengthy sort and it is better

 to request each data base separately.  When the data base is  specified,

 the user may restrict the search to only a portion of the data base as

 shown.  If a range is not requested, by the user, the last two queries are

 skipped, and the entire data base is scanned.)
                                    7.5-3

-------
ENTER THE ADDITIONAL DATA BASE TO  BE  SELECTED/CORRECT A PREVIOUS
ENTRY/"END" OR CARRIAGE RETURN IF  COMPLETE:
?£ND
       (If a data base name  is entered,  the  program will  again  ask if  a
range  is requested and the ensuing steps are repeated.   If  END  is  entered,
the program starts to execute.  Typical  output  is  as follows.)
RADIONUCLIDE:  RN-220
BEDS
00001
00002
00003
00004
00005
00006
00007
00008
00009
00010
*** NORMAL  END ***
>
At this  point, the  terminal  is returned  to the  Control  Mode;  that  is,  the
program  has  finished  and  the user  may now enter additional  commands.
       The  RAD-SEARCH program is very flexible  and this flexibility is
best seen  through the sample demand runs given  in  Section 7.5.9.  Use  of
the "HELP"  option  is  also  shown there.
7.5.8  User  Instructions  —  Batch
       The  RAD-SEARCH program may  also be executed as a batch job  on the
UNIVAC U-1100 using  punched  card input.   It  is  assumed that the user has
card  input  access to  the  U-1100 computer either through "across the
counter"  submitted  at Research Triangle  Park, NC,  or through a  remote
batch  terminal.
       In order  to  run  the RAD-SEARCH program in batch mode, the user
should submit the following  cards:
                                    7.5-4

-------
       @RUN,R/RS Run ID,Account Number, EADS,5,50/50
       @ASG,A EADS.
       0XQT,BHZ EADS.RAD-SEARCH
       . .  .  parameter cards . . .
       (9FIN
       Three  types of parameter cards are defined for RAD-SEARCH and they
are used to drive the program.  The Type 1 Parameter Card identifies the
radionuclide  to be requested in terms of its chemical symbol and isotope
(mass) number.  The Type 2 Parameter Card identifies the data base to be
selected and  specifies the range of TSN's to be searched.  The Type 3
Parameter Card is the END card which indicates to the program that the
input data have been completed.
       The formats for the parameter cards are as follows:
       Type 1;         Card Col.     12345678
                                     XX-NNN
           where all data begin in column 1 of the card and:
                XX = the chemical symbol, and
               NNN = the isotope (mass) number.
                                              1         2
       Type 2:         Card Col.     12345678901234567890
                                     DBDBD MINXX-MAXZZ
           where DBDBD identifies the data base name beginning in column 1
                       (Choose FPEIS, GEDS, LEDS, or SDDS),
                 MINXX is the starting TSN in the range of TSN's to be
                       specified.  The TSN should be entered as a
                       right-justified integer number in card columns 7-11,
                       (enter a dash in card column 12)
                 MAXZZ is the last TSN in the range of TSN's to be
                       specified.  The TSN should be entered as a
                       right-justified integer number in card
                       columns 13-17.
                                   7.5-5

-------
       *Note*  If no range of TSN's is requested (that is, if the entire
               data base is to be searched), leave card columns 7-17 blank,

               Also, if one end of the TSN range is entered, the other is
               required also.  A Type 2 parameter card must be included
               for each data base requested.  The order of the Type 2
               cards is not important.

       Type 3:         Card Col.     123
                                     END

               This card signifies the end of the data.  It should be the
               last parameter card included in the card deck.

       *Caution*   The parameter cards must be entered into the card deck
                   in the following order:

                       Type 1
                       All Type 2
                       Type 3

Sample print-outs from RAD-SEARCH are included in Section 7.2.10.

7.5.9  Sample Demand Runs

       (1)  Radionuclide with Full Data Base Scan:

            >@ADD EADS.RUN/RAD-SEARCH
            DO YOU NEED INSTRUCTIONS?
            >NO

            ENTER THE RADIONUCLIDE ID
            DO YOU WISH A PARTICULAR DATA BASE?
            >YES

            ENTER THE DATA BASE TO BE SELECTED
            >LEDS
            DtTTDU WISH TO SELECT WITHIN A RANGE OF LEDS TEST SERIES?
            >NO

            ENTER THE ADDITIONAL DATA BASE TO BE SELECTED/CORRECT A
            PREVIOUS ENTRY/"END" OR CARRIAGE RETURN IF COMPLETE:
            >FPEIS
            DO YOU WISH TO SELECT WITHIN A RANGE OF FPEIS TEST SERIES?
            >NO

            ENTER THE ADDITIONAL DATA BASE TO BE SELECTED/CORRECT A
            PREVIOUS ENTRY /"END" OR CARRIAGE RETURN IF COMPLETE:
            >END
                                   7.5-6

-------
     RADIONUCLIDE:  1-131

     LEDS

     00001
     00002
     00003
     00004
     00005

     NO FPEIS SERIES FOUND IN ENTIRE DATA BASE

     *** NORMAL END ***

     >

(2)  Use of HELP Command:

     >@ADD EADS.RUN/RAD-SEARCH

     DO YOU NEED INSTRUCTIONS?
     >NO
     ENTER THE RADIONUCLIDE ID
     >U-238
     DOOTJ WISH A PARTICULAR DATA BASE?
     >HELP
     "STOP" WILL EXIT PROGRAM
     XX-NNN FOR RADIONUCLIDE FORMAT WILL SEARCH BY RADIONUCLIDE
     "FPEIS", "GEDS", "LEDS" OR "SDDS"  WILL SELECT A DATA  BASE,
     "END" MEANS END OF SOLICITATION FOR A DATA BASE.
     >YES

     ENTER THE DATA BASE TO BE SELECTED
     >FPEIS
     DO YOU WISH TO SELECT WITHIN A RANGE OF FPEIS TEST  SERIES?
     >YES
     ENTER THE MINIMUM NUMBER IN THE RANGE
     >1
     ENTER THE MAXIMUM NUMBER IN THE RANGE
     >5

     ENTER THE ADDITIONAL DATA BASE TO  BE SELECTED/CORRECT A
     PREVIOUS ENTRY/"END" OR CARRIAGE RETURN IF COMPLETE:
     >LEDS
     DCTTOU WISH TO SELECT WITHIN A RANGE OF LEDS TEST SERIES?
     >YES
     ENTER THE MINIMUM NUMBER IN THE RANGE
     >5
     ENTER THE MAXIMUM NUMBER IN THE RANGE
     ENTER  THE  ADDITIONAL  DATA BASE TO BE SELECTED/CORRECT A
     PREVIOUS ENTRY/"END"  OR CARRIAGE RETURN IF COMPLETE:
                            7.5-7

-------
            >END
            RADIONUCLIDE:  U-238
            LEDS
            00005
            00006
            00007
            00008
            00009
            00010
            NO FPEIS SERIES FOUND BETWEEN SERIES 00001 AND 00005
            *** NORMAL END ***
            >
       (3)  Example of User Aborted Run:
            >@ADD EADS.RUN/RAD-SEARCH
            DO YOU NEED INSTRUCTIONS?
            >NO
            ENTER THE RADIONUCLIDE ID (FORMULA)
            >KR-85M
            DO YOU WISH A PARTICULAR DATA BASE?
            >STOP
7.5.10  Sample Batch Runs
       The sample batch run outputs demonstrate the flexibility of the
RAD-SEARCH program in satisfying user needs.  The user input cards (which
are listed in the output) are underlined.
       (1)  Multiple Data Base Selection:
            (BRUN.D/RS Run ID,Account Number, EADS.10.20
            OASG.A EADS.
            @XQT.BHZ EADS.RAD-SEARCH
            ENTER THE RADIONUCLIDE ID
            KR-85
            ENTER THE DATA BASE TO BE SELECTED
            GEDS
                                   7.5-8

-------
ENTER THE DATA BASE TO BE SELECTED
LEDS   00001-00100

ENTER THE DATA BASE TO BE SELECTED
END

RADIONUCLIDE:  KR-85

LEDS

00083
00089
00092
00093
00094
00095
00096

NO GEDS SERIES FOUND IN ENTIRE DATA BASE

*** NORMAL END

@FIN
                        7.5-9

-------
7.6    CONTROL TECHNOLOGY SEARCH  PROGRAM  (CONTROL-SEARCH)
7.6.1  Applicability:  FPEIS, GEDS,  LEDS,  SODS
7.6.2  Abstract
       The Control Technology Search Program (CONTROL-SEARCH)  enables the
user to search all or part of the EADS  waste stream data bases to
determine the presence of a particular  control  technology.   The  user  may
identify the control technology by specifying  either the generic  device
type or the design type as given  in  Table  A-4  of  the EADS Terminology
Reference Manual.  If a search is  to be made of part of  a data base,  the
data base name must be given and  the range of  TSN's  must be  specified.
Both demand and batch versions of  the program  are  available  to the user.
The demand version provides complete instructions  on the use of the
program through an interactive interface with  the  user.   A "Help" conmand
is also available to users who encounter problems.
       For each data base scanned, the  TSN is  listed  for  those test series
in which the control technology of interest  is  reported.  The  selection
criteria require only that the control  technology  generic type or design
type be found once in a given test series.   It  is  recommended  that the
user request the SERIES Report for each test series  identified in order to
get more information.
7.6.3  User Data Required
       •   Valid Control Technology  Generic  Device Type  or Design Type
       •   EADS Data Base Name (FPEIS,  LEDS, GEDS, and/or SDDS)
       •   Range of TSN's (optional)
7.6.4  Data Qualification Required
       None
                                   7.6-1

-------
7.6.5  Limitations/Restrictions
       The user is cautioned to use care when  selecting  the Design Type
option for control technology.  Since  several  generic  control  system types
have the same or similar design types,  it would  likely be  safer  to search
on the basis of the  generic type  only,  or thoroughly check the Terminology
Reference Manual to  be certain of the  correct  Design Type  value.
7.6.6  Functional Description
       Using the user-supplied data on  a particular  control technology,
the CONTROL-SEARCH program  initially checks  to verify  that a valid Generic
Device Type or Design Type  has been requested.  The  program next  scans  all
of the data bases specified.   If  at least one  occurrence of the  generic
type or  design type  is found within a  test series, that  test series is
listed in  the output.  If no data are  found  in the entire  data base,  this
fact  is  also  listed  in the  output.
7.6.7  User  Instructions — Demand     File name:   EADS.RUN/CONTROL-SEARCH
       The CONTROL-SEARCH program may  be accessed through  a "demand", or
time-sharing, terminal  (see Section 6.6), which  can  access the U-1100
computer.  User  access  in demand  mode  enables  the program  to be  run in
"real  time";  that  is,  the results are  returned directly  to the user.
                                *
       The user  shall  initiate a  demand session  by following the
procedures outlined  in Section 6.6.1.   When  the  session  is completed, the
session  may  be ended by  the following  the procedures given in
Section  6.6.2.
        (In the following computer-generated  instructions,  the  response  by
the user is  underlined.)
>(j>ADD  EADS.RUN/CONTROL-SEARCH                          (Enter the file name)
DO YOU NEED  INSTRUCTIONS?                              (Enter YES or NO)
>YES
                                    7.6-2

-------
INSTRUCTIONS WILL BE LISTED SEVERAL LINES AT A TIME  AND THEN  STOP.   TO
CONTINUE DEPRESS CARRIAGE RETURN.

THIS PROGRAM WILL LIST TEST SERIES NUMBERS FROM THE  EADS  DATA BASE WHICH
HAVE USER SPECIFIED CONTROL TECHNOLOGY REPORTED IN THEIR  ANALYSIS DATA.
THE USER MUST IDENTIFY THIS CONTROL TECHNOLOGY TO THE  PROGRAM BY USING THE
GENERIC DEVICE TYPE OR DESIGN TYPE.

>(CR)

THE FORMAT USED IS:
       G/GENERICTYPE                 FOR THE GENERIC TYPE ~ OR -
       D/DESIGNTYPE                  FOR THE DESIGN TYPE.
>(CR)
THE USER HAS THE OPTION OF SPECIFYING WHICH DATA BASE SERIES ARE TO BE
LISTED  (FPEIS, GEDS, LEDS, OR SDDS).  ADDITIONALLY, THE USER MAY LIMIT THE
LIST TO SPECIFIC RANGES, ONE PER DATA BASE.  TO SPECIFY A RANGE FOR ANY
DB, THE USER MUST SELECT A "PARTICULAR" DATA BASE WHEN QUERIED.  "STOP"
AND "HELP" MAY BE ENTERED AT ANY TIME.  "STOP" WILL EXIT THE PROGRAM.
"HELP" WILL BRIEFLY LIST THE MAJOR QUERY RESPONSE FORMATS.  (IMPORTANT -
ANY QUERY LISTED PRIOR TO A "HELP" REQUEST WILL NOT BE SHOWN AGAIN AFTER
THE HELP RESPONSE FROM THE PROGRAM.)

>(CR)

        (If the reply to the above question is NO, the preceding statements

are skipped.)

ENTER THE GENERIC/DESIGN TYPE         (Use the format described above)

>6/BIOLOGICAL PROCESSES
DO YOU  WISH A PARTICULAR DATA BASE?   (Enter YES or NO)
>YES

ENTER THE DATA BASE TO BE SELECTED    (Enter LEDS, GEDS, SDDS, or FPEIS)
>LEDS
DO YOU  WISH TO SELECT WITHIN A        (Enter YES or NO)
RANGE OF LEDS TEST SERIES?
>YES

ENTER THE MINIMUM NUMBER IN THE       (Enter the TSN)
RANGE
 ENTER THE MAXIMUM  NUMBER  IN  THE
 RANGE
        (If  no  particular  data  base  is  named,  CONTROL-SEARCH  will  scan  all

 entries  in  all  four  data  bases.   This  is a lengthy sort  and  it  is better

                                    7.6-3

-------
to request each data base separately.  When the  data  base  is  specified,
the user may restrict the search to only a portion  of the  data  base as
shown.  If a range is not requested by the user, the  last  two queries  are
skipped, and the entire data base  is scanned.)
ENTER THE ADDITIONAL DATA BASE TO  BE SELECTED/CORRECT A PREVIOUS
ENTRY/"END" OR CARRIAGE RETURN IF  COMPLETE:
>END
        (If a data base name is entered, the program will again  ask  if  a
range is requested and the ensuing steps are repeated.  If END  is entered,
the program starts to execute.  Typical output is as  follows.)
CONTROL TECHNOLOGY GENERIC TYPE:   BIOLOGICAL PROCESSES
LEDS
00001
00002
00003
00004
00005
00006
00007
00008
00009
00010
*** NORMAL END ***
>
        At this point, the terminal is returned to the Control Mode;  that
is, the program has finished and the user may now enter additional
commands.
        The CONTROL-SEARCH program  is very flexible  and has a  number  of
options available to users.  This  flexibility is best seen through  the
sample demand runs given in Section 7.6.9.  Use  of  the "HELP" option is
also shown there.
                                   7.6-4

-------
7.6.8  User Instructions -- Batch
       The CONTROL-SEARCH program may also  be  executed  as  a  batch  job on
the UNIVAC U-1100 using punched card input.  It  is  assumed that  the  user
has card input access to the U-1100 computer either through  "across  the
counter" submitted at Research Triangle Park,  NC, or through  a remote
batch terminal.
       In order to run the CONTROL-SEARCH program in batch mode, the  user
should submit the following cards:
       SRUN/RS Run ID.Account Number,EADS,5,50/50
       @ASG,A EADS.
       0XQT.BHZ EADS.CONTROL-SEARCH
       .  .  . parameter cards  .  .  .
       SPIN
       Three types of parameter cards are defined for CONTROL-SEARCH  and
they  are  used to drive the program.  The Type  1  Parameter  Card identifies
the control technology to be requested  in terms  of  its  generic type or
design type.  The Type 2 Parameter Card identifies  the  data base to be
selected  and specifies the range  of TSN's to be  searched.  The Type 3
Parameter Card  is the END card  which indicates to the program that the
input data  have been  completed.
       The formats for the parameter cards  are as follows:
                                               1          2          3
       Type 1:         Card Col.     123456789012345678901234567890123456
                                     6/AAAAAAAA	AA
                          or         D/BBBBBBBBBB	BB
           where all  data begin in column 1 of the  card and:
                G identifies the Generic Type AAAA	;  and
                D identifies the Design  Type BBBB	
                                               1          2
       Type 2:         Card Col.      12345678901234567890
                                     DBDBD  MINXX-MAXZZ
                                   7.6-5

-------
           where DBDBD identifies the data base name beginning in column 1
                       (choose FPEIS, GEDS, LEDS, or SODS),

                 MINXX is the starting TSN in the range of TSN's to be
                       specified.  The TSN should be entered as a
                       right-justified integer number in card columns 7-11,

                       (enter a dash in card column 12)

                 MAXZZ is the last TSN in the range of TSN's to be
                       specified.  The TSN should be entered as a
                       right-justified integer number in card columns
                       13-17.

       *Note*  If no range of TSN's is requested (that is, if the entire
               data base is to be searched), leave card columns 7-17 blank.

               Also, if one end of the TSN range is entered, the other is
               required also.  A Type 2 parameter card must be included
               for each data base requested.  The order of the Type 2
               cards is not important.

       Type 3:         Card Col.     123
                                     END

               This card signifies the end of the data.  It should be the
               last parameter card included in the card deck.

       *Caution*   The parameter cards must be entered into the card deck
                   in the following order:

                       Type 1
                       All Type 2
                       Type 3

Sample print-outs from CONTROL-SEARCH are included in Section 7.6.10.

7.6.9  Sample Demand Runs

       (1)  Device Type Format:

            >@ADD EADS.RUN/CONTROL-SEARCH
            DO YOU NEED INSTRUCTIONS?
            >NO

            ENTER THE GENERIC/DESIGN TYPE
            >D/ACTIVATED SLUGE

            CONTROL DATA NOT FOUND FOR:  D/ACTIVATED SLUGE
            WOULD YOU LIKE TO TRY AGAIN?
            >YES
                                   7.6-6

-------
     ENTER THE GENERIC/DESIGN TYPE
     >D/ACTIVATED SLUDGE
     DO YOU WISH A PARTICULAR DATA BASE?
     >YES

     ENTER THE DATA BASE TO BE SELECTED
     >LEDS
     DO YOU WISH TO SELECT WITHIN A RANGE OF LEDS TEST SERIES?
     >NO

     ENTER THE ADDITIONAL DATA BASE TO BE SELECTED/CORRECT A
     PREVIOUS ENTRY/"END" OR CARRIAGE RETURN IF COMPLETE:
     >END

     CONTROL TECHNOLOGY DESIGN TYPE:  ACTIVATED SLUDGE

     LEDS

     00001
     00002
     00003
     00004
     00005
     00006
     00007
     00008
     00009
     00010
     00011
     00143
     00144
     00145
     00147
     00148
     00150
     00151
     00152
     00153

     *** NORMAL END ***
(2)  Use of HELP Command:

     >@ADD EADS.RUN/CONTROL-SEARCH
     DO YOU NEED INSTRUCTIONS?
     >NO

     ENTER THE GENERIC/DESIGN TYPE
     >G/ESP
     DU^TDD" WISH A PARTICULAR DATA BASE?
     >HELP
                            7.6-7

-------
     "STOP" WILL EXIT PROGRAM
     "G/AAA...", "D/BBB..."
     WILL SEARCH BY GENERIC/DEVICE TYPE,
     "FPEIS", "GEDS", "LEDS" OR "SDDS" WILL SELECT A DATA BASE,
     "END" MEANS END OF SOLICITATION FOR A DATA BASE.
     >YES

     ENTER THE DATA BASE TO BE SELECTED
     >FPEIS
     DO YOU WISH TO SELECT WITHIN A RANGE OF FPEIS TEST SERIES?
     >YES
     ENTTR THE MINIMUM NUMBER IN THE RANGE
     >!
     ENTER THE MAXIMUM NUMBER IN THE RANGE
     >5

     ENTER THE ADDITIONAL DATA BASE TO BE SELECTED/CORRECT A
     PREVIOUS ENTRY/"END" OR CARRIAGE RETURN IF COMPLETE:
     >6EDS
     DO~70U WISH TO SELECT WITHIN A RANGE OF GEDS TEST SERIES?
     >YES
     ENTER THE MINIMUM NUMBER IN THE RANGE
     >5
     ENTER THE MAXIMUM NUMBER IN THE RANGE
     ENTER THE ADDITIONAL DATA BASE TO BE SELECTED/CORRECT A
     PREVIOUS ENTRY/"END" OR CARRIAGE RETURN IF COMPLETE:
     >END

     CONTROL TECHNOLOGY GENERIC TYPE:  ESP

     FPEIS

     00005
     00006
     00007
     00008
     00009
     00010

     NO GEDS SERIES FOUND BETWEEN SERIES 00001 AND 00005

     *** NORMAL END ***
(3)  Example of User Aborted Run:

     >@ADD EADS. RUN/CONTROL-SEARCH
     DO YOU NEED INSTRUCTIONS?
     >NO
                            7.6-8

-------
     ENTER THE GENERIC/DESIGN TYPE
     >D/MULTICLONE

     CONTROL DATA NOT FOUND FOR:  D/MULTICLONE
     WOULD YOU LIKE TO TRY AGAIN?
     >NO

(4)  Invalid Data Format/Data Not Found:

     >@ADD EADS.RUN/CONTROL-SEARCH
     DO YOU NEED INSTRUCTIONS?
     >NO

     ENTER THE GENERIC/DESIGN TYPE
     >C/ESP
     INVALID FORMAT (C/ESP)

     CONTROL DATA NOT FOUND FOR:  C/ESP
     WOULD YOU LIKE TO TRY AGAIN?
     >YES
     ENTER THE GENERIC/DESIGN TYPE
     >G/ESPS

     CONTROL DATA NOT FOUND FOR:  G/ESPS
     WOULD YOU LIKE TO TRY AGAIN?
     >YES
     ENTER THE GENERIC/DESIGN TYPE
     >G/ESP
     DO YOU WISH A PARTICULAR DATA BASE?
     >YES

     ENTER THE DATA BASE TO BE SELECTED
     >GEDS
     DO~YOU WISH TO SELECT WITHIN A RANGE  OF  GEDS TEST SERIES?
     >NO

     ENTER THE ADDITIONAL DATA BASE TO BE  SELECTED/CORRECT A
     PREVIOUS ENTRY/"END" OR CARRIAGE  RETURN  IF  COMPLETE:
     >END

     CONTROL TECHNOLOGY GENERIC TYPE:   ESP

     NO GEDS SERIES FOUND IN ENTIRE DATA BASE

     *** NORMAL END ***
                            7.6-9

-------
7.6.10  Sample Batch Runs

       The sample batch run outputs demonstrate  the  flexibility of the

CONTROL-SEARCH program in satisfying user needs.  The  user  input cards

(which are listed in the output) are underlined.

       (1)  Design Type Format:

            gRUN.D/RS Run ID.Account Number,EADS,10,20
            9ASGJA EADST
            @XQT,BHZ SID'S. CONTROL-SEARCH
            ENTER THE GENERIC/DESIGN TYPE
            D/ACTIVATED CARBON

            ENTER THE DATA BASE TO BE SELECTED
            SDDS

            ENTER THE DATA BASE TO BE SELECTED
            LEDS   OOQ01-00100

            ENTER THE DATA BASE TO BE SELECTED
            END

            LEDS

            00083
            00089
            00092
            00093
            00094
            00095
            00096

            NO SDDS SERIES FOUND IN ENTIRE DATA BASE

            *** NORMAL END ***

            @FIN
                                   7.6-10

-------
     APPENDIX A.I



LIST OF ERROR MESSAGES

-------
TERM-012
CODE DATA BASE
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
2*
25
26
27
28
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
TYPE
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F






F
F
F
F
F
COMPONENT
C110
C120
C125
C270
C130
C140
C145
C150
C230
C235
C240
C250
C260
C300
C340
C350
C155
C160
C170
C330
C361
C410
C430
C440
C450
C460
C470
C475
C505
C505
C585
C610
C810
C820
C830
C840
C860
C1010
C1010
C1010
C1060
C874
C876
C930
C931
C955
C955
C960
C965
EADS PAGE
ERROR LIST DATE 05/
MESSAGE
MISSING SOURCE CATEGORY
MISSING SOURCE TYPE
MISSING PRODUCT/DEVICE TYPE
NON-NUMERIC SIC CODE
MISSING PROCESS RATE
NON-NUMERIC DESIGN PROCESS RATE
MISSING PROCESS RATE UNITS
MISSING FEED MATERIAL CATEGORY
NON-NUMERIC ZIP CODE
NON-NUMERIC FPEIS TSN
NON-NUMERIC SDDS TSN
NON-NUMERIC GEDS TSN
NON-NUMERIC LEDS TSN
NON-NUMERIC NPDES NUMBER
INVALID START DATE
INVALID FINISH DATE
MISSING SPONSOR ORGANIZATION
MISSING CONTRACT NUMBER
NON-NUMERIC TO/TD NUMBER
MISSING NAME OF SAMPLING GROUP
NON-NUMERIC COMMENT LINE NUMBER
NON-NUMERIC STREAM NUMBER
NON-NUMERIC FLOMRATE
NON-NUMERIC VELOCITY
NON-NUMERIC TEMPERATURE
NON-NUMERIC PRESSURE
NON-NUMERIC MOISTURE CONTENT
NON-NUMERIC STACK HEIGHT
NON-NUMERIC/MUST BE 01 , 02 , 03, 04, OR 05
DEVICE NUMBER MISSING OFF OF DO CARD
NON-NUMERIC SEQ NO OR GREATER THAN 14
NON-NUMERIC PARAMETER NO.
NON-NUMERIC TEST ID NO
•INVALID TEST DATE
NON-NUMERIC START TIME
NON-NUMERIC END TIME
NON-NUMERIC DESIGN CAPACITY
NON-NUMERIC DEVICE/PROCESS NUMBER
NO MATCH WITH DEVICE SET UP ON DO CARD
DEVICE/PROCESS NUMBER MISSING OFF El
NON-NUMERIC/ONLY 30 PARAMETERS PER DEVICE
NON-NUMERIC FEED MATERIAL SAMPLE MASS
NON-NUMERIC FEED MATERIAL SAMPLE VOLUME
INVALID VALUE TYPE NOT T OR N
NON-NUMERIC PARAMETER VALUE
NON-NUMERIC TOTAL MG RECOVERED 	
NON-NUMERIC TOTAL MG RECOVERED 	
INVALID ACTUAL SOURCE SYMBOL
NON-NUMERIC ACTUAL CONCENTRATION MANTISSA

-------
TERM-012
CODE DATA BASE
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
TYPE
F
F











F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F






F
F
F
F
f
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
COMPONENT
C967
C1203
C1206
C1212
C1215
C1224
C1227
C1230
C1233
C1236
C1239
C1248
C1218
C1251
C1245
C1243
C1244
C1246
C1257
C1260
C1262
C1264
C1266
C1270
C1276
C1278
C1280
C1282
C1303
C1313
C1316
C1303
C1330

C1429
C1430
C1847
C1850
C1852
C2540
C2540
C2550
C2550

C2590
C2595
C2600
C2605
C3034
EADS PAGE
ERROR LIST DATE 05/
MESSAGE
NON-NUMERIC ACTUAL CONCENTRATION EXPONENT
NON-NUMERIC SAMPLE NUMBER
NON-NUMERIC METHOD TYPE
NON-NUMERIC/LESS THAN ZERO SAMPLE START TIME
NON-NUMERIC/LESS THAN ZERO SAMPLE DURATION
NON-NUMERIC SAMPLE VELOCITY
NON-NUMERIC SAMPLE TEMPERATURE
NON-NUMERIC SAMPLE PRESSURE
NON-NUMERIC MOISTURE CONTENT
NON-NUMERIC DENSITY
NON-NUMERIC DENSITY DETERMINATION
NON-NUMERIC VOLUME
NON-NUMERIC FLOHRATE
NON-NUMERIC TOTAL MASS
INVALID CODE NOT 0 OR I
NON-NUMERIC INSTRUMENT TEMPERATURE
NON-NUMERIC INSTRUMENT PRESSURE
NON-NUMERIC INSTRUMENT FLOWRATE
NGN-NUMERIC X ISOKINETIC
NON-NUMERIC C02
NON-NUMERIC CO
NON-NUMERIC 02
NON-NUMERIC N2
NON-NUMERIC DILUTION FACTOR
NON-NUMERIC PARTICLE DIAMETER BASIS
NON-NUMERIC PARTICLE CONCENTRATION BASIS
NON-NUMERIC UPPER BOUNDARY DIAMETER
NON-NUMERIC CALIBRATION/CALCULATION
NON-NUMERIC COMPONENT SEQ NO.
NON-NUMERIC CONCENTRATION MANTISSA
NON-NUMERIC CONCENTRATION EXPONENT
INVALID COMPONENT SEQUENCE NUMBER HATCH
NON-NUMERIC COMPONENT (ALIQUOT) MASS/VOLUME
NO SPACE IN EFFLUENT CHARACTERISTICS TABLE
INVALID VALUE TYPE NOT T OR N
NON-NUMERIC EFFLUENT CHARACTERISTICS VALUE
INVALID TOTAL MILLIGRAMS SYMBOL
NON-NUMERIC TOTAL MG RECOVERED MANTISSA
NON-NUMERIC TOTAL MS RECOVERED EXPONENT
NON-NUMERIC TCO
NON-NUMERIC TCO
NON-NUMERIC GRAV.
NON-NUMERIC GRAV.
TCO COUNT GREATER THAN 7 FORM 9
NON-NUMERIC INTENSITY
INVALID ACTUAL SOURCE SYMBOL
-NON-NUMERIC ACTUAL SOURCE CONCENTRATION MANTISSA
NON-NUMERIC ACTUAL SOURCE CONCENTRATION EXPONENT
INVALID ACTUAL CONCENTRATION SYMBOL

-------
I
CO
TERM-012
CODE DATA BASE TYPE
106
107
IDS
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
COMPONENT
C3035
C3040
C3215
C3220
C3230
C3235
C3240
C3285
C3286
C3295
C3296
C3305
C3306
C3325
C3326
C3365





C926
C946
C945
C3851
C3851
C950
C1425
C1425
C3830
C5835
C3851
C3851
C3840
C2582
C2585
C2585
C3030
C3210
C3205




C3300
C3301



EADS PAGE
ERROR LIST DATE OS/
MESSAGE
NON-NUMERIC ACTUAL SOURCE CONCENTRATION MANTISSA
NON-NUMERIC ACTUAL SOURCE CONCENTRATION EXPONENT
NON-NUMERIC TEST DURATION
NON-NUMERIC SAMPLE NUMBER
INVALID TEST START DATE
INVALID TEST FINISH DATE
NON-NUMERIC SAMPLE QUANTITY
NON-NUMERIC VALUE MANTISSA
NON-NUMERIC VALUE EXPONENT
NON-NUMERIC HIGH CONFIDENCE VALUE MANTISSA
NON-NUMERIC HIGH CONFIDENCE VALUE EXPONENT
NON-NUMERIC MAXIUM APPLICABLE DOSE MANTISSA
NON-NUMERIC MAXIUM APPLICABLE DOSE EXPONENT
NON-NUMERIC MINIMUN EFFECTIVE CONCENTRATION MANTISSA
NON-NUMERIC MINIMUN EFFECTIVE CONCENTRATION EXPONENT
NON-NUMERIC LINE NO.
INVALID SOURCE CATEGORY TABLE NATCH
INVALID FEED MATERIAL CATEGORY TABLE MATCH
INVALID CONTROL SYSTEM TABLE MATCH
INVALID DEVICE/PROCESS CLASS TABLE MATCH
INVALID DEVICE/PROCESS KEYWORD TABLE MATCH
INVALID ANALYTICAL CODE TABLE MATCH
INVALID CHEMICAL ID TYPE (NOT S,C,-M)
INVALID CHEMICAL CATEGORY/SPECIES
INVALID RETURN CODE (CALL PROGRAMMER)
INVALID RETURN CODE (CALL PROGRAMMER)
INVALID ANALYTICAL CODE TABLE MATCH
INVALID ANALYTICAL CODE
INVALID ANALYTICAL CODE TABLE MATCH
INVALID CHEMICAL ID TYPE(NOT S,C,M)
INVALID CHEMICAL CATEGORY/SPECIES
INVALID RETURN CODE (CALL PROGRAMMER)
INVALID RETURN CODE (CALL PROGRAMMER)
INVALID ANALYTICAL CODE TABLE MATCH
INVALID CHEMICAL ID TYPE(NOT S,C,M)
INVALID CHEMICAL CATEGORY/SPECIES
INVALID ANALYTICAL CODE TABLE MATCH
INVALID ANALYTICAL CODE TABLE MATCH
INVALID BIO-TEST NAME TABLE MATCH
INVALID BIO-TEST TYPE TABLE MATCH
NON-NUMERIC TEST SERIES NUMBER
INVALID DATA BASE TYPE (NOT F,G,L,S)
MISSING CARD ID
INVALID CARD NUMBER
NON-NUMERIC LOW CONFIDENCE LIMIT MANTISSA
NON-NUMERIC LOW CONFIDENCE LIMIT EXPONENT
SERIES NUMBER INVALID OR MISSING AO CARD
DATA BASE TYPE IS INVALID
TEST SERIES NUMBER NOT IN STATUS FILE

-------
 I
-p"
TERM-012
CODE DATA BASE
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
17*
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
18Z
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
191
192
193
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
TYPE
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
f
f
F
F
F
f
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
COMPONENT

C1845
C1310
C410
C505
C810
C869
C1203
C1305
C870
C1209
C1835
C621
C622
C623
C1427
C1064
C1067
C1068
C890
C910
C924
C925
C927
C928
C934
C935
C948
C949
C950
C951
C1312
C1423
C1424
C1426
C1841
C1842
C1843
C1844
C1846
C1847
C2586
C2587
C2608
C2609
C3028
C3029
C3031
C3032
EADS PAGE
ERROR LIST "ATE OS/
MESSAGE
STATUS FILE MffBlFY DID NOT WORK
NON-NUMERIC TOTAL MG RECOVERED
NON-NUMERIC STAGE/TILTER CUT SIZE
STREAM NUMBER INVALID OR MISSING CO CARD
DEVICE/PROCESS NUMBER INVALID OR MISSING DO CARD
TEST ID NUMBER INVALID OR HISSING EO CARD
FUELS AND FEEDSTOCKS SEQ NUMBER INVALID OR HISSING FO CARD
SAMPLE NUMBER INVALID OR MISSING HO CARD
COMPONENT NAME MISSING
SOURCE FEED MATERIAL MISSING
MEASUREMENT INSTRUMENT/METHOD NAME HISSING
SPECIES ID FOR MEG MISALIGNED
INVALID VALUE TYPE
NON-NUMERIC PARAMETER VALUE MANTISSA
NON-NUMERIC PARAMETER VALUE EXPONENT
NON-NUMERIC LOW DETECTION LIMIT EXPONENT
INVALID HIGH/LOW 1
NON-NUMERIC PARAMETER VALUE MANTISSA
NON-NUMERIC PARAMETER VALUE EXPONENT
NON-NUMERIC PROXIMATE ANALYSIS VALUE
NON-NUMERIC ULTIMATE ANALYSIS PARAMETER VALUE
NON-NUMERIC HIGH DETECTION LIMIT MANTISSA
NON-NUMERIC HIGH DETECTION LIMIT EXPONENT
NON-NUMERIC LOW DETECTION LIMIT MANTISSA
NON-NUMERIC LOW DETECTION LIMIT EXPONENT
NON-NUMERIC VALUE EXPONENT
INVALID HIGH-LOW VALUE
NON-NUMERIC HIGH DETECTION LIMIT MANTISSA
NON-NUMERIC HIGH DETECTION LIMIT EXPONENT
NON-NUMERIC LOW DETECTION LIMIT MANTISSA
NON-NUMERIC LOW DETECTION LIMIT EXPONENT
INVALID HIGH-LOW VALUE
NON-NUMERIC HIGH DETECTION LIMIT MANTISSA
NON-NUMERIC HIGH DETECTION LIMIT EXPONENT
NON-NUMERIC LOW DETECTION LIMIT MANTISSA
NON-NUMERIC HIGH DETECTION LIMIT MANTISSA
NON-NUMERIC HIGH DETECTION LIMIT EXPONENT
NON-NUMERIC LOW DETECTION LIMIT MANTISSA
NON-NUMERIC LOW DETECTION LIMIT EXPONENT
NON-NUMERIC TOTAL MILLIGRAMS RECOVERED
INVALID HIGH-LOW VALUE
NON-NUMERIC HIGH DETECTION LIMIT MANTISSA
NON-NUMERIC HIGH DETECTION LIMIT EXPONENT
NON-NUMERIC LOW DETECTION LIMIT MANTISSA
NON-NUMERIC LOW DETECTION LIMIT EXPONENT
NON-NUMERIC HIGH DETECTION LIMIT MANTISSA
NON-NUMERIC HIGH DETECTION LIMIT EXPONENT
NON-NUMERIC LOW DETECTION LIMIT MANTISSA
NON-NUMERIC LOW DETECTION LIMIT EXPONENT

-------
               TERH-012                                      EADS                                    PAGE        5

                                                          ERROR  LIST                                DATE 05/12/80

                                                                                                           •^


               CODE  DATA BASE  TYPE  COMPONENT  MESSAGE
207
208
209
210
211
213
LEDS
LEDS
LEDS
LEDS
LEDS
LEDS
F
f
f
F
F
F
C370
C372
C374
C378
C382
C384
NON-NUMERIC
NON-NUMERIC
NON-NUMERIC
NON-NUMERIC
NON-NUMERIC
NON-NUMERIC
SITE LATITUDE
SITE LONGITUDE
FRACTION DESIGN RATE OF INDUSTRIAL ORIGIN
CONTRIBUTING INDUSTRIAL CATEGORY NO
CATEGORY FLOW CONTRIBUTION
NUMBER OF ESTAB.
I
en

-------
    APPENDIX A.2



DATA BASE DEFINITION

-------
ro
i
                                              Figure A.2-1.   EADS data base tree.

-------
ro
i
SYSTEM RELEASE NUMBER   2.800
DATA BASE NAME IS EADS-EADS
DEFINITION NUMBER 6
DATA BASE CYCLE   273
     10*  EADS (NAME XXXX)
     50*  TEST SERIES (RG)
      101*  FPEIS TEST SERIES NUMBER (INTEGER NUMBER 9(5) IN 50)
            GEDS TEST SERIES NUMBER (INTEGER NUMBER 9(5) IN 50)
            LEDS TEST SERIES NUMBER (INTEGER NUMBER 9(5) IN 50)
            SDDS TEST SERIES NUMBER (INTEGER NUMBER 9(5) IN 50)
            SOURCE CATEGORY (NAME X(20) IN 50)
            SOURCE TYPE (NAME X(20) IN 50)
            PRODUCT/DEVICE (NAME X(20) IN 50)
            PROCESS TYPE (NAME X(20) IN 50)
            DESIGN PROCESS RATE (INTEGER NUMBER 9(6) IN 50)
            DESIGN PROCESS RATE UNITS (NAME X(6) IN 50)
            FEED MATERIAL CATEGORY (NAME X(10) IN 50)
            SPONSOR ORGANIZATION (NAME X(30) IN 50)
            SPONSOR ORGANIZATION CONTRACT NUMBER (NAME X(10) IN 50)
            T.O./TD NUMBER (INTEGER NUMBER 999 IN 50)
            SOURCE NAME (NAME X(23) IN 50)
            SITE NAME (NAME X(25) IN 50)
            ADDRESS (NON-KEY  NAME X(20) IN 50)
            CITY (NAME X(18) IN 50)
            STATE (NAME XX IN 50)
            ZIP CODE (INTEGER NUMBER 9(5) IN 50)
            COUNTRY (NAME X(5) IN 50)
            FPEIS TSN CROSS REFERENCE (INTEGER NUMBER 9(5) IN 50)
            SDDS TSN CROSS REFERENCE (INTEGER NUMBER 9(5) IN 50)
            GEDS TSN CROSS REFERENCE (INTEGER NUMBER 9(5) IN 50)
            LEDS TSN CROSS REFERENCE (INTEGER NUMBER 9(5) IN 50)
            SIC CODE (INTEGER NUMBER 9999 IN 50)
            NPDES NUMBER (NAME X(9) IN 50)
                               TITLE-1 (NON-KEY
                               TITLE-2 (NON-KEY
                               AUTHOR (NON-KEY
                               NUMBER (NON-KEY
102*
103*
104*
110*
120*
125*
130*
140*
145*
150*
155*
160*
170*
ISO*
190*
200*
210*
220*
230*
232*
235*
240*
250*
260*
270*
300*
320*
321*
322*
323*
324*
325*
                                       REPORT
                                       REPORT
                                       REPORT
                                       REPORT
                                       REPORT
                                       REPORT
                  NAME X(65) IN 50)
                  NAME X(65) IN 50)
                 NAME X(30) IN 50)
                 NAME X(20) IN 50)
NTIS NUMBER (NON-KEY  NAME X(20) IN 50)
PUBLICATION DATE (NON-KEY  NAME X(15) IN
                       330*
                       340*
                       350*
                       355*
                       370*
                       372*
                       374*
REFERENCE
REFERENCE
REFERENCE
REFERENCE
REFERENCE
REFERENCE
50)
NAME OF SAMPLING GROUP (NAME X(22) IN 50)
SERIES START DATE (NON-KEY  DATE IN 50)
SERIES FINISH DATE (NON-KEY  DATE IN 50)
DATE OF ENTRY (DATE IN 50)
SITE LATITUDE (DECIMAL NUMBER 99.99 IN 50)
SITE LONGITUDE (DECIMAL NUMBER 999.99 IN 50)
FRACTION DESIGN RATE IND ORIGIN (DECIMAL NUMBER 9.9999 IN 50
                       105*  TEST SERIES KEY (NAME Xf6) IN 50)
                       106*  DB KEY (NAME X IN 50)
                       360*  TEST SERIES COMMENTS (RG IN 50)
                         361*  TSC-LINE NUMBER (NON-KEY  INTEGER NUMBER 99 IN 360)
                         362*  TEST SERIES COMMENT (NON-KEY  TEXT X(63) IN 360)
                       376*  CONTRIBUTING INDUSTRIES (RG IN 50)
                         378*  CONTRIBUTING INDUSTRIAL CATEGORY NUMBER (INTEGER NUMBER 9(
                               55 IN 376)

-------
                             380*   INDUSTRY-COMMERICAL SIC NUMBER  (INTEGER NUMBER 9999  IN  376
ro
i
420*
430*

432*
440*

450*

460*

470*
475*
480*
481*
500*
                                                                       DECIMAL  NUMBER  9(5).9
                                                                        DECIMAL  NUMBER  999.9
                                                                           INTEGER  NUMBER  999
  382*  CATEGORY FLOW CONTRIBUTION (DECIMAL NUMBER 9.999 IN 576)
  384*  NUMBER OF ESTABLISHMENTS (INTEGER NUMBER 9999 IN 376)
400*  STREAM (RG IN 50)
        STREAM NUMBER (INTEGER NUMBER 99 IN 400)
        STREAM NAME (NAME X(34) IN 400)
        MASS/VOLUMETRIC FLOW RATE (NON-KEY
        IN 400)
        FLOW RATE UNITS (NON-KEY  NAME X(6) IN 400)
        VELOCITY-SAMPLING LOCATION (NON-KEY
        IN 400)
        TEMPERATURE-SAMPLING LOCATION (NON-KEY
        9 IN 400)
        PRESSURE-SAMPLING LOCATION (NON-KEY  DECIMAL NUMBER 99.9 1
        N 400)
        MOISTURE CONTENT (NON-KEY  DECIMAL NUMBER 99.9 IN 400)
        STACK HEIGHT (DECIMAL NUMBER 9999.9 IN 400)
        STREAM-COMMENTS 1 (NON-KEY  TEXT X(65) IN 400)
        STREAM COMMENTS 2 (NON-KEY  TEXT X(65) IN 400)
        CONTROL DEVICE/TREATMENT/STORAGE/RECOVERY PROCESS (RG IN 4
        00)
          DEVICE/PROCESS NO (INTEGER NUMBER 99 IN 500)
          GENERIC DEVICE/PROCESS TYPE (NAME X(20) IN 500)
          DESIGN TYPE (NAME x(33) IN soo)
          SPECIFIC PROCESS/DEVICE TYPE (NAME X(20) IN 500)
          DEVICE/PROCESS CLASS (NAME X(12) IN 500)
          DEVICE/PROCESS COMMERCIAL NAME (NAME X(30) IN 500)
          MANUFACTURER (NAME X(30) IN 500)
          DEVICE/PROCESS CATEGORY (RG IN 500)
            DEVICE/PROCESS CATEGORY SEQ NUMBER (INTEGER NUMBER 99
            IN 580)
      590*  DEVICE/PROCESS CATEGORY KEYWORD (NAME X(30) IN 580)
    600*  DESIGN PARAMETER (RG IN 500)
      610*  DES-PARAMETER NUMBER (INTEGER NUMBER 99 IN 600)
            DES-PARAMETER NAME (NON-KEY  NAME X(30) IN 600)
            DES-PARAMETER TYPE (NON-KEY  NAME X IN 600)
            DES-PARAMETER VALUE MAN (NON-KEY  DECIMAL NUMBER 99.99
             IN 600)
            DES-PARAMETER VALUE EXP (NON-KEY  INTEGER NUMBER 99 IN
             600)
            DES-PARAMETER VALUE UNITS (NON-KEY  NAME X(24) IN 600)
  505*
  510*
  515*
  520*
  530*
  540*
  550*
  580*
    585*
                                 620*
                                 621*
                                 622*

                                 623*
                                 624*

                                 630*  DES-PARAMETER  TEXT  VALUE  (NON-KEY  NAME X(24) IN 600)
                             800*  SOURCE/PROCESS  CONDITIONS  DATA  (RG  IN 400)
                               810*  TEST-ID-NUMBER  (INTEGER  NUMBER  999 IN 800)
                               820*  TEST-DATE  (NON-KEY  DATE IN 800)
                               830*  TEST-START TIME  (NON-KEY INTEGER NUMBER 9999 IN 800)
                               840*  TEST-STOP  TIME  (NON-KEY   INTEGER  NUMBER 9999 IN 800)
                               850*  OPERATING  MODE  (NON-KEY   TEXT X(31) IN 800)
                               860*  PERCENT  OF DESIGN CAPACITY  (NON-KEY
                                     9  IN 800)
                               861*  TEST-COMMENT-1  (NON-KEY   TEXT X(65)
                               862*  TEST-COMMENT-2  (NON-KEY   TEXT X(65)
                               863*  TEST-COMMENT-3  (NON-KEY   TEXT X(65)
                               865*  FUELS-N-FEEDSTOCKS  (RG IN 800)
                                 869*  FF-SEQUENCE NUMBER  (INTEGER NUMBER 9 IN 865)
                                             DECIMAL NUMBER 999.

                                            IN 800)
                                            IN 800)
                                            IN 800)

-------
ro
i
870*  FF-SOURCE FEED MATERIAL (TEXT X(30) IN 865)
873*  FF-FEED MATERIAL RATE (NON-KEY  TEXT X(17) IN 865)
874*  FF-SAMPLE MASS (NON-KEY  DECIMAL NUMBER 999.99 IN 865)

875*  FF-SAMPLE MASS UNITS (NON-KEY  TEXT X(6) IN 865)
876*  FF-SAMPLE VOLUME (NON-KEY  DECIMAL NUMBER 999.99 IN 86
      5)
877*  FF-LABORATORY NAME (NAME X(40) IN 865)
878*  FF-QA-QC CODE (NAME XXX IN 865)
879*  FF-SAMPLE VOLUME UNITS (NON-KEY  TEXT X(7) IN 865)
970*  FF-COMMENT 1 (NON-KEY  TEXT X(65) IN 865)
971*  FF-COMMENT 2 (NON-KEY  TEXT X(65) IN 865)
972*  FF-COMMENT 3 (NON-KEY  TEXT X(65) IN 865)
880*  FF-PROXIMATE ANALYSIS (RG IN 865)
  885*  FF-PA-PARAMETER (NAME X(16) IN 880)
  890*  FF-PA-PARAMETER VALUE (NON-KEY  DECIMAL NUMBER 9(7).
        99 IN 880)
  895*  FF-PA-PARAMETER-UNITS (NON-KEY  NAME X(5) IN 880)
900*  FF-ULTIMATE ANALYSIS (RG IN 865)
  905*  FF-UA-PARAMETER (NAME X(10) IN 900)
  910*  FF-UA-PARAMETER VALUE (NON-KEY  DECIMAL NUMBER 999.9
        9 IN 900)
920*  FF-CHARACTERISTICS (RG IN 865)
  923*  FF-PARAMETER (NAME X(12) IN 920)
  924* ,FF-DETECTION LIMIT-HIGH MAN (NON-KEY  DECIMAL NUMBER
         99.99 IN 920)
  925*  FF-DETECTION LIMIT-HIGH EXP (NON-KEY  INTEGER NUMBER
         99 IN 920)
  926*  FF-ANALYSIS METHOD (NAME XX IN 920)
  927*  FF-DETECTION LIMIT - LOW MAN (NON-KEY  .DECIMAL NUMBE
        R 99.99 IN 920)
  928*  FF-DETECTION LIMIT - LOW EXP (NON-KEY  INTEGER NUMBE
        R 99 IN 920)
  929*  FF-DETECTION LIMIT - UNITS (NON-KEY  NAME X(7) IN 92
        0)
  930*  FF-VALUE TYPE (NON-KEY  NAME X IN 920)
  931*  FF-PARAMETER VALUE MAN (NON-KEY  DECIMAL NUMBER 99.9
        9 IN 920)
  932*  FF-VALUE UNITS (NON-KEY  NAME X(18) IN 920)
  933*  FF-TEXT.VALUE (NON-KEY  NAME X(18) IN 920)
  934*  FF-PARAMETER VALUE EXP (NON-KEY  INTEGER NUMBER 99 I
        N 920)
  935*  FF-PARAMETER VALUE HIGH-LOW (NON-KEY  NAME X IN 920)

940*  FF-CHEMICAL ANALYSIS (RG IN 865)
  945*  FF-C-CATEGORY/5PECIES (NAME X(10) IN 940)
  946*  FF-C-CS-TYPE (NAME X IN 940)
  947*  FF-C-CS-PRIORITY (NAME X IN 940)
  948*  FF-C-DETECTION LIMIT-HIGH MAN (NON-KEY
        ER 99.99 IN 940)
  949*  FF-C-DETECTION LIMIT-HIGH EXP
        ER 99 IN 940)
  950*  FF-C-ANALYSIS METHOD (NAME XX
  951*  FF-C-DETECTION LIMIT LOW-EXP
        R 99 IN 940)
  952*  FF-C-DETECTION LIMIT UNIT (NON-KEY  NAME X(8) IN 940
                                                                              DECIMAL NUMB
                                                                    (NON-KEY  INTEGER NUMB
                                                                    IN 940)
                                                                   (NON-KEY
INTEGER NUMBE

-------
ro
01
                                  953*  FF-C-DETECTION LIMIT LOW-MAN (NON-KEY  DECIMAL NUMBE
                                        R  99.99 IN 940)
                                  955*  FF-C-TOTAL MG RECOVERED (NON-KEY  DECIMAL NUMBER 9(5
                                        J.999  IN 940)
                                  964*  FF-C-CONCENTRATION-HIGH-LOW (NON-KEY  NAME X IN 940)

                                  965*  FF-C-CATEGORY/SPECIES CONCENTRATION MAM (NON-KEY  DE
                                        CIMAL  NUMBER  9.99  IN 940)
                                  967*  FF-C-CATEGORY/SPECIES CONCENTRATION EXP (NON-KEY  IN
                                        TEGER  NUMBER  99 IN 940)
                                  969*  FF-C-CONCENTRATION UNITS (NON-KEY  NAME XC11) IN 940
                                        )
                             1000*  CONTROL  DEVICE/TREATMENT PROCESS OPERATING PARAMETERS (R
                                    G  IN 800)
                               1010*  OP-DEVICE NUMBER (INTEGER NUMBER 99 IN 1000)
                               1050*  OPERATING PARAMETERS (RG IN  1000)
                                 1060*  OPERATING PARAMETER NUMBER  (INTEGER NUMBER 99 IN 105
                                        0)
                                 1064*

                                 1065*

                                 1066*
                                 1067*
NAME X IN 105
           OPERATING PARAMETER HIGH-LOW (NON-KEY
           0)
           OPERATING PARAMETER NAME (NON-KEY  NAME X(30) IN 105
           0)
           OPERATING PARAMETER TYPE (NON-KEY  NAME
           OPERATING PARAMETER VALUE MAN (NON-KEY
                   IN 1050)
 X IN 1050)
 DECIMAL NUMB
                                                                                INTEGER  NUMB
   NAME X(24)

  NAME X(24)
           ER 9.99
    1068*  OPERATING PARAMETER VALUE EXP (NON-KEY
           ER 99 IN 1050)
    1069*  OPERATING PARAMETER VALUE UNITS (NON-KEY
            IN 1050)
    1070*  OPERATING PARAMETER TEXT VALUE (NON-KEY
           IN 1050)
1100*  RECEPTOR OPERATING DATA (RG IN BOO)
1200*  SAMPLE GROUP (RG IN 800)
  1203*  SMPL-NUMBER (INTEGER NUMBER 99 IN 1200)
  1206*  MEASUREMENT INST/METHOD TYPE (NAME X IN  1200)
  1209*  MEASUREMENT INST/METHOD NAME (NAME X(30) IN 1200)
  1212*  SMPL-START TIME (NON-KEY  INTEGER NUMBER 9999  IN 1200)

  1215*  SMPL-DURATION (NON-KEY  INTEGER NUMBER  999 IN  1200)
  1218*  SMPL-MASS/VOLUMETRIC FLOWRATE (NON-KEY   DECIMAL  NUMBER
          9(5).9 IN 1200)
  1219*  SMPL-FLOWRATE UNITS (NON-KEY  NAME X(6)  IN 1200)
  1221*  SMPL-FLOWRATE MEASUREMENT METHOD (NAME X(20)  IN  1200)
  1224*  SMPL-VELOCITY (NON-KEY  DECIMAL NUMBER  999.9  IN  1200)
  1227*  SMPL-TEMPERATURE (NON-KEY  INTEGER NUMBER 9999  IN  1200
         )
  1230*  SMPL-PRESSURE (NON-KEY  INTEGER NUMBER  999 IN  1200)
  1233*  SMPL-MOISTURE CONTENT (NON-KEY  DECIMAL  NUMBER  99.9  IN
          1200)
  1236*  SMPL-DENSITY (NON-KEY  DECIMAL NUMBER 99.9 IN  1200)
  1239*  SMPL-DENSITY DETERMINATION (NON-KEY  INTEGER NUMBER  9
         IN 1200)
  1242*  SAMPLING LOCATION DESCRIPTION (NON-KEY   NAME X(30) IN
         1200)
  1243*  INSTRUMENT TEMPERATURE (NON-KEY  INTEGER NUMBER  9999 I
         N 1200)
  1244*  INSTRUMENT PRESSURE (NON-KEY  INTEGER NUMBER 999 IN  12

-------
ro
 i
                               1245*
                               1246*

                               1247*
1251*
1254*
1257*

1260*
1262*
1264*
1266*
1268*
1270*

1274*

1276*
1278*

1280*

1282*

1290*
1291*
1292*
1293*
1300*
  1303*
  1305*
00)
SAMPLING LOCATION CODE (NAME X IN 1200)
INSTRUMENT FLOWRATE (NON-KEY  DECIMAL NUMBER 9999,9 IN
 1200)
SAMPLING LOCATION DEVICE NUMBER (INTEGER NUMBER 99 IN
1200)
VOLUME OF SAMPLE (NON-KEY  DECIMAL NUMBER 999.99 IN 12
00)
TOTAL MASS (NON-KEY  DECIMAL NUMBER 999.99 IN 1200)
MASS UNITS (NON-KEY  NAME XX IN 1200)
PERCENT ISOKINETIC SAMPLING (NON-KEY  INTEGER NUMBER 9
99 IN 1200)
CO-2 (NON-KEY  DECIMAL NUMBER 99.99 IN 1200)
CO (NON-KEY  DECIMAL NUMBER 99.99 IN 1200)
0-2 (NON-KEY  DECIMAL NUMBER 99.99 IN 1200)
N-2 (NON-KEY  DECIMAL NUMBER 99.99 IN 1200)
TRACE GASES IN PPM (NON-KEY  TEXT X(65) IN 1200)
DILUTION FACTOR (NON-KEY  DECIMAL NUMBER 9999.9 IN 120
0)
COLLECTION SURFACE/SUBSTRATE (NON-KEY  TEXT X(55) IN 1
200)
PARTICLE DIAMETER BASIS (INTEGER NUMBER 9 IN 1200)
PARTICLE CONCENTRATION BASIS (INTEGER NUMBER 9 IN 1200
UPPER BOUNDARY DIAMETER (NON-KEY
9 IN 1200)
CALIBRATION/CALCULATION (NON-KEY
1200)
SMPL-COMMENTS 1
SMPL-COMMENTS 2
                                                                        DECIMAL  NUMBER  999.9

                                                                        INTEGER  NUMBER  9  IN
                                      SMPL-COMMENTS 3
                                      SMPL-COMMENTS 4
(NON-KEY  TEXT X(S5) IN 1200)
(NON-KEY  TEXT X(65) IN 1200)
(NON-KEY  TEXT X(65) IN 1200)
(NON-KEY  TEXT X(65) IN 1200)
                                      COMPONENT (RG IN 1200)
                                        COMPONENT SEQUENCE  NO  (INTEGER  NUMBER  99  IN 1300)
                                        SAMPLING EQUIPMENT  COMPONENT  NAME  (NAME X(12)  IN  130
                                        0)
                                 1310*  STAGE/FILTER  CUT  SIZE  (DECIMAL  NUMBER  99.99 IN 1300)
                                 1312*   MASS  HIGH-LOW  (NON-KEY   NAME  X IN  1300)
                                 1313*   MASS  MAN  (NON-KEY   DECIMAL  NUMBER  9.99  IN 1300)
                                 1316*   MASS  EXP  (NON-KEY   INTEGER  NUMBER  99  IN  1300)
                                 1320*   CHEMICAL  ANALYSIS  LAB NAME  (NAME X(39)  IN 1300)
                                 1321*   CHEMICAL  QA-QC CODE (NAME XXX IN 1300)
                                 1324*   RADIONUCLIDE ANALYSIS LAB NAME (NAME  XC40)  IN  1300)
                                 1325*   RAD-QA-QC CODE (NAME XXX IN 1300)
                                 1330*   COMPONENT ALIQUOT  MASS-VOL  (NON-KEY  DECIMAL NUMBER
                                        9999.999  IN 1300)
                                 1335*   COMPONENT ALIQUOT  UNITS (NON-KEY   NAME XC5)  IN 1300)

                                 1349*   UG  CONCENTRATION HIGH-LOW (NON-KEY NAME X  IN  1300)
                                 1350*   UG-DNCM-STAGE-MAN  (NON-KEY   DECIMAL NUMBER  9.99  IN  1
                                        300)
                                 1351*   UG-DNCM-STAGE-EXP  (NON-KEY   INTEGER NUMBER  99  IN  130
                                        0)
                                 1352*   CUM-PCT-LESS THAN  D50 (NON-KEY DECIMAL  NUMBER 999.9
                                        9  IN  1300)
                                 TIKI*   riiM-nc-A^M LESS THAN D50 MAN  (NON-KEY DECIMAL NUMBE

-------
ro
i
                                 1354*

                                 1355*

                                 1356«

                                 1357*

                                 1358*

                                 1359*
                                 1360*
                                 1361*
                                 1362*
                                 1363*

                                 1364*

                                 1365*
R 9.99 IN 1300)
CUM-UG-ACH LESS THAN D50 EXP (NON-KEY  INTEGER NUMBE
R 99 IN 1300)
CUM-UG-DNCM LESS THAN D50 MAN CNON-KEY  DECIMAL NUMB
ER 9.99 IN 1300)
CUM-UG-DNCM LESS THAN D50 EXP (NON-KEY  INTEGER NUMB
ER 99 IN 1300)
GEOMETRIC MEAN DIAM-MAN (NON-KEY
9 IN 1300)
GEOMETRIC MEAN DIAM-EXP (NON-KEY
IN 1300)
            (NON-KEY
            (NON-KEY
            (NON-KEY
            (NON-KEY
                                         DECIMAL NUMBER 9.9
                                         INTEGER NUMBER 99
                             DECIMAL NUMBER
                             INTEGER NUMBER
                             DECIMAL NUMBER
                             INTEGER NUMBER
9.99 IN 1300)
99 IN 1300)
9.99 IN 1300)
99 IN 1300)
      9.99 IN
1450*
1860*
1870*
2610*
2620*
3050*
3051*
1410*
  1420*
  1423*

  1424*

  1425*
  1426*

  1427*

  1428*

  1429*
  1430*
  1431*
  1432*
1820*

  1830*
  1835*
  1840*
  1841*

  1842*

  1843*

  1844*
                                     1300)
                                     1300)
                                     1300)
                                     1300)
                                     1300)
DM-DLOG-MAN
DM-DLOG-EXP
DN-DLOG-MAN
DN-DLOG-EXP
NO-DNCM-STAGE MAN (NON-KEY  DECIMAL NUMBER
300)
NO-DNCM-STAGE EXP (NON-KEY  INTEGER NUMBER 99 IN 130
0)
NO-DNCM-HIGH-LOW (NON-KEY  NAME X IN
EC-COMMENT 1 (NON-KEY  TEXT X(63) IN
EC-COMMENT 2 (NON-KEY  TEXT X(63) IN
IA-COMMENT-1 (NON-KEY  TEXT XC63) IN
IA-COMMENT-Z (NON-KEY  TEXT X(63) IN
L10A-COMMENT-1 (NON-KEY  TEXT X(63) IN 1300)
L10A-COMMENT-2 (NON-KEY  TEXT X(63) IN 1300)
RN-COMMENT 1 (NON-KEY  TEXT X(63) IN 1300)
RN-COMMENT 2 (NON-KEY  TEXT X(63) IN 1300)
EFFLUENT CHARACTERISTICS (RG IN 1300)
  EC-PARAMETER (NAME X(12) IN 1410)
  EC-DETECTION LIMIT-HIGH-MAN (NON-KEY  DECIMAL NUMB
  ER 99.99 IN 1410)
  EC-DETECTION LIMIT-HIGH-EXP (NON-KEY  INTEGER NUMB
  ER 99 IN 1410)
  EC-ANALYSIS METHOD (NAME XX IN 1410)
  EC-DETECTION LIMIT -LOW MAN (NON-KEY  DECIMAL NUMB
  ER 9.99 IN 1410)
  EC-DETECTION LIMIT -LOW EXP (NON-KEY  INTEGER NUMB
  ER 99 IN 1410)
  EC-DETECTION LIMIT - UNITS (NON-KEY  NAME X(9) IN
  1410)
  EC-VALUE TYPE (NON-KEY  NAME X IN 1410)
  EC-VALUE (NON-KEY  DECIMAL NUMBER 9999.9 IN 1410)
  EC-VALUE UNITS (NON-KEY  NAME X(8) IN 1410)
  EC-TEXT VALUE (NON-KEY  NAME X(13) IN 1410)
INORGANIC ANALYSIS/NON-LEVEL 1 ORGANIC SPECIES (RG  I
                                        N
                                          1300)
                                          IA-SPECIES-ID-TYPE (NAME X IN 1820)
                                          IA-SPECIES-ID (NAME X(10) IN 1820)
                                          IA-ANALYSIS-METHOD (NAME XX IN 1820)
                                          IA-DETECTION LIMIT-HIGH-MAN (NON-KEY  DECIMAL NUMB
                                          ER 99.99 IN 1820)
                                          IA-DETECTION LIMIT-HIGH-EXP (NON-KEY  INTEGER NUMB
                                          ER 99 IN 1820)
                                          IA-DETECTION LIMIT-LOW-MAN (NON-KEY  DECIMAL NUMBE
                                          R 99.99 IN 1820)
                                          IA-DETECTION LIMIT-LOW-EXP (NON-KEY  INTEGER NUMBE

-------
00
         R 99 IN 1820)
  1845*  IA-DETECTION UNIT (NON-KEY  NAME X(8) IN 1820)
  1850*  IA-CONCENTRATION HAN (NON-KEY  DECIMAL NUMBER 9.99
          IN 1820)
  1652*  IA-CONCENTRATION EXP (NON-KEY  INTEGER NUMBER 99 I
         N 1820)
  1846*  IA-TOTAL MG RECOVERED (NON-KEY  DECIMAL NUMBER 9(5
         ).999 IN 1820)
  1847*  IA-HIGH-LOM (NON-KEY  NAME X IN 1820)
  1836*  IA-SPECIES-PRIORITY (NAME X IN 1820)
2520*  LEVEL 1 ORGANIC ANALYSIS (RG IN 1300)
  2530*  L10A-FRACTION-ID (NAME XXX IN 2520)
  2540*  L10A-FRACTION-TCO (NON-KEY  DECIMAL NUMBER 9999.99
          IN 2520)
  2550*  L10A-FRACTION-GRAV (NON-KEY  DECIMAL NUMBER 9999.9
         9 IN 2520)
  2560*  L10A-FRACTION-TOTAL (NON-KEY  DECIMAL NUMBER 9999.
         99 IN 2520)
  2570*  L10A-FRACTION-EXTENDED-DATA (RG IN 2520)
    2580*  L10AFED-CATEGORY/SPECIES TYPE (NAME X IN 2570)
    2582*  L10AFED-CATEGORY/SPECIES (NAME X(10) IN 2570)
    2583*  L10AFED-CATEGORY/SPECIES-PRIORITY (NAME X IN 257
           0)
    2585*  L10AFED-ANALYSIS METHOD (NAME XX IN 2570)
    2586*  L10AFED-DETECTION LIMIT-HIGH MAN (NON-KEY
           AL NUMBER 99.99 IN 2570)
    2587*  L10AFED-DETECTION LIMIT - HIGH EXP (NON-KEY
           EGER NUMBER 99 IN 2570)
    2588*  L10AFED-DETECTION LIMIT - UNITS (NON-KEY  NAME X
           (8) IN 2570)
    2590*  L10AFED-INTENSITY (NON-KEY  INTEGER NUMBER 999 I
           N 2570)
    2595*  L10AFED-HIGH-LOH (NON-KEY  NAME X IN 2570)
    2600*  L10AFED-CONCENTRATION MAN (NON-KEY  DECIMAL NUMB
           ER 9.99 IN 2570)
    2605*  L10AFED-CONCENTRATION EXP (NON-KEY ' INTEGER NUMB
           ER 99 IN 2570)
    2608*  L10AFED-DETECTION LIMIT-LOW-MAN (NON-KEY  DECIMA
           L NUMBER 99.99 IN 2570)
    2609*  L10AFED-DETECTION LIMIT-LOW EXP (NON-KEY  INTEGE
           R NUMBER 99 IN 2570)
3020*  RADIONUCLIDE-SPECIES CONCENTRATION (RG IN 1300)
  3025*  RN-RADIONUCLIDE ID (NAME X(8) IN 3020)
  3028*  RN-DETECTION LIMIT-HIGH MAN (NON-KEY  DECIMAL NUMB
         ER 99.99 IN 3020)
  3029*  RN-DETECTION LIMIT-HIGH EXP (NON-KEY
         ER 99 IN 3020)
  3030*  RN-ANALYSIS METHOD (NAME XX IN 3020)
  3031*  RN-DETECTION LIMIT-LOH-MAN (NON-KEY
         R 99.99 IN 3020)
  3032*  RN-DETECTION LIMIT -LOW EXP (NON-KEY
         ER 99 IN 3020)
  3033*  RN-DETECTION LIMIT - UNITS (NON-KEY
         3020)
  3034*  RN-CONCENTRATIOH HIGH-LOW (NON-KEY  NAME X IN 3020
                                                                                       DECIM
                                                                                         INT
                                                                                INTEGER  NUMB
                                                                               DECIMAL  NUMBE
                                                                                INTEGER  NUMB
                                                                                     \
                                                                               NAME  X(8)  IN
                                     .-_--- _,«•.. ?/?>T£y:r;»T™M  IAM  tNON-KEY   DECIMAL  NUMBER 9.99

-------
ro
            IN 3020)
    3040*  RN-CONCENTRATION EXP (NON-KEY  INTEGER NUMBER 99 I
           N 3020)
3200*  BIOASSAY DATA (RG IN 1200)
  3205s*  BIO-TEST TYPE (NAME X(25) IN 3200)
  3210*  BIO-TEST NAME (NAME X(30) IN 3200)
  3215*  BIO-TEST DURATION (NON-KEY  INTEGER NUMBER 9(6) IN 3
         200)
  3220*  BIO-SAMPLE ID (NON-KEY  NAME XXXX IN 3200)
  3225*  BIO-TEST LAB NAME (NAME X(41) IN 3200)
  3226*  BIO-TEST QA-QC (NAME XXX IN 3200)
  3230*  BIO-TEST START (NON-KEY  DATE IN 3200)
  3235*  BIO-TEST END (NON-KEY  DATE IN 3200)
  3240*  BIO-TEST SAMPLE QUANTITY (NON-KEY  INTEGER NUMBER 9(
         8) IN 3200)
  3245*  BIO-TEST SAMPLE UNITS (NON-KEY  NAME X(6) IN 3200)
  3280*  BIO-VALUE TYPE (NAME XXXX IN 3200)
  3285*  BIO-VALUE-MAN (NON-KEY  DECIMAL NUMBER 9.99 IN 3200)

  3286*  BIO-VALUE-EXP (NON-KEY  INTEGER NUMBER 99 IN 3200)
  3290*  BIO-VALUE UNITS (NON-KEY  NAME X(8) IN 3200)
  3295*  BIO-HI-CONF-LIMIT-MAN (NON-KEY  DECIMAL NUMBER 9.99
         IN 3200)
  3296*  BIO-HI-CONF-LIMIT-EXP (NON-KEY
          3200)
  3300*  BIO-LOW-CONF-LIMIT-MAN (NON-KEY
          IN 3200)
  3301*  BIO-LOW-CONF-LIMIT-EXP (NON-KEY
         N 3200)
  3305*  BIO-MAX-APPLICABLE-DOSE-MAN (NON-KEY
          9.999 IN 3200)
  3306*  BIO-MAX-APPLICABLE-DOSE-EXP (NON-KEY  INTEGER NUMBER
          99 IN 3200)
  3310*  BIO-M-A-D-UNITS (NON-KEY  NAME X(9) IN 3200)
  3315*  BIO-LEVEL OF TOXICITY (NAME X(14) IN 3200)
  3320*  BIO-BACT. MUTAGEN RESPONSE (NAME X(14) IN 3200)
  3325*  BIO-MIN-EFF-CONC-MAN (NON-KEY  DECIMAL NUMBER 9.99 1
         N 3200)
  3326*  BIO-MIN-EFF-CONC-EXP (NON-KEY  INTEGER NUMBER 99 IN
         3200)
  3330*  BIO-MIN EFFECTIVE CONCEN. UNITS (NON-KEY  NAME X(7)
         IN 3200)
  3335*  BIO-APPROX-CONCENTRATION-FACTOR (NON-KEY  NAME X(17)
          IN 3200)
  3250*  BIO-ORGANISMS (RG IN 3200)
     3255*  BIO-ORGANISMS/STRAINS (NAME X(65) IN 3250)
  3360*  BIO-COMMENTS SUMMARY (RG IN 3200)
     3365*  BIO-COMMENT LINE NUMBER (NON-KEY  INTEGER NUMBER 9
           9 IN 3360)
     3370*  BIO-COMMENT (NON-KEY  TEXT X(63) IN 3360)
                                                                        INTEGER NUMBER  99 IN

                                                                         DECIMAL NUMBER 9.99
                                                                         INTEGER  NUMBER  99  I
                                                                              DECIMAL NUMBER

-------
APPENDIX A.3



  GLOSSARY

-------
       The following table  is  a  glossary of the data elements in the EADS
waste stream data bases.  While  this  encompasses all the data elements in
EADS, note that no single data system (fine particles,  gaseous,  liquids,
or solids) contains all of  the data elements.   As an example, data element
C300 is the NPDES number which occurs  only  in  the Liquid Effluents Data
System.
       The table lists the  name  of the data element  (in the  order  it
appears on the input forms), the data  base  variable  name (as  it  is defined
in the data base definition),  the corresponding component  number(s)  and
field size or format (from  the data base definition), and  a  description of
the data element.  For further clarification on these definitions,  refer
to Section 4, the detailed  encoding instructions.
       In the field size or format, X(20) means an alphanumeric  field
20 characters long.  The format  9(5) means  an  integer field,  five  numbers
long, and 9(3).9(2) represents a decimal  number field with three numbers
before the decimal point and two after.
       The exponential format  requires two  data elements,  a  decimal number
for the mantissa, and an integer number  for the exponent.  In the
description of the data element,  the  exponential  format is written
nn.nn E + nn.
                                   A.3-1

-------
FORM 1 -- Source Description
Data Element Name
FPEIS Test Series Number
GEDS Test Series Number
LEDS Test Series Number
SDOS Test Series Number
(Not on Form)
(Not on Form)
J> Source Category
CO
ro
Source Type
Product/Device Type
SIC Code
Process Type
Design Process Rate
Process Rate Units
Feed Material Category
Source Name
Site Name
Data Base Variable Name
FPEIS TEST SERIES NUMBER
GEDS TEST SERIES NUMBER
LEDS TEST SERIES NUMBER
SDDS TEST SERIES NUMBER
TEST SERIES KEY
DB KEY
SOURCE CATEGORY
SOURCE TYPE
PRODUCT/DEVICE
SIC CODE
PROCESS TYPE
DESIGN PROCESS RATE
DESIGN PROCESS RATE UNITS
FEED MATERIAL CATEGORY
SOURCE NAME
SITE NAME
Data Base
Component
Numbers
C101
C102
C103
C104
C105
C106
C110
C120
C125
C270
C130
C140
C145
C150
C1SO
C190
Field Size/Format
Integer 9(5)
Integer 9(5)
Integer 9(5)
Integer 9(5)
Name X(6)
Name X
Name X(20)
Name X(20)
Name X(20)
Integer 9999
Name X(20)
Integer 9(6)
Name X(6)
Name X(10)
Name X(23)
Name X(25)
Description
The permanent, unique number assigned by the EADS
Program Manager to each test series 1n the Fine
Particle Emissions Information System.
The permanent, unique number assigned by the EADS
Program Manager to each test series in- the Gaseous
Emissions Data System.
The permanent, unique number assigned by the EADS
Program Manager to each test series In the Liquid
Effluents Data System.
The permanent, unique number assigned by the EADS
Program Manager to each test series in the Solid
Discharge Data System.
The code letter which identifies the data base (F, G,
L, or S) and the Test Series Number for data retrieval
purposes.
The code letter which identifies the data base (F, G,
L. or S), for data retrieval purposes.
The grouping of major generic Industries or source
classes; I.e., the broadest description of a source
(e.g., COMBUST-ENERGY, CHEMICAL MANUFAC, METALS, and
NATURAL PRODUCTS).
The kind of source within a source category (e.g.,
INDUSTRIAL, INORGANIC ACIDS, PRIMARY FERROUS, and
MOOD).
The general device or specific product (e.g., BOILER,
SULFURIC ACID, STEEL, and PULP AND PAPER).
The U.S. Department of Commerce Standard Industrial
Classification code.
The unique process being tested (e.g., TANGENTIAL,
CONTACT PROCESS, BLAST FURNACE, and SULFATE PULPING).
The design capacity of the process.
The design process rate units, reflecting the type of
process tested.
The general category of the process feed material or
fuel (e.g., COAL, OIL, GAS, HOOD, SOLIDHASTE, and MTL
SCRAP).
The name of the source.
The name of site where the source is located.

-------
                                                                              FORM 1  —  Continued
CO

CO
Data Element Name
Street/Box Number
City
State
Zip Code
Country
Data Base Variable Name
ADDRESS
CITY
STATE
ZIP CODE
COUNTRY
Data Base
Component
Numbers
C200
C210
C220
C230
C232
Field Size/Format
Name X(20)
Name X(18)
Name XX
Integer 9(5)
Name X(5)
Description
The number and name of the street address of
The name of the city, township, or area.
The two-letter code for the state or Canadian
The zip code for the address of the site.
The abbreviation for the country In which the

the site.

province.

source Is
FPEIS Test Series Number





SDDS Test Series Number




GEDS Test Series Number




LEDS Test Series Number




NPDES Number



Start Date

Finish  Date

 (Not  on Form)
                                               FPEIS TSN CROSS REFERENCE
                                                            C235
                                               SDDS TSN  CROSS REFERENCE      C240
GEDS TSN CROSS REFERENCE      C250
                                               LEDS TSN CROSS REFERENCE      C260
                                               NPDES NUMBER



                                               SERIES START DATE

                                               SERIES FINISH DATE

                                               DATE OF ENTRY
                              C300



                              C340

                              C350

                              C355
Integer 9(5)





Integer 9(5)




Integer 9(5)




Integer 9(5)




Name X(9)



Date

Date

Date
The Fine Particle Emissions Information System Test
Series Number associated with the fine partlculate
Information which was collected from the sane source
and at the same time as the data for the test series
currently being encoded.

The Solid Discharge Data System Test Series Nunber
associated with the solid discharge Information which
was collected from the same source and at the sa»e tine
as the data for the test series currently being encoded.

The Gaseous Emissions Data System Test Series Number
associated with the gaseous Information which was
collected from the.same source and at the sane time as
the data for the test series currently being encoded.

The Liquid Effluents Data System Test Series Number
associated with the liquid effluent Information which
was collected from the same source and at the same time
as the data for the test series currently being encoded.

The National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System
number assigned by Permit Sections of the State or EPA
Regional Offices.

The starting date of the sampling activity.

The finishing date of the sampling activity.

The date indicating when the test series data were
loaded into the data base,  used for internal records.

-------
FORM 1 - Concluded
Data Element Name
Sponsor Organization
Contract Number
TO/TO Number
Name of Sampling Group/
Contractor
Reference Report Title
Reference Report Author
Reference Report Number
Reference Report
Publication Date
Reference Report
NTIS Number
Line Number
Test Series Comments
Data Base Variable Name
SPONSOR ORGANIZATION
SPONSOR ORGANIZATION
CONTRACT NUMBER
T.O./TD NUMBER
NAME OF SAMPLING GROUP
REFERENCE REPORT -
TITLE-1; -2
REFERENCE REPORT - AUTHOR
REFERENCE REPORT - NUMBER
REFERENCE REPORT -
PUBLICATION DATE
REFERENCE REPORT -
NTIS NUMBER
TSC-LINE NUMBER
TEST SERIES COMMENT
Data Base
Component
Numbers
C155
C160
C170
C330
C320;
C321
C322
C323
C325
C324
C361
C362
Field Size/Format
Name X(30)
Name X(10)
Integer 999
Name X(22)
Name X(65);
Name X(65)
Name X(30)
Name X(20)
Name X(15)
Name X(20)
Integer 99
Text X(63)
Description
The name of the organization who sponsored the sampling
program (e.g., EPA).
The number of the sponsoring organization contract.
The EPA task order or technical directive number.
The name of the sampling group or contractor.
The title of the report in which the data are reported.
The author of the reference report.
The number, as assigned by the sponsoring organization,
of the reference report.
The publication date of the reference report, as
month and year.
The NTIS number of the reference report.
The sequential number for each line of test series
comments.
The comments on the test series.

-------
                              FORM 1A -- Wastewater Collection System Effluent  Identification
V
en
Data Element Name
Site Latitude
Site Longitude
Fraction Design Rate of
Industrial Origin
Contributing Industrial
Category Number

Industry /Commercial
SIC Number
Category Flow Contribution
Number of Establishments
Data Base Variable Name
SITE LATITUDE
SITE LONGITUDE
FRACTION DESIGN RATE IND
ORIGIN
CONTRIBUTING INDUSTRIAL
CATEGORY NUMBER

INDUSTRY-COMMERCIAL SIC
NUMBER
CATEGORY FLOW CONTRIBUTION
NUMBER OF ESTABLISHMENTS
Data Base
Component
Numbers
C370
C372
C374
C378

C380
C382
C3B4
Field Size/Format
Decimal 99.99
Decimal 999.99
Decimal 9.9999
Integer 9(5)

Integer 9999
Decimal 9.999
Integer 9999
Description
The site latitude In units of degrees North.
The site longitude In units of degrees West.
The fraction of the Influent stream that Is from
Industrial sources.
The sequential number for the category of Industry or
commercial activity that contributes waste flow to the
source.
The U.S. Department of Commerce Standard Industrial
Classification code.
The fraction of flow contributed by the Industry or
commercial activity.
The number of establishments In the service area.

-------
FORM 2 — Stream Design Characteristics and Control  Device/Treatment Process Data
Data Element Name
Stream Number
Flowrate
Flowrate Units
Velocity
Temperature
Pressure
Moisture Content
<*> Stack Height
CTl
Stream Name
Stream Comments as Text
Device Number
Generic Device/Process Type
Design Type
Specific Process/
Device Type
Device/Process Class
Device/Process
Commercial Name
Data Base Varlabli Name
STREAM NUMBER
MASS/VOLUMETRIC FLOHRATE
FLOW RATE UNITS
VELOCITY-SAMPLING LOCATION
TEMPERATURE-SAMPLING
LOCATION
PRESSURE-SAMPLING LOCATION
MOISTURE CONTENT
STACK HEIGHT
STREAM NAME
STREAM-COMMENTS I; 2
DEVICE/PROCESS NO
GENERIC DEVICE/PROCESS TYPE
DESIGN TYPE
SPECIFIC PROCESS/
DEVICE TYPE
DEVICE/PROCESS CLASS
DEVICE/PROCESS
COMMERCIAL NAME
Data Base
Component
Numbers
C410
C430
C432
C440
C450
C460
C470
C475
C420
C480;
C481
CS05
C510
C515
C520
C530
C540
Field Size/Format
Integer 99
Decimal 9(5). 9
Name X(6)
Decimal 999.9
Integer 9999
Decimal 99.9
Decimal 99.9
Decimal 9999.9
Name X(34)
Text X(65);
Text X(65)
Integer 99
Name X(20)
Name X(33)
Name X(20)
Name X(12)
Name X(30)
Description
The sequential number assigned to each effluent stream
sampled at the source.
The design total mass or volumetric flowrate of the
effluent In the sampled stream at normal maximum
operating conditions.
The appropriate units of the stream flowrate.
The design velocity of the effluent stream in nt/sec at
normal maximum operating conditions.
The design temperature of the effluent stream in
degrees Celsius at normal maximum operating conditions.
The design absolute pressure In units of kPa of the
effluent stream at normal maximum operating conditions.
The design moisture content In percent by volume of the
effluent stream at normal maximum operating conditions.
The height of the stack In meters, relative to ground
level.
The name of the effluent stream sampled at the source
(e.g., boiler flue gas, process wastewater, bottom ash,
etc.).
The comments on the stream data.
The number assigned to each control device or
treatment, storage, or recovery process, unique within
a test series.
The type of generic control device or treatment process.
The control device/treatment process design type.
The control device/treatment process specific type.
The device/process class.
The commercial name and model number of the
device/process.

-------
FORM 2 « Concluded
Data Element Name
Manufacturer
Sequence Number
Device/Process Keyword
Parameter Number
Design Parameter Name
Value Type
Parameter Value
;> Parameter Value
j^ Text/Units
i 	
Data Base Variable Name
MANUFACTURER
DEVICE/PROCESS CATEGORY
SEQ NUMBER
DEVICE/PROCESS CATEGORY
KEYWORD
DES-PARAMETER NUMBER
DES-PARAMETER NAME
DES-PARAMETER TYPE
DES-PARAMETER VALUE
MAN; EXP
DES-PARAMETER TEXT VALUE;
VALUE UNITS
Data Base
Component
Numbers
C550
C585
C590
C610
C620
C621
C622;
C623
C630;
C624
Field Size/Format
Name X(30)
Integer 99
Name X(30)
Integer 99
Name X{30)
Name X
Decimal 99.99;
Integer 99
Name X{24);
Name X(24)
Description
The name of the device/process manufacturer.
The sequential number assigned to each device/
process keyword.
The word that best describe the control device/
treatment process in greater detail.
The sequential number for the design parameter.
The name of the design parameter.
The code letter for the type of parameter value; T for
text or N for number.
The numeric value of the design parameter, in
exponential format, nn.nn E + nn.
The text value of the design parameter, or the units
of the numeric value of the design parameter.

-------
                 FORM  3  —  Test  Identification  and  Control  Device/Treatment  Process  Operating Parameters
00
00
Data Element Name
Test ID Number
Test Date
Start Time
End Time
Operating Mode
Percent of Design Capacity
Device/Process Number
Operating Parameter Number
Operating Parameter Name
Value Type
Less Than/Greater Than Sign
Parameter Value
Operating Parameter
Text/Units
Comments as Text
Data Base Variable Name
TEST- ID- NUMBER
TEST -DATE
TEST-START TIME
TEST-STOP TIME
OPERATING MODE
PERCENT OF DESIGN CAPACITY
OP-DEVICE NUMBER
OPERATING PARAMETER NUMBER
OPERATING PARAMETER NAME
OPERATING PARAMETER TYPE
OPERATING PARAMETER
HIGH-LOW
OPERATING PARAMETER VALUE
MAN; EXP
OPERATING PARAMETER TEXT
VALUE; VALUE UNITS
TEST-COMMENT-1; -2; -3
Data Base
Component
Numbers
C810
C820
C830
C840
C850
C860
C1010
C1060
C1065
C1066
C1064
C1067;
C1068
C1070;
C1069
C861;
C862;
C863
Field Size/Format
Integer 999
Date
Integer 9999
Integer 9999
Text X(31)
Decimal 999.9
Integer 99
Integer 99
Name X(30)
Name X
Name X
Decimal 9.99;
Integer 99
Name X(24);
Name X(24)
Text X{65);
Text X(65);
Text X(65)
Description
The sequential number for each test. A test 1s defined
as a sample or series of samples at a given point in
time for a particular source/control operating
condition.
The date the test was conducted or begun.
The test starting time on the basis of a 24-hour day.
The test finish time on the basis of a 24-hour day.
The mode of operation of the source at the time of the
test (e.g., batch, continuous, cyclic, etc.).
The percent of the design capacity at which the source
is operating during the test.
The unique number previously assigned to each control
device/treatment process.
The sequential number for each control device operating
parameter .
The name of the operating parameter.
The code letter for the type of parameter value; T for
text or N for number.
The appropriate sign Indicating 1f the data are less
than or greater than a value.
The numeric value of the operating parameter, In
exponential format, n.nn E * nn.
The text value of the operating parameter, or the units
of the numeric value of the operating parameter.
The comments on the test operating conditions.

-------
FORM  4 —  Fuels  and Feedstocks
Data Element Name
Source Feed Material
Feed Material Rate and Units
Feed Material Sample Mass
Feed Material Mass Units
Sequence Number
Laboratory Name
QA/QC Code
> Feed Material Sample Volume
V Volume Units
10
Proximate Analysis Parameter
Value
Units
Ultimate Analysis Parameter
Value
Parameter Name
Value Type
Less Than/Greater Than Sign
Data Base Variable Name
FF-SOURCE FEED MATERIAL
FF-FEED MATERIAL RATE
FF-SAMPLE MASS
FF-SAMPLE MASS UNITS
FF-SEQUENCE NUMBER
FF-LABORATORY NAME
FF-QA-QC CODE
FF-SAMPLE VOLUME
FF-SAMPLE VOLUME UNITS
FF-PA-PARAMETER
FF-PA-PARAMETER VALUE
FF-PA-PARAMETER-UN1TS
FF-UA-PARAMETER
FF-UA-PARAMETER VALUE
FF -PARAMETER
FF-VALUE TYPE
FF -PARAMETER VALUE HIGH-LOW
Data Base
Component
Numbers
C870
C873
C874
C875
C869
C877
C878
C876
C879
C885
C890
CB95
C905
C910
C9Z3
C930
C935
Field Size/Format
Text X(30)
Text X(17)
Decimal 999.99
Text X(6)
Integer 9
Name X(40)
Name XXX
Decimal 999.99
Text X(7)
Name X(16)
Decimal 9(7). 99
Name X(5)
Name X(10)
Decimal 999.99
Name X(12)
Name X
Name X
Description
The specific name of the source feed material (e.g.,
Western PA Bituminous, Kraft Pulp, etc.).
The measured operating (not design) Input rate of the
source with the appropriate units.
The mass of the feed material sample.
The units of the feed material sample mass.
The sequential matter that identifies each feed
material or fuel type used.
The name of the laboratory that performed the fuels and
feedstocks analysis.
The quality assurance/quality control code for the
laboratory.
The volume of the feed material sample.
The units of the feed material sample volume.
The parameter associated with the proximate fuel
analysis, as per ASTH 03172-73.
The value of the proximate analysis parameter.
The units of the proximate analysis parameter value.
The parameter associated with the ultimate fuel
analysis, as per ASTM 03176-74.
The value of the ultimate analysis parameter in units
of percent by weight.
The name of the fuels and feedstocks parameter analyzed
(e.g., bulk density, viscosity, pour point, etc.),
excluding inorganic trace elements and organic chemical
species and compounds.
The code letter for the type of parameter value; T for
text or N for number.
The appropriate sign indicating if the data are less
                                  than or greater than a value.

-------
FORM 4 — Concluded
Data Element Name Data Base Variable Name
Value FF -PARAMETER VALUE
MAN; EXP
Units FF -VALUE UNITS;
FF-TEXT VALUE
Analytical Method FF-ANALYSIS METHOD
High Detection Limit FF-DETECTION LIMIT-HIGH
MAN; EXP
Low Detection Limit FF-DETECTION LIMIT -
LOW MAN; EXP
Detection Limit Units FF-DETECTION LIMIT - UNITS
•
CO
s
Data Base
Component
Numbers
C931;
C934
C932;
C933
C926
C924;
C925
C927;
C928
C929


Field Size/Format
Decimal 9.99;
Integer 99
Name X(18);
Name X(18)
Name XX
Decimal 99.99;
Integer 99
Decimal 99.99;
Integer 99
Name X(7)


Description

The value of the parameter, in exponential format
n.nn E + nn.
The text value of the parameter, or the units of
numeric value of the parameter.
The two-character code for the chemical analysis
used.
The upper detection limit, in exponential format,
nn.nn E + nn.
The lower detection limit. In exponential format,
nn.nn E + nn.
The units of the upper and lower detection limits


the
method


•



-------
                                      FORM 5 -- Fuels and Feedstocks ~ Chemical Analysis
CO
Data Element Name
Chemical ID Type
Category/Species 10
Species Priority/
Hazardous Pollutant
Designation
(Not on Form)
Analytical Method
High Detection Limit
Low Detection Limit
Detection Limit Units
Total Milligrams Recovered
Less Than/Greater Than Sign
Actual Concentration
Actual Concentration Units
Comments as Text
Data Base Variable Name
FF-C-CS-TYPE
FF-C-CATEGORY/SPECIES
FF-C-CS-PRIORITY
FF-C-ANALYSIS METHOD
FF-C-DETECTION LIMIT
HIGH MAN; EXP
FF-C-DETECTION LIMIT
LOU-MAN; -EXP
FF-C-DETECTION LIMIT
UNIT
FF-C-TOTAL MG RECOVERED
FF-C-CONCENTRATION-H1GH-LOW
FF-C-CATEGORY/SPECIES
CONCENTRATION MAN; EXP
FF-C-CONCENTRATION UNITS
FF -COMMENT 1; 2; 3
Data Base
Component
Numbers
C946
C945
C947
C950
C948;
C949
C953;
C9S1
C95Z
C955
C964
C965;
C967
C969
C970;
C97I;
C972
Field Size/Format
Name X
Name X(10)
Name X
Name XX
Decimal 99.99;
Integer 99
Decimal 99.99;
Integer 99
Name X(8)
Decimal 9(5). 999
Name X
Decimal 9.99
Integer 99
Name X(ll)
Text X(65);
Text X(65);
Text X(65)
Description
The chemical entry code which determines the type of
chemical ID used (C for CAS number or M for MEG number).
The chemical ID for the organic category or species, or
the inorganic species.
Identification of whether the chemical species 1s a
NRDC Consent Decree Priority Pollutant or a Section 311
Hazardous Pollutant, or both.
The two-character code for the chemical analysis method
used.
The upper detection limit, In exponential format,
nn.nn E + nn.
The lower detection limit, 1n exponential format,
nn.nn E ± nn.
The units of the upper and lower detection limits.
The total milligrams of the category/species found in
the sample.
The appropriate sign Indicating if the data are less
than or greater than a value.
The actual concentration of the category/species, 1n
exponential format, n.nn E + nn.
The units of the actual concentration.
The comments on the analysis of the fuels and
feedstocks.

-------
                                                                FORM 6 —  Sampling Activity  Description
U)
Data Element Name
Sample Number
Hethod Type
Measurement Instrument/
Method Name
Sampling Start Time
Sampling Duration
Measured Stream Velocity
Measured Stream Temperature
Data Base Variable Name
SMPL-NUMBER
MEASUREMENT INST/
METHOD TYPE
MEASUREMENT INST/
METHOD NAME
SMPL-START TIME
SMPL-DURATION
SMPL-VELOCITY
SMPL-TEMPERATURE
Data Base
Component
Numbers
C1203
C1206
C1209
C1Z12
C1215
C1224
C1227
Field Size/Format
Integer 99
Name X
Name X(30)
Integer 9999
Integer 999
Decimal 999.9
Integer 9999
Description
The sequential number for each sample, unique within a
Test ID. A sample Is the measurement or group of
measurements taken with a single measurement method to
define the composition of a stream at a given point In
time.
The code letter for the type of measurement Instrument/
method; I for Inertlal Impaction (e.g., Impactor,
SASS), or X for other.
The name of the measurement Instrument/method.
The start time of the sample collection on the basis of
a 24-hour day.
The duration of the sample collection activity In
minutes.
The measured velocity of the effluent stream In m/sec.
The measured temperature of the effluent stream In
                 Measured Stream Pressure
                 Measured Stream Moisture
                 Content

                 Density
                 Density Determination


                 Sample Volume


                 Measured Stream Flowrate


                 Flowrate Units
SMPL-PRESSURE                 C1230


SMPL-MOISTURE  CONTENT         C1233


SMPL-DENSITY                 C1236



SMPL-DENSITY DETERMINATION    C1239


VOLUME OF SAMPLE              C1248


                             C1218
SMPL-MASS/VOLUMETRIC
FLOWRATE

SMPL-FLOWRATE  UNITS
                             C1219
                 Flowrate Measurement Method    SMPL-FLOWRATE MEASUREMENT     C1221
                                               METHOD
                       units of degrees Celsius.

Integer 999            The measured absolute pressure of the effluent stream
                       at the sampling location,  1n  units of kPa.

Decimal 99.9           The measured moisture content of the effluent stream at
                       the sampling location, 1n  units of percent by volume.

Decimal 99.9           The particle density of a  paniculate laden gas stream,
                       or the bulk density of a solid discharge stream, In
                       g/cm3.

Integer 9              The number 1 for measured  density, or 0 for assumed
                       density.

Decimal 999.99         The total volume collected for the sample 1n units of
                       m3 (or liters for a liquid sample).

Decimal 9(5).9         The measured total mass or volumetric flowrate of the
                       effluent stream at the sampling location.

Name X(6)              The units of the effluent  stream flowrate.

Name X(20)              The technique or equipment used to determine the
                       effluent stream flowrate.

-------
                                                                                FORM 6  —  Continued
00
Data Element Name
Sample Total Mass
Mass Units
Sampling Location Code
Data Base Variable Name
TOTAL MASS
MASS UNITS
SAMPLING LXATION CODE
Data Base
Component
Numbers
C1251
C1254
C124S
Field Size/Format
Decimal 999.99
Name XX
Name X
Description
The total mass of the sample collected.
The units of the sample mass.
The code letter for the sampling location;

I for Inlet
Device/Process Number
Sampling Location Description
Instrument Temperature
Instrument Pressure
Instrument Flowrate
Percent Isokinetic
CO?
CO
02
N2
Dilution Factor
SAMPLING LOCATION DEVICE
NUMBER
SAMPLING LOCATION
DESCRIPTION
INSTRUMENT TEMPERATURE
INSTRUMENT PRESSURE
INSTRUMENT FLOWRATE
PERCENT ISOKINETIC SAMPLING
CO- 2
CO
0-2
N-2
DILUTION FACTOR
C1247
C1242
C1243
C1244
C1246
C1257
C1260
C1262
C1264
C1266
C1270
Integer 99
Name X(30)
Integer 9999
Integer 999
Decimal 9999.9
Integer 999
Decimal 99.99
Decimal 99.99
Decimal 99.99
Decimal 99.99
Decimal 9999.9
 of  control  device/treatment process or for uncontrolled/
 untreated,  9 for outlet of control device/treatment
 process, G  for treatment plant  Inlet, H for treatment
 plant  outlet, or S for final sludge disposal outlet.

 The number  which Identifies to which device or process
 the sampling location code refers.

 The sampling location description In terms of proximity
 to  control  devices and discharge points, Including any
 Information that affects the sampling and transport of
 discharges  or emissions.

 The temperature of the sampling Instrument In degrees
 Celsius.

 The Inlet absolute pressure of the sampling Instrument
 In  kPa.

 The Instrument flowrate in liters/minute.

 The percent Isoklnetlc sampling achieved at the
 sampling location.

 The amount of COj as a percent of total  gas on  a dry
 basis as determined by gas analysis.

 The  amount of CO as a percent  of total  gas  on a dry
 basis as determined by gas analysis.

 The  amount of Og as a percent  of total gas  on a dry
 basis as determined by gas analysis.

 The  amount of N? as a percent  of total gas  on a dry
 basis as determined by gas analysis.

 The  ratio of aerosol  concentration (on either a mass or
 number basis)  in the  original gas stream to that of the
measured sample.  The number 1  if the aerosol Is not
 diluted, as  1s  the  usual case when sampling with
 Impactors.

-------
                                                   FORM  6  —  Concluded
00
s
Data Element Name
Particle CMamster Basis
Particle Concentration Basis
Upper Boundary Diameter
Calibration/Calculation
Trace Gases 1n PPM
Collection Surface/
Substrate
Conments as Text
Data Base Variable Name
PARTICLE DIAMETER BASIS
PARTICLE CONCENTRATION BASIS
UPPER BOUNDARY DIAMETER
CALIBRATION/CALCULATION
TRACE GASES IN PPM
COLLECTION SURFACE/
SUBSTRATE
SMPL -COMMENTS 1; 2;
3; 4
Data Base
Component
Numbers
C1276
C1278
C1280
C1282
C1268
C1274
C1290;
C1291;
C1292;
C1293
Field Size/Format
Integer 9
Integer 9
Decimal 999.99
Integer 9
Text X(65)
Text X(55)
Text X(65);
Text X(65);
Text X(65 ;
Text X(65)
Description
The number 0 for Stokes particle diameter, 1 for
classic aerodynamic particle diameter, or 2 for
aerodynamic impactlon particle diameter.
The number 1 1f the Instrument/method measures mass, or
0 If It measures the number of particles.
The upper boundary diameter 1n units of microns.
The number 1 for calibrated Instrument cut diameters,
or 0 for calculated Instrument cut diameters.
The results of trace gas analysis, with the chemical
symbol followed by a dash and the value In parts per
million (e.g., S02-15).
The description of any surface or substrate used for
sampling.
The comments on the sampling activity.

-------
                                FORM 7 or  7A  —  Component Data and Effluent Characteristics
CO

t-«
en
Data Element Name
Component Sequence Number
Component Name
Stage/Filter Cut Size
Less Than/Greater Than Sign
Stage Weight/
Component Mass/
Concentration
Mass Concentration/Stage
(Not on Form)
Number Concentration/Stage
(Not on Form)
Cumulative Mass Percent
Less Than Stage Size
(Not on Form)
Cumulative Mass/Actual
Cubic Meter Less than
Stage Size
(Not on Form)
Cumulative Mass/
Dry Normal Cubic Meter
Less Than Stage Size
(Not on Form)
Geometric Mean
Diameter/Stage
(Not on Form)
Data Base Variable Name
COMPONENT SEQUENCE NO
SAMPLING EQUIPMENT
COMPONENT NAME
STAGE/FILTER CUT SIZE
MASS HIGH-LOW;
UG CONCENTRATION HIGH-LOW;
NO-DNCM-HIGH-LOW
MASS MAN;
EXP
UG-DNCM- STAGE-MAN;
-EXP
NO-DNCM- STAGE MAN;
EXP
CUM-PCT-LESS THAN 050
CUM-UG-ACM LESS THAN
D50 MAN; EXP
CUM-UG-DNCM LESS THAN
D50 MAN; EXP
GEOMETRIC MEAN
DIAM-MAN; -EXP
Data Base
Component
Numbers
C1303
C1305
C1310
C1312;
C1349;
C1365
C1313;
C1316
C1350;
C1351
C1363;
C1364
C1352
C1353;
C1354
C1355;
C1356
C1357;
C1358
Field Size/Format
Integer 99
Name X(12)
Decimal 99.99
Name X;
Name X;
Name X
Decimal 9.99;
Integer 99
Decimal 9.99;
Integer 99
Decimal 9.99;
Integer 99
Decimal 999.99
Decimal 9.99;
Integer 99
Decimal 9.99;
Integer 99
Decimal 9.99;
Integer 99
Description
The sequential number for each component of the
measurement instrument/method analyzed.
The specific component of the sampling equipment (e.g.,
the 10 micron cyclone of a SASS train, the filtrate of
a liquid sample, etc.).
The particle boundary diameter 1n units of microns.
The appropriate sign indicating if the data are less
than or greater than a value.
The stage weight (FPEIS), component weight (GEDS, LEDS),
or mass (SDDS) in milligrams; or the mass concentration
(FPEIS) 1n m1crograms/dry normal cubic meter; or the
number concentration (FPEIS) in number of particles/dry
normal cubic meter, for the sampling system component,
in exponential format, n.nn E + nn.
FPEIS Only: The calculated mass concentration per stage
in micrograms/dry normal cubic meter, in exponential
format, n.nn E + nn.
FPEIS Only: The calculated number concentration oer
stage in number of particles per dry normal cubic
meter, in exponential format, n.nn E + nn.
FPEIS Only: The calculated cumulative percent of the
total mass less than the stage size (d50).
FPEIS Only: The calculated cumulative mass concentra-
tion in micrograms per actual cubic meter, in expo-
nential format, n.nn E *_ nn.
FPEIS Only: The calculated cumulative mass concentra-
tion in micrograms per dry normal cubic meter, In expo-
nential format, n.nn E ± nn.
FPEIS Only: The calculated average of HIP ingarithms
of the maximum and minimum particle sizes found on the
stage, in exponential format, n.nn E + nn.

-------
FORM 7 or 7A — Concluded
Data Element Name
Differential Mass
Concentration/Stage
(Not on Form)
Differential Number
Concentra t 1 on/Stage
(Not on Form)
Chemical Analysis
Laboratory Name
Chemical QA/QC Code
Radiological QA/QC Code
Radiological Analysis
Laboratory Name
Component (Aliquot)
Mass/Volume
Mass/Volume Units
Y* Effluent Parameter Name
s
Value Type
Value
Value Units
Analytical Method
High Detection Limit
Low Detection Limit
Detection Limit Units
Comments as Text
Data Base Variable Name
DM-DLOG-MAN; -EXP
DN-DLOG-MAN;
-EXP
CHEMICAL ANALYSIS
LAB NAME
CHEMICAL QA-QC CODE
RAD-QA-QC CODE
RADIONUCLIDE ANALYSIS
LAB NAME
COMPONENT ALIQUOT
MASS-VOL
COMPONENT ALIQUOT
UNITS
EC-PARAMETER
EC-VALUE TYPE
EC- VALUE;
EC-TEXT VALUE
EC-VALUE UNITS
EC-ANALYSIS METHOD
EC-DETECTION LIMIT-HIGH-
MAN; -EXP
EC-DETECTION LIMIT -LOW
MAN; EXP
EC-DETECTION LIMIT - UNITS
EC-COMMENT 1; 2
Data Base
Component
Numbers
C1359;
C1360
C1361;
C1362
C1320
C1321
C1325
C1324
C1330
C1335
C1420
C1429
C1430;
C1432
C1431
C1425
C1423;
C1424
C1426;
C1427
C1428
C1440;
C1450
Field Size/Format
Decimal 9.99;
Integer 99
Decimal 9.99;
Integer 99
Name X{39)
Name XXX
Name XXX
Name X(40)
Decimal 9999.999
Name X(5)
Name X(12)
Name X
Decimal 9999.9;
Name X(13)
Name X(8)
Name XX
Decimal 99.99;
Integer 99
Decimal 9.99;
Integer 99
Name X(9)
Text X(63);
Text X(63)
Description
FPE1S Only: The calculated change in mass concentra-
t ion due to particles caught on this stage (DM/DlogD),
in exponential format, n.nn E + nn.
FPEIS Only: The calculated change 1n number concentra-
tion due to particles caught on this stage (DN/DlogD),
in exponential format, n.nn E i nn.
The name of the laboratory which performed the
chemical analysis on the samples.
The QA/QC code for the chemical analysis laboratory.
The QA/QC code for the radionucllde analysis laboratory.
The name of the laboratory which performed the
radionucllde analysis on the samples.
The mass or volume of the sample aliquot.
The appropriate units of the sample aliquot.
The name of the effluent parameter (e.g., opacity, pH.
oil and grease, odor, etc.), excluding organic and
inorganic species measurements.
The code letter for the type of parameter value; T for
text or N for number.
The numeric or text value of the effluent parameter.
The units of the numeric value of the parameter.
The two-character code for the chemical analysis method
used.
The lower detection limit, In exponential format,
nn.nn E + nn.
The lower detection limit, In exponential format,
n.nn E +_ nn.
The units of the upper and lower detection limits.
The comments on the effluent characteristics.

-------
                                   FORM 8 -- Inorganic Analysis/Non-Level 1 Organic Analysis
OJ
I
Data Element Name
ID Type
Category/Species ID
Species Priority/
Hazardous Pollutant
Designation
(Not on Form)
Analytical Method
High Detection Limit
Low Detection Limit
Detection Limit Units
Total Milligrams
Recovered
Less Than/Greater Than Sign
Actual Source Concentration
Comments as Text
Data Base Variable Name
IA-SPECIES-ID-TYPE
IA-SPECIES-ID
1A-SPECIES-PRIORITY
IA-ANALYSIS-METHOD
IA-DETECTION LIMIT-
HIGH-HAN; -EXP
IA-DETECTION LIMIT-
LOU-MAN; -EXP
IA-DETECTION UNIT
IA-TOTAL MG RECOVERED
IA-HIGH-LOW
IA-CONCENTRATION MAN;
EXP
IA-COMMENT-1; -2
Data Base
Component
Numbers
C1830
C1835
C1836
C1S40
C1841;
C1842
C1843;
C1844
C1845
C1846
C1847
C1850;
C1852
C1860;
C1870
Field Size/Format
Name X
Name X(10)
Name X
Name XX
Decimal 99.99;
Integer 99
Decimal 99.99;
Integer 99
Name X(8)
Decimal 9(5). 999
Name X
Decimal 9.99;
Integer 99
Text X{63);
Text X(63)
Description
The chemical entry code which determines the type of
chemical ID used (C for CAS number or M for MEG number).
The chemical ID for the organic category or species, or
the Inorganic species.
Identification of whether the chemical species 1s a
NRDC Consent Degree Priority Pollutant or a Section 311
Hazardous Pollutant, or both.
The two-character code for the chemical analysis method
used.
The upper detection limit, In exponential format,
nn.nn E ± nn.
The lower detection limit, 1n exponential format,
nn.nn E + nn.
The units of the upper and lower detection limits.
The total milligrams of the category/species found In
the sample.
The appropriate sign Indicating If the data are less
than or greater than a value.
The actual source concentration for this component of
the category/species. In exponential format,
n.rm E * nn; 1n mlcrograms per cubic meter (FPEIS and
GEDS), per liter (LEDS), or per gram (SDDS).
The comnents on the 1norgan1c/non-Level 1 organic
analysis data.

-------
                                             FORM 9 — Level  1 Organic  Analysis
GJ
Data Element Name
Fraction 10
TCO
Grav.
(Calculated Data - Not
On Form)
ID Type
Category/Species ID
Species Priority/
Hazardous Pollutant
Designation
(Not on Form)
Analytical Method
High Detection Limit
Low Detection Limit
Detection Limit Units
Intensity
Less Than/Greater Than Sign
Actual Source Concentration
Comments as Text
Data Base Variable Name
L10A-FR ACTION-ID
L10A-FRACTION-TCO
L10A-FR ACTION -GRAV
L10A-FRACTION-TOTAL
L10AFED-CATEGORY/
SPECIES TYPE
L10AFEO-CATEGORY/SPECIES
L 10AFED-CATEGORY/SPEC I ES-
PRIORITY
L10AFED-ANALYSIS METHOD
L10AFED-DETECTION LIMIT-
HIGH MAN; EXP
L10AFED-DETECTION LIMIT-
LOH-MAN; EXP
L10AFED-DETECTION LIMIT -
UNITS
L10AFED- INTENSITY
L10AFED-HIGH-LOW
L10AFED-CONCENTRATION
MAN; EXP
L10A-COMMENT-1; -2
Data Base
Component
Numbers
C2530
C2540
C2550
C2560
C2580
C25S2
C2S83
C2585
C2586;
C2587
C2608;
C2609
C2588
C2590
C2595
C2600;
C2605
C2610;
C2620
Field Size/Format
Name XXX
Decimal 9999.99
Decimal 9999.99
Decimal 9999.99
Name X
Name X(10)
Name X
Name XX
Decimal 99.99;
Integer 99
Decimal 99.99;
Integer 99
Name X(8)
Integer 999
Name X
Decimal 9.99;
Integer 99
Text X(63);
Text X(63)
Description
The organic fraction determined by liquid
chromatography per Level 1 analysis procedures and
designated LC1-LC7, or TOT if the sample was not
fractionated.
The total chromatographable or garlics (TCO) measured for
each LC fraction, in milligrams.
The weight in milligrams of each LC fraction determined
by gravimetric analysis.
The sum of TCO and GRAV for each LC fraction.
The chemical entry code letter M for MEG number, the
type of chemical ID used.
The MEG ID number for the organic chemical category or
species.
Identification of whether the chemical species is a
NRDC Consent Decree Priority Pollutant or a Section 311
Hazardous Pollutant, or both.
The two-character code for the chemical analysis method
used.
The upper detection limit, In exponential format,
nn.nn E + nn.
The lower detection limit, In exponential format,
nn.nn E ± nn.
The units of the upper and lower detection limits.
The assigned intensity (in essence a weighting factor)
used to indicate relative presence of chemical
categories obtained from either infrared (IR) or low
resolution mass spectrometry (LRMS) analysis data.
Values are 100, 10 or 1 and are used to calculate
concentration estimates.
The appropriate sign indicating if the data are less
than or greater than a value.
The actual source concentration for this component of
the category/species, in exponential format,
n.nn E + nn, In micrograms per cubic meter (FPEIS and
GEDS), per liter (LEDS), or per gram (SODS).
The comments on the Level 1 organic analysis.

-------
                                               FORM  10  —  Radionuclide Data
CO

(-•
vo
Data Element Name
Radionuclide ID
Analytical Method
High Detection Limit
Low Detection Limit
Detection Limit Units
Less Than/Greater Than Sign
Actual Source Concentration
Coiments as Text
Data Base Variable Name
RN-RADIONUCLIDE ID
RN-ANALYSIS METHOD
RN-DETECTION LIMIT-HIGH
MAN; EXP
RN-DETECTION LIMIT
-LOW-MAN; EXP
RN-DETECTION LIMIT - UNITS
RH-CONCENTRATION HIGH-LOU
RN-CONCENTRATION MAN;
EXP
RN -COMMENT 1; 2
Data Base
Component
Numbers
C3025
C3030
C3028;
C3029
C3031;
C3032
C3033
C3034
C3035;
C3040
C3050;
C30S1
Field Size/Format
Name X(8)
Name XX
Decimal 99.99;
Integer 99
Decimal 99.99;
Integer 99
Name X(8)
Name X
Decimal 9.99;
Integer 99
Text X(63);
Text X{63)
Description
The name of the Isotope assayed, as a symbol followed
by a dash and the mass number (e.g., RA-226, U-235,
etc.).
The two-character code for the assay (analysis) method
used.
The upper detection limit, 1n exponential format,
nn.nn E + nn.
The lower detection Hm1t, In exponential format,
nn.nn E * nn.
The units of the upper and lower detection limits.
The appropriate sign Indicating If data are less than
or greater than a value.
The actual source concentration for this component of
the Isotope, 1n exponential format, n.nn E + nn, In pCI
per cubic meter (FPEIS and GEDS), per liter (LEOS), or
per gram (SODS).
The comments on the radlonucllde data.

-------
                                                                    FORM  11  —  Bioassay Data
CO

8
Data Element Name
Test Type
Test Name
test Duration
Lab Sanple ID
Test Laboratory Name
Lab QA/QC Code
Test Start
Test End
Sample Quantity
Sample Quantity Units
Test Organisms/Strains
Type of Value
Value
Value Units
High Confidence Limit
Low Confidence Limit
Maximum Applicable Dose
Data Base Variable Name
BIO-TEST TYPE
BIO-TEST NAME
BIO-TEST DURATION
BIO-SAMPLE ID
BIO-TEST LAB NAME
BIO-TEST QA-QC
BIO- TEST START
BIO-TEST END
BIO-TEST SAMPLE QUANTITY
BIO-TEST SAMPLE UNITS
BIO-ORGANISMS/STRAINS
BIO-VALUE TYPE
BIO-VALUE-MAN; -EXP
BIO-VALUE UNITS
BIO-HI -CONF-LI MIT-
MAN; -EXP
BIO-LOW-CONF-LIMIT-
MAN; -EXP
BIO-MAX-APPLICABLE-
DOSE-MAN; -EXP
Data Base
Component
Numbers
C3205
C3210
C321S
C3220
C3225
C3226
C3230
C3235
C3240
C3245
C3255
C3280
C328S;
C3286
C3290
C3295;
C3296
C3300;
C3301
C3305;
C3306
Field Size/Format
Name X(25)
Name X(30)
Integer 9(6)
Name XXXX
Name X(41)
Name XXX
Date
Date
Integer 9(8)
Name X(6)
Name X(65)
Name XXXX
Decimal 9.99;
Integer 99
Name X(8)
Decimal 9.99;
Integer 99
Decimal 9.99;
Integer 99
Decimal 9.999;
Integer 99
Description
The name of the broad category of bloassay test type.
The exact name of the bloassay test (a subset of Test
Type).
The duration of the test In hours.
The unique sample ID assigned by the test laboratory.
The name of the bloassay testing laboratory.
The bloassay laboratory QA/QC code.
The start date of the bloassay test.
The end date of the bloassay test.
The quantity of sample submitted for analysis.
The units of the sample quantity.
The name of the specific test organism used (e.g.,
SALMONELLA TYPHIMURIUM TA-1538 or TA-98, etc.).
The value type (e.g., LD50, LC50, EC50, etc.) depending
on the assay.
The value of the assay results, 1n exponential format,
n.nn E * nn.
The units of the assay results value.
The upper confidence limit of the assay results value,
In exponential format, n.nn E * nn.
The lower confidence limit of the assay results value,
In exponential format, n.nn E + nn.
The technical limitation on the dose allowed In a
particular assay. In exponential format, n.nnn E + nn.
                Maximum Applicable Dose
                Units
                                            BIO-M-A-D-UN1TS
C3310
Name X(9)
                                  The units of the maximum applicable dose.

-------
                                                     FORM  11  —  Concluded
Data Element Name
Level of Toxiclty
Bacteria Mutagenlclty
Response
Minimum Effective
Concentration
Minimum Effective
Concentration Units
Approximate Concentration
Factor
Line Number
Comments as Text
Data Base Variable Name
BIO-LEVEL OF TOXICITY
BIO-BACT. MUTAGEN RESPONSE
BIO-MIN-EFF-CONC-MAN;
-EXP
BIO-MIN-EFFECTIVE CONCEN.
UNITS
BIO-APPROX-CONCENTRATION-
F ACTOR
BIO-COMMENT LINE NUMBER
BIO-COMMENT
Data Base
Component
Numbers
C3315
C33ZO
C3325;
C3326
C3330
C333S
C3365
C3370
Field Size/Format
Name X(14)
Name X{14)
Decimal 9.99;
Integer 99
Name X(7)
Name X(17)
Integer 99
Text X(63)
Description
The qualitative bloassay result, as HIGH, MODERATE,
LOW, or NOT DETECTABLE.
The Ames test response, as POSITIVE or NEGATIVE.
The Minimum effective concentration, In exponential
format n.nn E + nn.
The units of the minimum effective concentration.
The factor which accounts for any aliquot taken during
the bloassay lab procedures; not the process stream
flow.
The line number for the bloassay comments.
The comments on the bloassay data.
CO
ro

-------
     APPENDIX A.4



SDDS DATA INPUT FORMS

-------
        vxEPA    EADS
        U.S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
        IERL-RTP Research Triangle Park. N.C. 27711
                                                     SOLID DISCHARGE DATA SYSTEM



                                                           DATA INPUT  FORMS
FORM 1
2/ao
        A - SOURCE DESCRIPTION
Form Completed by
Test
Series No.
1 2
i

3


4


s


6



:?


*j«ftt|Tt
4:1;: 1


&


B





Card
No.
14 15
A 0
Card
No.
14 15
A 1
Card
No.
M 15
A 2
Source Category
6 17

8

19

20

21

22

23

2*

25

26

27

28

29

30

31

32

33

34

35

Process Type
16 17

16

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

31

32

33

34

35

Source Type
36

37

38

39

40

41

42

43

44

45


46

47

Design I Process
Process Rat* | Rate Units
36

37

38

39

40

Site Name
16 17

IB

19

20

Carol
No. 1 Zip Code
114 15
[A 3
6 17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

Country
11

a

23

24

23

26

27

28

29

JO

FPEIS
TSN
26

27

2»

29

30

31

37

33

34

35

36

37

38

39

40

SO&S: : s;| GEDS
TSN: ij TSN
31

M

J3

:MJi|3«
It
37

38

39

40

41 [42
_[_
43

44

45

Street/ Box
4]

42

43

44

45

LEDS
TSN
41

42

43

44

«


[illS
|A4
Card
No.
A 5
A i
(Card
No.
14 15
|A 7
ICard
No.
114 15
|AS
16 17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

31

32

33

34

35

36

37

38

39

40

41

42

43

44

«

Reference Report Title


























































Reference Report Author
It 17

ie

19

20

21

22

23

74

25

2£

27

2E

29

30

31

32

33

34

Ji

36

37

38

39

<0

41

42

43

44

45
46

47

41

49

50

51

52

53

54

5S

Product/ Device Type
56

5;

Feed Material
Category
48

49

50

51

52

53

54

55

56

57

51

59

60

61

62

63

64

45

*

67

66

69

70

71

72

n

74

75

SIC Code |
n nn n •
1
Source Name 1
58

59

60

Number
46

47

48

49

50

51

52

53

54

55

56

57

58

IslSWttS'S-iii-: :••::•-*••• •f<*4 Start DC
Nowfanf • .'•:•;•;. ,.'. JMo | Da
3
1
<«!

4*

:*T

»

»T

SB.

S3

SjliS
4
5*157

5*

59

60

61

62

63

64

65

66

67

66

69

70

71

72

73

74

75

76 77 7« TV SO)

Sta"n
1 i
61

a

63

64

65

66

67

68

69

te 1 Finish Date I
Yr |Mo|Da|Yr |
2

•4*1

"T

«fe
1
^PP
Till
70

71

72

73

74

75

76 77 7»| 7» «0
-L


IITO/TD 1
Contract Number JNurnberl Name of Sampling GrouftTControclOf
44

47

48

49

50

51

52

53

54

55J56

57

58|59

60

61

62

63

64

65

6*

67

66

69

70

71

n

73

74

75

76 77 7» 7» «
































































1 Reference Report Number I Reference Report Publication Dote
46
1
Reference Report 1. 1;'.j •:..; ;| !; ':';: . ,.V. ?; :> ;. :;.;.;i:'.:
NTIS Number liii^iiilis '.*•:>:*(•**::;•
16 17

i

19

2C

2

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

Jl

3V

3J

34

35b»|»**»
111
*W
1
«w
31
*J

«

47

46

49

50

51

52

53

54

55

56

57

58

5V

60

61

62

63

64

65M

47

»

W

7«

71

n

'^MmiiiSMiiii^
«r
-I;.,:
***
•If,-,
•



»:



13

:
_
»

»*
,,,
g
dii
*

»

*

M

«

*|f

B

M



-U,
£
M

«»*

73

M

75

rt n M n B
n
Illl \
%_*••'' ' :'WSlMm

1
l»tJiuMlJtHltrjiBil
rl JM I \iW^^jfnl
3=.
•



I
         B - TEST SERIES COMMENTS
Test
Series No.
1 2

J






: : :. :
ssii

i
J>_
;•:•:-

*ih





W',.


Card
No.
B
B
§
B
B
o
0
0
o
0
Line
No.










Comments as Text





























































































































































































































































































































































         NOTE- When encoding data, u*« o 0 for alpha character and 0 for numeric zero.
                                                                                                                         of_

-------
          4V EPA    EADS
          U.S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
          IERL-RTP Research Triangle Park, N.C. 27711
                                                        SOLID  DISCHARGE  DATA  SYSTEM
                                                                                                            FORM 2
                                                                                                                                2/80
C - STREAM
DATA INPUT FORMS
DESIGN CHARACTERISTICS
i- Stream No.
Test
Series No.
si










1


Jtssi













Card
No.
r
0
Card
No.
M
C
C
15
1
2
Flowrate*






Flowrate
Units'






Velocity*




teWpW- '
:«&«*:; '




Pwr-.
sore*



Moist.
Con.*



Stadr. '•=• •'•:;
Height*





Stream Name*









Form Completed by


Stream Comments as Text*
16


17


IB


19


20


21


22


23


24


25


26


27


26


29


30


31


32


33


34


35


36


37


38


39


40


41


42


43


44


45


46


47


48


49


so


51


52


i3


54


55


56






























79 so



57


58


59


60


61


62


63


64


65


66


67


68


69


70


71


72


73


74


/i


/&


n


79


/v


BO


          D - CONTROL DEVICE/TREATMENT/STORAGE/RECOVERY PROCESS
Test
Series No.

s













nSFtTSffsi


Card
No.
14
D
15
0
Card
No.
u
D
15
1
Card
No.
M
D
15
2
Card
No.
4
D
D
D
15
3
3
3
De-
vice
No.
16

17

Generic Device/ Process Type
It

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

M

31

32

33

34

35

Specific Process/Device Type
16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

21

25

26

27

28

29

30

31

32

33

34

35

36

37

Design Type
38

39

40

41

42

43

44

45

46

47

Device/ Process Class
36

37

36

39

to

41

42

43

44

45

46

47

48

49

50

51

52

53

54

55

56

57

58

59

60

61

62

43

64

65

66

67

6>

69

70

.:'•.•••. . • ' • -i
i

a



&

3S

>4_

If

M

»

H

Device/Process Commercial Name
48

49

50

51

52

53

54

55

56

57

58

59

60

61

62

63

64

65

M

67

68

69

70

71

n

73

74

75

76

m

*W

t : i ;.|:.: Ij'is : '' '• • ' '•'•'••'• ' • ' • '•'•?• S :• • •• : ' - " • * ' ' ' ' :j
Manufacturer f : ; : ^ " : • •;.' ' : - -
16

17

Seq.
No.
16



17



18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

10

31

32

33

y

35

36

37

38

39

40

41

42

43

44

<**
1


Device/ Process Keyword
18



19



20



21



22



23



24



25



26



27



28



29



30



31



32



33



34



35



36



37



38



39



40



41



42



43



44



45



46



47



:*

a

Seq.
No.
48



49



»

3?

32

S3:

M



S*

*?

5»

3T

a>



«r

U

M.

a

M

V

m

*

3



n

**

M

M

M

»

9*

*

Device/ Process Keyword
50



51



52



53



54


55



56



57



58



59



60



6!



62



63



64



65



66



67



68



69



70



71



72



73



74



75



76



77



78



79



aft


5E



ro
          D - CONTROL DEVICE/PROCESS DESIGN PARAMETERS

                     -Stream No
Test
Series No.
S 1

-|-



1




Card
No.
D
a
D
D
D
D
D
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
















— Parameter No .
Design Parameter Name






























































































































































































































r







r'olue Type
Parameter Value
±







A
4
4
4
I















b
t
t
E
E
E
E




















Operating Parameter Text/Units




































































































































































           •Denotes Repetitive Data Feature at Stream Level


           NOTE: When encoding data, use a fl For alpha character and 0 Far numeric zero.
Page	oF_

-------
                                     EADS
          U.S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
          IERL-RTP Research  Triangle Park. N.C. 27711
                                                                          SOLID  DISCHARGE  DATA  SYSTEM
                                                                                                                                                  FORM 3
           2/ao

E - TEST IDENTIFICATION
r Stream



I
I

Test
Series No.






















No.



Test E
ID.
fr

No. \


10

IE
\
&


DATA
NPUT FORMS



Card
No.
M
E
IS
0

Test Date
Mo
16 17

Da
IB

19

Yr
20

71


Start
Time
22

23

24

25


End
Time
26

27 21 29



Operating Mode*
30 31 32 33 34 35

36

37

36

39

40

41

42

43

44

45

46

47

46

49

50

51

52

53

54







55







56

57

58

59

60










Design
Capacity*
61

62

63
|
64

Form Completed by




	 :.. .:,,:,.!:.,,,:5j:.,,,:..,.,: .:.. ,, .... ::™x :-:,.;-
*5

*)«*«* m« toot: »: »t*p * s a
I 1
          E-CONTROL DEVICE/PROCESS OPERATING PARAMETERS


i
s



r-S
Test
Seriei No.
2



| |






I
I



'earn
No.
Test
ID.
No.



10


n



«


:
a...
tt










Card
No.
4 15
E 1
Card
No.
U 15
F ?
E 2
E 2
E 2
E 2
£ 2
E 2
E 2
E 2
Device/ Process Number
16

'IS
r
r°f
i
I*









17 1C











21

•a

*J

?«|l5

STz?

3»

jy

10

31

3!

is

34

35

36

17

31

3?

40

41

«

43

44

45

46

47

ie rating Parameter Number
Operating Parameter Name*
19 2(









21









22









n









24 25









26 27









re









29









30









31









32









33









34









35









36









37









38









39









4O









41









42









43









44









45









44









U









4*

I
48









M

JB

ii

si

sa

54

5J

5ft

Value Type
Parameter Value
$ ±
49









50


(




4

51









52|53









f
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
t
54









55









56









57

59

IP

il

42

41

i4

|U|*i

67

a

m

7>

72

73

!*:»

?» 77

*

M
E
Operating Parameter Text/Units
57









56









59









60









61









62









63









64









65









66









67









a









f









»









71









n









n









M n









w »









m









X M









Card!
No. | Device/Process Number
|ii|it|ll|rrfrtfj^;^il|n|njl4Tl|»^p'rTl[^^Tll^^






E t £sL;:l::s ;:,i.;;: ;j;: . i;:: V: .;.,! L ; I " '. . S 1 -. : -ii:: L i,:. ,.i.:::,fc, 1 : [,..[:,. ; .-li ; f !: : .. .,L:.:.I:.., :.t::, 3 ^.-J j;;.: v| ;.:;!;;. 3.::. J- :J::;:I f: :|;, f ilsf :=:f*-l;ii;: liitst"
Cor
No

F
E






F
Ca,
No
r
F
F
* r°



!
>
!
i
j
i
2










aerating Parameter Number
Operating Parai




















22









a









meter Name*
24 2S









d
. Comments as Text*
7
R
9


















24 27












21









2»









X


















31









32








_
33









31 32)33
1






34








35









34




It











37









17



38









18



J9









to









41







42







	 1 	
1
39)40)41









4?



«









44









43 44






45









46









47









f
48









/alue Type
Parameter Value
S ±
49

























50
,
1
J
1
•4
i
i
4
- J




41








J2







53
t
E
t
t
t
t
E
E
i E











14













55








56

















Operating Parameter Text/Units
57










5*









59









all









61









62

























63









M
















65









K









a









<*









m









75









71































71









73
















» 75













7« 77









71 7













7* 7


1 M>










P B*


co
             •Denotes Repetitive Data Feature at Test Level
             NOTE: When encoding data, use a f for alpha character and 0 for numeric zero.
Page	of_

-------
&EPA   EADS

U.S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
IERL-RTP Research Triangle Park, NX. 27711
                                               SOLID  DISCHARGE DATA SYSTEM
                                                                                                     FORM 4
                                                                                                                         2/80
F - FUELS
AND FEED


Test
Series No.
1 2
S

3


4


5


6


7

-i

B

STOC
tream
DATA INPUT FORMS
KS
No.
Test
ID.
No.
9 10

1
11


HI


Card
No.
14 15
F 0
Card
No.

F 1
Source Feed Material*
16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

31

32

33

34

35

36

37

38

39

40

41

42

43

44

45


Feed Material Rate & Units*
46

47

46

49

50

51

52

53

54

55

Laboratory Name *


"



,9

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

31

32

33

34

35

36

37

38

39

40

41

42

43

44

45

46

47

46

49

50

51

52

53

54

55

56

57

58

QA/
QC
Code
56

57

58

59

he
Sa
Vo
59

60



61

62

Form Completed by

Feed Materia
Sample Mass*
63

sd Materia
nple
ume*
60

61

62

63

64

65

66

Volume
Units*
64

65

6*

67

Feed
Material
Mass Units*
66


67

66

69


69

70

1
70
1
71

n




n

n

• Seq. No.-,
Si
<*: »** n 
-------
vxEPA     EADS
U.S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
IERL-RTP Research Triangle Park, N.C. 27711
                                                   SOLID  DISCHARGE DATA SYSTEM
                                                                                                           FORM 5
         2/80
= - FUELS AND
Test
Series No.
1 1
S













F




EED




i
STOC
ream
DATA NPUT FORMS
KS - CHEMICAL ANALYSIS
No.
Test
ID.
No.



10

1 1


•:;Sj
«3w
1











ard
No.
4 15
•

:

•



F
F
F
:
F


F
:
F
:
F
:
F 5
F 5
1- b
F 5
f 5
F 5
F 5
F 5
f 5
F 5
F b
F 5
F 5
F h
1- i
F 6
F i
F 
-------
&EPA   EADS

U.S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
IERL-RTP Research Triangle Park, N.C. 27711
                                        SOLID DISCHARGE DATA SYSTEM
                                                                                          FORM 6
                                                                                                           2/80
H-SAMPUNG
Test
Series No
s-





ACTIVITY
|— Stream


1



DESCRIPTION DATA INPUT FORMS
No. ,_ Sampling Duration* (Min)
Test
ID.
No.






5m pi,
No.




Card
No.
H
0
Card
No.
u
H
15
1


Measurement Instrument/Method
Name*











Meas. Stream I Flowrate
Flowrate* | Units *
,4

7

18

rSarnpl
Card! I D
No.|l| {
u
H
IS] 4117
2j
Card
No.
14
H
15
3
Card
No.
u
H
15
4
Card
No.
u
H
15
b
Card
No.
u
H
H
H
H
15
6
/
8
9
18

* :'t#~
kinetic
94
1
.'?:

18

19

20

2l]22

23

24

25

26

127




















Sampling
Start-
Time

Flowrate Measurement Method*
28

29

30

31

32

33

34

35

36

37

38

39

40

41

42

43

44

45

46

47




1


Sample
Total Mass*
48

49

50

51

52


Mem.
Stream
Velocity*




AAeas.
Stream
Temp*




Meca.
Streorn^
Pressure



Form Completed by
Meos.
Moist.
Con.*



tream
•
Density



I

1 Density Det
Sample
Volume





jrmi nation1


Massj : . ':' '.' i : ::;.:™:::i: '•:;.•;; :••:: . ..•;;.. ;. :::.: ,•': ;;. ',:;•;: :v;(/ : Vis
Units};..';, . . '•*:;fftV,. •- •.:.. ^££|
53

54|5*

9*

I**

SB

»

«

ft

0

6J

w

«

«

SM*

m
«

n

K

»

sis
4
2

2_w

g*

ng Location Code
evice/Process Number
Sampling Location Description* |— : . . : ' ;
19

20

?\

22

::-.co?*;
rt

20
..j
ji

M

23

24

25

26

\ ce:"
23

24

te

2t

27

28

29

30

P
Uof;
27

2*

»

30

31

32

33

34

article Dia
1 ^ :
3t

33

33

34

35

36

37

38

39

meter Bans *-
Dilution
faciOf*
34

36

37

38

W

40

1
40

41

[
41

42

*3

44

45

46

[Particle Con
•Uppir
Diameter
Bowagry*
42
:
43

44

Hi

46

47

ce
[
47

48 tff
1
JO

SI

si

£1

»

55

54

i7

w

»

M

«

«

aa

M

0

a

&

*

«

»



•et

ft

N

»

GW

m»|» til

>traHon Eksu * .
— Cal ibrflHon/ Calculation *
a

49

50

SI

is

S3

H

S5

M

5?

5S

»

as

&t







a


\
#

»

»



vte





7*

gg
r
7K H

Ti»c« GOMS in FPM*; ; : -•"'"• ' .' '' ' /:• ..'":"'' -.'. ';. ,' . ;:.. || ... o ;::. •
1*
I
IT

U

»

U

n

a

J3

14

2i

J4

27

3

&

*

31

»

»|34
1
35

is

3f

39

3T

49

4t

«.

*3

44

**

4*

4?

«

«

.90-

SI

52:

S3

*•

IS

id

S

»

S9

60

it

42

S3

it

45



38

39

[40

41

ti

43

44

45

4«

47

48

W

Sntsi

52

53

$4

55

a

57

W

W

w

41

62

a

«

45

46

6?

«

«

?OJ7l

71

n

n

»

ft

)»•>».

||
.
Comments as Text *
16




17




H)




19




•20




21




a




23




24




25




26




2/




28




2V




30




31




32




a




34




35




36




37




JU




39




40




41




42




43




44




45




46




47




«




49




50




51




52




53




54




5i




56




i7




58




59




60




61




62




A3




64




65




66




67




68




69




70




71




72




73




74




75




76




77 78




79 M




"Denotes Repetitive Data Feature at Sample Level


NOTE:  When encoding data, use a JS for alpha character and 0 for numeric zero.
Page	of.

-------
          vxEPA     EADS
          U.S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCV
          IERL-RTP Research Triangle Part, N.C. 27711
                                                                   SOLID  DISCHARGE DATA  SYSTEM
                                                                                                                                      FORM 7
          2/80
K - COMPONENT
|- Stream
Test
Series
S





No.







No.
Test
ID.
No.

1




Smpl.
No.





Card
No.
K
0
Card
No.
14
K
15
1
r


j
16

17





— Component Sequence
Component Name


Chem.
QA/QC
Code
18 19

20



Rad.
QA/C
[Code
21

22






lumber



D
Stage/
Filter
Cut Size




ATA INPUT FORMS
Moss (mg)
£ i




E



Form
Chemical Analysis Laboratory Name*






















Component Sequence Number
| Radiological Analysis Laboratory Name*
apt
\
25

26

27 2

8 29

30

31

32

33

34

35

36

37

36

39

40

41

42

43

44

45

46

47

48

49

50

51

52

53

54

55

56

57

58

59

60

61

62

63




Completed by




Component
(Aliquot)
Mass/Volume
64 65

66

67
,
66

69




70






Mass/Volume!* ™ *•* 75g» » * ifc »
_|» S? is; ij? i|
           K - EFFLUENT CHARACTERISTICS

Test
Series
S





No.




r- Stream No.



Test
ID.
No.






Smpl.
No.









3art
No.
C 2
K i
K 2
K
K 2
K 5
K
K 1
K ;
K
K ;
K
K
K
K
K
K
K
K
K
K
K
K
tc
K
K
r




















































— Component Sequence Number
Effluent Parameter Name
























































































































































































































































































































I


























/alue Type*
Value*


































































































































Value Units'






































































































































































































































































-Analytical Method*
High Detection
Limit* +































]




(


(


t





,





















k

































E
E
E
E
E
E
E
b
E
E
I
E
t
E
E
E
E
E
E
t
t
t
t
t
t
E














































































Low Detection
Limit* ±


















.


t

— t
t
























-




























E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
t
t
E
E
E
E
E
t
E
E
E
b
t
E
b
t









































































































Detection Limit
Units •

















































































































































































































, , . -
• • -
• •:. : ; • ;>•-





























































































































































fill



:

t •••

₯ SK Hj

















.: |
 I
•-J
            K - EFFLUENT CHARACTERISTICS COMMENTS


Test
S
<-

»ri


•s


Mo










^Stream Mo.





Test
ID.
t


Jo






Smpl,
Nc


.



Card
Nc
"K

>.
I












c


om


me


nts


as


l<


:xt















































*o


41





41








4A


47


4fl


*
-------
wEPA    EADS

U.S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
IERL-RTP Research Triangle Park. N.C. 27711
                                        SOLID DISCHARGE DATA SYSTEM
                                                                                        FORM 8
2/80
L - INORGANIC
Test
Series
S





No.




ANALYSIS/NON-LEVEL 1 ORGANIC ANALYSIS °ATA 'NPUT FORMS
•• Stream No.



•


Test
ID
No.






Smpl.
No.




Card
No.
1
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
u
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0






































-<_





































on-
[





































ponent Sequence Number
-ID Type
Category/Species ID

















































































































































































































































































































































































,




































-t





































nalytica Method
High Detection
Limit +




















































































































































F
F
F
E
F
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
I
E
E
b
E
t
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
b
E
E















































































































Low Detection
Limit +




























































i

t
t








A
























,

i
i








i






































F
F
F
F
E
F
F
E
E
E
E
E
E
F
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
b
E
b
E
b















































































































Detection
Limit Units








































































































































































































































































































Total Milligrams
Recovered








































































































































































































































































































Form Completed by
Actual Source
Concent rat ion (fJ-g/g
$ ±




















































































































































E
i
t
E
E
E
E
b
E
t
E
E
E
t
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
t
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
F


























































































































































































•

























































;:>:


































































































































































































.
.










 L- INORGANIC ANALYSIS/NON-LEVEL 1 ORGANIC ANALYSIS COMMENTS


Test
Series No.
1 2
S
S


















-Ti, INO.






Test
ID
No.



10


u



Smpl.
No.
12


13



Card
No.
M
L
L
15
1
'1.



16


— Component Sequence Number


17



Comments as Text
IB


19


20


21


22


23


24


2i


M


27


28



29


30



31


32


33



34



JS



J6



3/



38



39



40



41



42



43



44



45


«


47



46



4?



W



51



52



a



M



55


56


57


Sfi


59


M


6!


62


43


64


65


66


67


M


69


70


71


7J


73


74


75


76


77


78


7» 80


 NOTE: When encoding data, use a 0 for alpha character and 0 for numeric zero.
                                                                                                  Page	of.

-------
U.S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
IERL-RTP Research Triangle Park, N.C. 27711
                                                                      SOLID   DISCHARGE  DATA  SYSTEM
                                                                                                                                                          FORM  9
2/80
M - LEVEL
1
ORGANIC ANALYSIS DATA INPUT F°RMS
-Stream No. . — Component Sequence Number
Test
Series No.
1 2
i

3


4

5

6

,
7


Test
ID.
No.
8 9


10


11


impl.
No.
12


13











ard
No. '
15 lit
M 0
M 0
M 0
M 0
/ 0
M 0
M 0
M 0
M 0
M 0
M 0
M 0
M
M
M
M
M 0
M 75
M 0
M 0
M 0
M 0
M 0
V 0
M 0
M 0
M 0
M 0
M 0
M 0
V 1
M 0
fv
)v i
M
r
7 18 19 20



































raction ID
TCO
21



































2



































3



































4



































5



































t>



































Gray .
7



































28



































29



































30



































31




























32




























' 1












[
33
M
M
rt
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
|M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
— ID Type
Category/Species ID
34



































35



































36



































37



































38



































3V



































40



































41



































42


































43



































r
44




























45









































IAna ytica Method
High Detection
Limit +
46



































47







us







4
I,




,
t







j
t
i
,
i

4
i
(
,
,
,
i

























49



































50
E
E
F
F
F
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
b
E
b
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
t
E
51



































52



































53



































Low Detection
Limit ±
54



































55



















I
1
56





















if










i

	 t













57





























58
I
i
t
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
t
E
E
b
E
b
t
t




t
t
t
E
59



































60



































61



































Form Completed by
Detection
Lim t Units
62





















63
















































64



































65



































66



































67



































66



































69



































rlnt(
70































71






































72



































nsity
Actual Source
Concentration (lig/g)
£ i
73



































74



































7i



































76



































77
E
t
E
E
E
b
t
b
E
b
E
b
E
b
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
F
E
F
E
F
F
F
c
f
-
p
:
71



































7? 80



































  M - LEVEL  1 ORGANIC ANALYSIS COMMENTS
                  •-Stream No.
T
S
1 2

Mt
pri
1

«s
4

No
•>

t,

1
7

1
g

1
1
r
9

es
D.
-Jo
10

M

Sm
Nc
TJ

P"
.
Is

Cc
N<
i7
M
trd
>.
IS
|

16

r
17

It

Co
air
19

mp
me
20

3rw
nts
21

nt
a«

Se
T
23

qu
ex
"241

en
25

:e
~u

Nt

mk
28

ei















37





















"«

49



51



53

54




	 1

	
56

59

60
J
61

62

63

64

65

66

~6?

6fl

69

Al

.M

n

T\

74

T,

7f,



7*

79 90

  NOTE; When encoding data, use a 0 for alpha character and 0 for numeric zero
                                                                                                                                                                            Page	of_

-------
&EPA   EADS

U.S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
IERL-RTP Research Triangle Park, N.C. 27711
                                      SOLID DISCHARGE  DATA SYSTEM
                                                                                 FORM 10
                                                                                                  2/80
1 - RADIONUCLIDE DATA
-Stream

s
Test
Series No.













Test
ID.
No




No.



DATA INPUT FORMS ! Form Completed by
1 	 Component Sequence Number i 	 	 — 	 — 	
Smpl.
No.




lard
No.
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R








R
R
R
K
R
R
R
R
R
K
K
R
R
R
R
0
o
g
D
0
0
0
0
u
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
u
u
0
0
0








































































Radionuclide ID
































































































































































































































































































































































— Analytical Method
High Detection
Limit +


























































(







(































1









































F
F
E
E
E
F
E
E
E
F
E
f
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
t
E
E
t
t
E
t
E









































































































Low Detection
L mit 4.


















































,








i
















































































F
f
i
F
E
E
F
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
t
t
E
t
E









































































































Detection
Limit Units
























































































































































































































































































Actual Source
Concentration (pCi/g
£ ±












































































































































E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
b
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
b
E
E
E
b
E
E
E









































































































1 • ;'.;..


















































































































































































































































































































































































































1




































i

































i
::
:





























;






























1






'






















,i
••





























.









.








•

























•






;


.
:






















^

«§ 85
11



.-; .^
11
x?:S

11
'; : :'"












R - RADIONUCUC

S
.S
Test
Series No.













>E DATA COMMENTS
r-Stream No.



Test
ID.
No.






Smpl.
No.




Card
No.

R
i
2



1 — Component Sequence Number



Comments as Text



























































































i


i
,


—














_„



i
















NOTE: When encoding data, use aft for alpha character and 0 for numeric zero.
                                                                                           Page.
                                                                                                of

-------
vVEPA    EADS
U.S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
IERL-RTP Research Triangle Park, N.C. 27711
                                      SOLID DISCHARGE DATA SYSTEM
                                                                                   FORM 11
                                                                                                   2/80
T-

1
j

BIOASSAY DATA
r Stream
Test
Seri
2


3


es
4


No.
5


6


7



8

1
No.
Tes
ID.
No.
9


10


11


DATA INPUT FORMS
Smpl.
No.
12


13




Card
No.
4 15
0
Care
No.
14 If
T 1
Care
No.
14 li
T 2
Cart
No.
14 1
T :
T :
T :
Car
No
T
Car
No
14 1
T
Test Type*
16

7

8

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

2B

29

30

31

32

33

34

35

36

37

38

39

40

Forrr completed by

Test Name *
41

42

43

44

45

46

47

48

49

50

51

52

53

54

55

56

Test Laboratory Name •
16

17

IB

19

20

21

22

23

Sample
Quantity
16

17

IB

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26J27

28

29

Sample
Quan. Units
24

23

26

27

2B

29

30

31

32

33

34

35

36

37

38

39

40

41

42

43

44

45

46

47

48

49

50

51

52

53

54

55

56

57

56

59

Lab
QV
QC
Code
57

5B

59

«

6

a
63

6-

65

Test Start
Mo Da Yr
60

6

62

63

64

65

6V

6

61

69 70

Test End
Mo Da Yr
66

67

66

69 70

Test
Duration (Hr)
71 72 73

74

'5 76

Lab.
Sample
77 78 79 80


,*ta
I
m

* n.

r? ». 3(iijj


m

it

w

a

»*

»

»

w

*

»

46

4)

M

43J4*
1
*5

M

47

4*

4»

M

H

a

3

M

w

5*

57

5*

Sf

40

41

a\
1 : 1 1
S 7* 1

771 7* 1

Test Organ! sms / Strai ns *
16


1
17



IB



19



J Type of
Value *
(



20



21



22



23



24



Value ±



t

25



26






27



28



29



30



31



Value Units



d
Bacteria Mutagenicity Response*
5 llS

17

M

19

20

71

7;

tt

2'

25

26

27

28

29



32



.

33





34





35



36



37



3d



39



40



41



High Confidence
Limit +


Minimum
Effective Cone.
±
30
L
Jl

^

Jj
t
.14

35

36


t



42



43



44



45



46



Low Conf de
Limit +


Minimum
Effective
Cone. Units
37

3B

3V

40

41

41

4J


E

47



48



nee


49



50



51



52



53



Maximum
Applicable
Dose




E
54



+

55





56





57



58



59



60



61



Maximum
Applicable
Dose Units




Approximate Concentration Factor
44

45

46

47

4»

49

M

J!

5?

5J

54

55

56

i'

5B

5V

6U


a





63



64



65







66



67



68



69 70 7



1 77 73



Leve of Toxicity *





*1

at

w

M

IS

M

a

4*

* ** J


74 7





S 76 /





7 7« TV 80



TTrTnifil
7 78 TV «

I A rf

M fl

1«
1
f » **PB
• i ;••£•{:.•:'
T - BIOASSAY COMMENTS

_j
Test
Seri
2 3




es


No




7

!


T
1
r
9


est
D.
•to
10


11

Sin
Nc
12


Pi.
).
\'J



Cc
N
14
1
1
T
L
T
L
1
T^
rd
•)
I1!
9
o
9
9

U
N
M



rw
T
I/



c
IH



om
19



me
70



nts
71



aj
"??



T
23



-xt
24



*
25



26







29







































































































































































70



71







73











76







78



TT|BO



•Denotes Repetitive Data Feature at Sample Level

NOTE: When encoding data, use o ft for alpha character and 0 for numeric zero
Page	of.

-------
                                  TECHNICAL REPORT DATA
                           (Please read Instructions on the reverse before completing)
1. REPORT NO.
  EPA-600/8-80-009
                                                          3. RECIPIENT'S ACCESSION-NO.
4. TITLE AND SUBTITLE
  Environmental Assessment  Data  Systems User Guide:
  Solid Discharge Data System
                                                         5. REPORT DATE
                                                           January 1980
                                                         6. PERFORMING ORGANIZATION CODE
7. AUTHOR(S)

  R.  J.  Larkin, Editor
                                                          8. PERFORMING ORGANIZATION REPORT NO.
9. PERFORMING ORGANIZATION NAME AND ADDRESS
  Acurex Corporation
  Energy & Environmental  Division
  485 Clyde Avenue
  Mountain View, California  94042
                                                         10. P.ROGRAM ELEMENT NO.

                                                           EHE624
                                                         11. CONTRACT/GRANT NO.
                                                           68-02-2699
12. SPONSORING AGENCY NAME AND ADDRESS
  EPA,  Office of Research and  Development
  Industrial Environmental  Research Laboratory
  Research Triangle Park, NC 27711
                                                           13. TYPE OF REPORT AND PERIOD COVERED
                                                            Final; 9/78 -  9/79
                                                         14. SPONSORING AGENCY CODE
                                                           EPA/600/13
15. SUPPLEMENTARY NOTES
  IERL-RTP project officer  is  Gary L.  Johnson, Mail Drop 63,  919/541-2745.
16. ABSTRACT
                                                                                     The
       The report  is  a user guide to the Solid  Discharge Data System (SDDS), a
computerized data  base on solid waste discharges  from stationary point sources.
SDDS is one of  four waste stream data bases which are components of the Environ-
mental Assessment  Data Systems (EADS).  The EADS  concept has been designed to
aid researchers in environmental assessment, emissions characterization, and control
technology development.   The SDDS contains data from source sampling which may
include":  design and  typical operating data on  control technology applied to the
solid waste effluent  stream; analysis of any fuel  or feedstock to the process
producing the effluent stream;  results of chemical, physical, radiological, and
biological/ecological  tests of solid waste samples;  process descriptions of the
sources; and descriptions of the sampling equipment  and techniques employed.  -The
SDDS protocol is consistent with Level 1 and 2  reporting requirements.  The guide
gives detailed  procedures for encoding \SDDS data  sets, defines procedures for sub-
mitting and retrieving data, and contains standard nomenclature to facilitate data
encoding.  It also contains a program library that describes analytical software
available to the user and provides instructions for  its use.  The report also
discusses procedures  which allow its users to access the SDDS directly or through
the EPA project officer.
17.
                               KEY WORDS AND DOCUMENT ANALYSIS
                  DESCRIPTORS
                                            b.lDENTIFIERS/OPEN ENDED TERMS  C.  COS AT I Field/Group
  Pollution
  Assessments
  Industrial Wastes
  Data Storage
                                             Pollution  Control
                                             Stationary Sources
                                             Solid  Discharge Data
                                               System (SDDS)
                                             Environmental  Assessment
                                               Data Systems
                                             EADS
 13B
 14B

 09B
18. DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT

  Release to Public
                                            19. SECURITY CLASS (ThisReport)
                                              Unclassified
21. NO. OF PAGES

    305
                                             20. SECURITY CLASS (This page)
                                               Unclassified
                                                                        22. PRICE
EPA Form 2220-1 (9-73)

-------